2026-09-29; City Council; 05; Chinquapin Lift Station Improvements Project — Carlsbad City Council, September 29, 2026 (part 4 of 9)

We are here to support you and provide any assistance
necessary. Please let us know if we can help with anything listed above. The purpose of this letter is to minimi ze the unknown installation problems and project delays for you.

Headquarters: 13625 Danielson Street, Poway, CA 92064
Phone – 866.938.8200 www.BCEW.com

STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS

Bay City Electric Works Prospective Customer,

Bay City Electric Works has been operating in California since 1932 striving to be the premier electrical stand -by power solutions provider by aggressively delivering one stop…one company support for our customer’s specification writing, engineering support, permitting, new equipment sales, service, rental, fueling, transportation, and national account service.

Our commitment to after sales support is unmatched with our factory trained field technicians’ 200+ years of combined experience. All technicians operate from fully equipped/stocked service trucks that are efficiently dispatched via GPS tracking and are backed up by over $500,000 of spare parts at our service facilities. We maintain a 24-hour emergency service “hot-line” to assure a “live” response and are responsible for over 3 000 installed generator systems for preventive service maintenance and trouble call support.

Our customers include electrical and general contractors, industrial plants, commercial facilities, data centers, hospitals, schools, city and county government facilities, military installations, the telecommunications industry, water and electrical utilities and our area’s growing bio-technical industry.

Major product lines represented include Kohler for industrial standby, residential, and mobile generators; Honda portable generators; and we are an Authorized John Deere Engine Service Provider.

Bay City Electric Works is the premier provider of standby electrical power systems solutions in Southern California and looks forward to working with you to support your power needs.

Sincerely,

Rodney C. Lee
President & COO

We require that this submittal be returned signed and stamped as “APPROVED” or “APPROVED AS NOTED” before it is released for manufacturing and a planned ship date is assigned.

Firm delivery schedules will be advised on the receipt of “APPROVED” or “APPROVED AS NOTED” submittals.

Once the submittals are “APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED”, the product will be built per the submittal document. Submittal documents will supersede the specifications. Any changes or modifications to the system after submittal approval are subject to change order and adjustment of delivery schedule.

Should the submittal package be returned as “REVISE AND RESUBMIT FOR APPROVAL”, please be informed that this action will delay the delivery of the product(s).

Loadbank
Bill of Materials
Generator

Kohler Model: 20REOZK
This diesel generator set equipped with a 4D8.3 alternator operating at 120/240 volts is rated f or 24 kW/30 kVA. Output
amperage: 72.2.

Job Name: B03494 Carlsbad Pump Station 4D8.3
Offer: B03494

Quote Number: 0027311143
Version 5.00
03-25-2026

Page 4 ends

Qty

Description

20REOZK Generator System

1 20REOZK Generator Set
Includes the following:

Literature Languages English
Approvals and Listings UL2200 Listing
Engine 20REOZK, 12V, 60Hz
Nameplate Rating Standby 130C Rise
Voltage 60Hz, 120/240V, Delta, 3Ph, 4W
Alternator 4D8.3, Brushless
Cooling System Unit Mounted Radiator, 50C
Skid and Mounting Skid/Tank
Air Intake Heavy Duty
Controller APM402
Fuel Tank Type Standard
Subbase Fuel Tank Capacity 53 Gallons
Starting Aids, Installed 600W, 110-120V
Cooling System Acc.,Installed Radiator Duct Flange
Electrical Accy.,Installed
Battery, 1/12V, Wet,Battery Charger, 6A,Run
Relay,Governor
, Electronic,Generator Heater,Manual
Speed Adjust
Dry Contacts, Installed 15 Relay
Rating, LCB 1 100% Rated
Amps, LCB 1 150
Trip Type, LCB 1 Electronic, LSI
Interrupt Rating LCB 1 35kA at 480V
Aux Contact, LCB 1 Auxiliary Contact, Qty. 1
Aux Trip, LCB 1 Shunt Trip
Rating, LCB 2 100% Rated
Amps, LCB 2 100
Trip Type, LCB 2 Electronic, LSI
Interrupt Rating LCB 2 35kA at 480V
Aux Contact, LCB 2 Auxiliary Contact, Qty. 1
Aux Trip, LCB 2 Shunt Trip
LCB Accy. Installed Breaker Separation Between LCB,Shunt Trip Wiring Fuel Lines, Installed Flexible Fuel Lines
Fuel System Acc.,Installed Fuel Pressure Gauge
Miscellaneous Accy,Installed Air Cleaner Restriction Ind.,Coolant in Genset Warranty 5 Y ear Comprehensive

Job Name: B03494 - Carlsbad Pump Station
Offer: B03494

Quote Number: 0027296514
Version 2.00
02-12-2026

Page 5 ends

Testing, Additional Power Factor Test,0.8,3Ph Only
Total unit length in inches 89
Total unit width in inches 34
Total unit height in inches 66
Total unit weight (lbs) 1,764
Weight/Dimensions Disclaimer * Estimates-Not for Construction 1 Silencer,Critical,3"NPT,SIEO
1 Flexible Exhaust, Kdi2504M
1 Remote Emergency Stop Switch
1 Lit Kit, General Maint., 20REOZK
1 RSA III, Annunciator only
1 Converter, Modbus to Ethernet
1 Engine Start Integrity Module, Generator

Job Name: B03494 - Carlsbad Pump Station
Offer: B03494

Quote Number: 0027296514
Version 2.00
02-12-2026

Page 6 ends

Ships loose
Spec Sheets

20REOZK
Diesel

Standard Features

•   Discovery Energy, LLC and its affiliates dba Rehlko provides one-source responsibility for the generating
system and accessories.
•   Approved for use with certified renewable Hydrotreated Vegetable Oil (HVO) / Renewable Diesel (RD) fuels compliant with EN15940/ASTM D975.
•   The generator set and its components are prototype- tested, factory-built, and production-tested.
•   The 60 Hz generator set offers a UL 2200 listings.
•   The generator set accepts rated load in one step.
•   The 60 Hz emergency generator set meets NFPA 110,
Level 1, when equipped with the necessary accessories and installed per NFPA standards.
•   The generator set engine is certified to meet the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) emergency
stationary emissions requirements.
•   A one-year limited warranty covers all generator set systems and components. Two- and five-year extended
limited warranties are also available.
•   EPA certified for Stationary Emergency Applications •   Air Cleaner, Heavy Duty
•   Alternator Protection
•   Battery Rack and Cables
•   Closed Crankcase Ventilation
•   Oil Drain and Coolant Drain with Hose Barb
•   Oil Drain Extension (with enclosure models only)
•   Operation and Installation Literature
•   Stainless Steel Fasteners on Enclosure (with enclosure models only)
•   Rodent Guards

Alternator Features
• Kohler's wound field excitation system with its unique PowerBoost TM design delivers great voltage response and short-circuit capability.
• The brushless, rotating-field alternator has broadrange reconnectability.

Other Features
• Rehlko designed controllers for guaranteed system
integration and remote communication.
• The low coolant level shutdown prevents
overheating.Integral vibration isolation eliminates the need for under-unit vibration spring isolators.

Generator Set Rating

Standby 130C Rise Ratings

Alternator

Voltage

kW/kVA

Amps

4D3.8

120/240

3 60

20/25

60.1 RATINGS: All three-phase units are rated at 0.8 power factor. All single-phase units are rated at 1.0 power factor.

Standby Ratings: The standby rating is applicable to varying loads for the duration of a power outage. There is no overload capability for this rating.

Prime Power Ratings: At varying load, the number of generator set operating hours is unlimited.

A 10% overload capacity is available for one hour in twelve. Continuous Ratings: At constant or nonvarying load, the number of generator set operating hours is unlimited.

There is no overload capability for this rating. Ratings are in accordance with ISO-8528-1 and ISO-3046-1. For limited running time ratings, consult the factory.

Obtain technical information bulletin (TIB-101) for ratings guidelines, complete ratings definitions, and site condition derates.

The generator set manufacturer reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever.

Model: 20REOZK, continued

Alternator Specifications
Specifications Alternator
Alternator manufacturer Rehlko
Type 4-Pole, Rotating-Field
Exciter type Brushless, Wound-Field
Leads, quantity 12, Reconnectable
Voltage regulator Solid State, Volts/Hz
Insulation NEMA MG1
Insulation: Material Class H
Insulation: Temperature Rise 130°C, Standby
Bearing: quantity, type 1, Sealed
Coupling Flexible Disc
Amortisseur windings Full
Voltage regulation, no-load to full-load RMS Controller Dependent One-Step Load Acceptance 100% of rating
Unbalanced load capability 100% of Rated Standby Current • NEMA MG1, IEEE, and ANSI standards compliance for temperature rise and motor starting. • Sustained short-circuit current of up to 300% of the rated current for up to 10 seconds. • Sustained short-circuit current enabling down stream circuit breakers to trip without collapsing the alternator field. • Self-ventilated and dripproof construction.
• Vacuum-impregnated windings with fungus-resistant epoxy varnish for dependability and long life. • Superior voltage waveform from a two-thirds pitch stator and skewed rotor.

Engine
Engine Specification
Engine Manufacturer Kohler Diesel
Engine Model KDI 2504ESM
Engine: type 4-Cycle, Natural Aspiration
Cylinder arrangement 4 Inline
Displacement, L (cu. in.) 2.5 (158)
Bore and stroke, mm (in.) 88 x 102 (3.46 x 4.02)
Compression ratio 18:01
Piston speed, m/min. (ft./min.) 376 (1206)
Main bearings: quantity, type 5, Sleeve
Rated rpm 1800
Max. power at rated rpm, kWm (BHP) 29 (39)
Cylinder head material Cast Iron
Crankshaft material Cast Iron
Valve (exhaust) material Intake Stainless Steel
Valve (exhaust) material Stainless Steel
Governor: type, make/model Stanadyne/Mechanical
Frequency regulation, no-load to-full load Droop/Isochronous Frequency regulation, steady state ±0.25%
Frequency Fixed
Air cleaner type, all models Dry

Model: 20REOZK, continued

Exhaust
Exhaust System
Exhaust Manifold Type Dry
Exhaust flow at rated kW, m3/min. (cfm) 6 (212)
Exhaust temperature at rated kW, dry exhaust, °C (°F) 570 (1058) Maximum allowable back pressure, kPa (in. Hg) 8.5 (2.5)

Engine Electrical
Engine Electrical System
Battery charging alternator: Ground (negative/positive) Negative Battery charging alternator: Volts (DC) 12
Battery charging alternator: Ampere rating 50
Starter motor rated voltage (DC) 12
Battery, recommended cold cranking amps (CCA): Qty., CCA rating each
One, 650
Battery voltage (DC) 12

Fuel
Fuel System
Fuel type Diesel
Fuel supply line, min. ID, mm (in.) 8 (0.31)
Fuel return line, min. ID, mm (in.) 6 (0.25)
Max. lift, fuel pump: type, m (ft.) Electronic, 3 (10.0) Max. fuel flow, Lph (gph) 37.9 (10)
Max. return line restriction, kPa (in. Hg) 20 (5.9)
Fuel Filter: Prefilter 74 Microns
Fuel Filter Primary 5 Microns @ 98% Efficiency
Recommended fuel #2 Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel /HVO / RD

Lubrication
Lubrication System
Type Full Pressure
Oil pan capacity, L (qt.) 10.7 (11.3
Oil pan capacity with filter, L (qt.) 11 (11.6)
Oil filter: quantity, type 1, Cartridge

Model: 20REOZK, continued

Cooling
Radiator System
Ambient temperature, °C (°F) 50 (122)
Engine jacket water capacity, L (gal.) 4.4 (1.6)
Radiator system capacity, including engine, L (gal.) 11.4 (3) Engine jacket water flow, Lpm (gpm) 56.8 (15)
Heat rejected to cooling water at rated kW, dry exhaust, kW (Btu/ min.)

21.6 (1228)
Water pump type Centrifugal
Fan diameter, including blades, mm (in.) 406 (16.0)
Fan, kWm (HP) 0.6 (0.8)
Max. restriction of cooling air, intake and discharge side of radiator, kPA (in. H20)

0.125 (0.5)
* Enclosure with enclosed silencer reduces ambient temperature capability by 5°C (9°F).

Operation Requirements
Air Requirements
Radiator-cooled cooling air, m3/min. (scfm) * 36.8 (1300) Cooling air required for generator set when equipped with city water cooling or remote radiator, based on 14°C (25°F) rise, m3/ min. rise and ambient temp. of 29°C (85°F) m3/min. (cfm)

91.2 (3222)
Combustion air, m3/min. (cfm) 2.1 (74.2)
Heat rejected to ambient air: Engine, kW (Btu/min.) 5.5 (13.3) Heat rejected to ambient air: Alternator, kW (Btu/min.) 5.1 (290) *Air density = 1.20 kg/m3 (0.075 lbm/ft3)

Fuel Consumption
Diesel, Lph (gph), at % load Rating
Standby Fuel Consumption at 100% load 7.9 Lph (2.1 gph) Standby Fuel Consumption at 75% load 6.1 Lph (1.6 gph)
Standby Fuel Consumption at 50% load 4.3 Lph (1.1 gph)
Standby Fuel Consumption at 25% load 2.5 Lph (0.7 gph)
Prime Fuel Consumption at 100% load 7.2 Lph (1.9 gph)
Prime Fuel Consumption at 75% load 5.7 Lph (1.5 gph)
Prime Fuel Consumption at 50% load 3.8 Lph (1.0 gph)
Prime Fuel Consumption at 25% load 2.3 Lph (0.6 gph)
Continuous Fuel Consumption at 0% load ** Volumetric Fuel consumption is up to 4% higher when using HVO/RD than #2 ULSD.

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Generator Set Controller

G6-161_9/24e
Discovery Energy, LLC
200 Twin Oaks Road, Kohler, WI 53044 USA
For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and
Canada, phone 1‐800‐544‐2444 - powersystems.rehlko.com © 2024 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 1/4

APM402

APM402 Controller
General Description and Function
The APM402 generator set controller provides advanced
control, system monitoring, and system diagnostics for optimum performance.

The APM402 controller meets NFPA 110, Level 1 when
equipped with the necessary accessories and installed per NFPA standards.

The APM402 controller uses a patented hybrid voltage regulator and unique software logic to manage alternator thermal
overload protection features normally requiring additional hardware.

Additional features include:
• A digital display and pushbutton/rotary selector dial provide easy local access to data.
• Measurements selectable in metric or English units.
• The controller can communicate directly with a personal computer via a network or serial configuration using
SiteTech™ or Monitor III software.
• The controller supports Modbus® protocol. Use with serial bus or Ethernet networks. (Ethernet requires an external Modbus®/Ethernet converter module.)
• Scrolling display shows critical data at a glance.
• Digital display of power metering (kW and kVA).
• Integrated hybrid voltage regulator providing ±0.5%
regulation.
• Built-in alternator thermal overload protection.

Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Generator Set Controller

User Interface Controls and Components
• Emergency stop switch
• Backlit LCD digital display with two lines of 12 characters (see User Interface Displays for menus)
• Alarm horn indicates generator set shutdown and warning faults • Environmentally sealed membrane keypad with three master control buttons with lights
o Off/Reset (red)
o Auto (green)
o Run (yellow)
• Pushbutton/rotary selector dial for menu navigation
o Rotate dial to access main menus
o Push dial and rotate to access sub menus
o Press dial for 3 seconds to return to top of main menu • Annunciator fault light
o System shutdown (red)
o System warning (yellow)
• Alarm silence/lamp test button
o Alarm silence
o Lamp test
• USB and RS-485 connections
o Allows software upgrades
o Provides access for diagnostics
o PC communication using SiteTech™ or Monitor III software • Dedicated user inputs
o Remote emergency stop switch
o Remote 2-wire start for transfer switch
o Auxiliary shutdown
• Integrated hybrid voltage regulator
• Auto-resettable circuit protection mounted on circuit board. • One relay output standard. Optional five relay output available. • One analog and three digital inputs standard. Optional two inputs available.

NFPA 110 Requirements
• In order to meet NFPA 110, Level 1 requirements, the generator set controller monitors the engine/generator functions/faults shown below.

Engine functions:
o Overcrank
o Low coolant temperature warning
o High coolant temperature warning
o High coolant temperature shutdown
o Low oil pressure shutdown
o Low oil pressure warning
o High engine speed
o Low fuel (level or pressure) *
o Low coolant level
o EPS supplying load
o High battery voltage
o Low battery voltage
• General functions:
o Master switch not in auto
o Battery charger fault *
o Lamp test
o Contacts for local and remote common alarm
o Audible alarm silence button
o Remote emergency stop *
* Function requires optional input sensors or kits and is engine dependent, see Controller Displays as Provided by the Engine ECM.

User Interface Displays
The listing below has • denoting main menus and o denoting sub-menus. • Overview
o Software version
o Active shutdowns and warnings (if any are present)
o Engine run time, total hours
o Average voltage line-to-line
o Frequency
o Average current
o Coolant temperature
o Fuel level or pressure *
o Oil pressure
o Battery voltage
• Engine Metering
o Engine speed
o Oil pressure
o Coolant temperature
o Battery voltage
• Generator Metering
o Total power, VA
o Total power, W
o Rated power, %
o Voltage, L- L and L- N for all phases
o Current, L1, L2, L3
o Frequency
• GenSet Information
o Generator set model number
o Generator set serial number
o Controller serial number
• GenSet Run Time
o Engine run time, total hours
o Engine loaded, hours
o Number of engine starts
o Total energy, kWh
• GenSet System
o System voltage
o System frequency, 50 or 60 Hz
o System phase, single or three (wye or delta)
o Power rating, kW
o Amp rating
o Power type, standby or prime
o Measurement units, metric or English (user selectable) o Alarm silence, always or auto only (NFPA 110)
o Manual speed adjust *
• GenSet Calibration
o Voltage, L-L and L-N for all phases
o Current, L1, L2, L3
o Reset calibration
• Voltage Regulation
o Adjust voltage, ±10%
• Digital Inputs
o Input settings and status
• Digital Outputs
o Output settings and status
• Analog Inputs
o Input settings and status
• Event Log
o Event history (stores up to 1000 system events)
• Selector Switch (requires initial activation by SiteTech™) Pushbutton/Rotary Selector Dial
Annunciator Fault Light
Red-Shutdown
Yellow-Warning
Alarm Silence/Lamp Test Button with
Light
USB Communication Connection
Emergency Stop Switch
Digital Display
Alarm Horn (located inside the controller)
Master Control Buttons
Off-Reset/Auto/Run with Lights
Volts L1-l2:
480.0 V

OFF/RESET
AUTO

ALARM SILENCE/

LAMP TEST
RUN
FAULT

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Generator Set Controller

Controller Features
• AC Output Voltage Regulator Adjustment. The voltage
adjustment provides a maximum of ±10% of the system voltage. • Alarm Silence. The controller can be set up to silence the alarm horn only when in the AUTO mode for NFPA-110 application or Always for user convenience.
• Alternator Protection. The controller provides generator set overload and short circuit protection matched to each alternator for the particular voltage/phase configuration.
• Automatic Restart. The controller automatic restart feature initiates the start routine and recrank after a failed start attempt. • Common Failure Relay. This relay is integrated on the controller circuit board. Contacts are rated 2 amps at 32 VDC or 0.5 amp at 120 VAC.
• Communication. Controller communication is available. • Cyclic Cranking. The controller has programmable cyclic cranking. • ECM Diagnostics. The controller displays engine ECM fault code descriptions to help in engine troubleshooting.
• Engine Start Aid. The starting aid feature provides control for an optional engine starting aid.
• Event Logging. The controller keeps a record (up to 1000 entries) for warning and shutdown faults. This fault information becomes a stored record of system events and can be reset.
• Historical Data Logging. Total number of generator set successful starts is recorded and displayed.
• Integrated Hybrid Voltage Regulator. The voltage regulator provides ±0.5% no-load to full-load regulation with three-phase sensing.
• Lamp Test. Press the alarm silence/lamp test button to verify functionality of the indicator lights.
• LCD Display. Adjustable contrast for improving visibility. • Measurement Units. The controller provides selection of English or metric displays.
• Power Metering. Controller digital display provides kW and kVA. • Programming Access (USB). Provides software upgrades and diagnostics.
• Remote Reset. The remote reset function resets faults and allows restarting of the generator set without going to the master control switch off/reset position.
• Remote Monitoring Panel. The controller is compatible with the Remote Serial Annunciator.
• Run Time Hourmeter. The generator set run time is displayed. • Time Delay Engine Cooldown (TDEC). The TDEC provides a time delay before the generator set shuts down.
• Time Delay Engine Start (TDES). The TDES provides a time delay before the generator set starts.
• Voltage Selection Menu. This menu provides the capability of quickly switching controller voltage calibrations. Requires initial activation using SiteTech™ software.

NOTE:

Generator set output leads require voltage reconnection.

Controller Functions
The following chart shows which functions cause a warning or shutdown. All functions are available as relay outputs.

Warning causes the fault light to show yellow and sounds the alarm horn signaling an impending problem.

Shutdown causes the fault light to show red, sounds the alarm horn, and stops the generator set.

Warning
Function
Shutdown
Function
Engine Functions
Critically high fuel level * o
ECM communication loss ●
ECM diagnostics ● ●
Engine over speed ●†
Engine start aid active
Engine under speed ●
Fuel tank leak * o o
High battery voltage ●
High coolant temperature ● ●†
High fuel level * o
Low battery voltage ●
Low coolant level ●
Low coolant temperature ●
Low cranking voltage ●
Low engine oil level * o o
Low fuel level (diesel models) * o o
Low fuel pressure (gas models) * o
Low oil pressure ● ●†
No coolant temperature signal ●
No oil pressure signal ●
Overcrank ●†
Speed sensor fault ●
General Functions
Alarm horn silenced
Analog inputs o o
Battery charger fault * ●
Chicago code active *
Common fault (includes †) ●
Common warning ●
Digital inputs o o
Emergency stop ●†
Engine cooldown (delay) active
Engine start delay active
Engine started
Engine stopped
EPS supplying load
Generator running
Input/output communication loss ●
Internal failure ●
Master switch not in auto ●
NFPA 110 alarm active
Remote start
System ready
Generator Functions
AC sensing loss ● ●
Alternator protection ●
Ground fault input * ●
kW overload ●
Locked rotor ●
Overfrequency ●
Overvoltage (each phase) ●
Underfrequency ●
Undervoltage (each phase) ●
• Standard function
o Available user function
* Function requires optional input sensors or kits and is engine dependent; see Controller Displays as Provided by the Engine ECM.
† Items included with common fault shutdown

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Generator Set Controller

Controller Displays
as Provided by the
Engine ECM
Engine Manufacturer (and Model)
KDI M, TM* KDI TCR
KG2204,
KG2204T
KG4V06T,
KG6208,
KG6208T,
KG10V08,
KG10V08T
GM and
PSI/Doosan John Deere Volvo
Intake air pressure D
Intake air
Temperature

D D D D D
Coolant level D D D D D
Coolant temperature D C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D
Crankcase pressure D
ECM battery voltage S S/D S S
Engine speed C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D
Fuel pressure D C/S/D C/S/D C/S† C/S/D
Fuel temperature D S/D S
Oil level S† S† S† S†
Oil pressure C/S/D D C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D C/S/D
Oil temperature S SD
C = Value displayed on controller, S = Value displayed in Site Tech, D = ECU diagnostic is supported * Electronic governor and ECM are optional on KDI M and TM engines. t Controller uses local analog input to obtain this information.

Note: REOZMD/ROZMC (Mitsubishi engines) have an ECM but do not send signals to the generator set controller.

Note: See the generator set specification sheet for engine model identification.

Controller Specifications
• Power source with circuit protection: 12- or 24-volt DC • Power drain: 200 milliamps at 12 VDC or 100 milliamps at 24 VDC • Humidity range: 5% to 95% noncondensing
• Operating temperature range: -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to + 158°F) • Storage temperature range: -40°C to +85°C (-40°F to + 185°F) • Standards:
o CE Directive
o NFPA 99
o NFPA 110, Level 1
o CSA 282-09
o UL 508
o ASTM B117 (salt spray test)
• Panel dimensions—W x H, 229 x 160 mm (9.0 x 6.3 in.)

Communication and PC Software
Available Options
Refer to G6-76 Monitor III Software and the communication literature for additional communication and PC software information including Modbus® communication.
❑ Monitor III Software for Monitoring and Control
(Windows®-based user interface)
❑ Converter, Modbus®/Ethernet. Supports a power system using controllers accessed via the Ethernet. Converter is supplied with an IP address by the site administrator. Refer to G6-79 for converter details.
❑ Converter, RS-232/RS-485. Supports a power system using controllers accessed via a serial (RS-232) connection.

APM402 Available Options
❑ Float/Equalize Battery Charger available with 6 or 10 amp output for 12 or 24V DC voltage output. The 10 amp model provides NFPA 110 charging and alarming capability.
❑ Manual Speed Adjust available for applications using closed transition ATS. Adjustment range for 60 Hz: 1751-1849 rpm (58.2-61.8 Hz) and for 50 Hz: 1451-1549 rpm (48.2-51.8 Hz). ❑ Prime Power Switch prevents battery drain during generator set non-operation periods and when the generator set battery cannot be maintained by an AC battery charger.
❑ Remote Emergency Stop Switch available as a wall mounted panel to remotely shut down the generator set.
❑ Remote Monitoring Panel. The Remote Serial Annunciator (RSA) enables the operator to monitor the status of the generator set from a remote location, which may be required for NFPA 99 and NFPA 110 installations, and up to four Automatic transfer switches.
❑ Run Relay provides a relay indicating that the generator set is running.
❑ Shunt Trip Wiring provides relay outputs to trip a shunt trip circuit breaker and to signal the common fault shutdowns.

Contacts rated at 10 amps at 28 VDC or 120 VAC.
❑ Two Input/Five Output Module provides a generator set mounted panel with two inputs and five relay outputs.

Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.

Availability is subject to change without notice. Discovery Energy, LLC reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local authorized generator set distributor for availability.

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Line Circuit Breakers 15-3250 kW
Discovery Energy, LLC
200 Twin Oaks Road, Kohler, WI 53044 USA
For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and
Canada, phone 1‐800‐544‐2444 - powersystems.rehlko.com
G6-88_5/25w
© 2025 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 1/16 Standard Features
• The line circuit breaker interrupts the generator set output during a short circuit and protects the wiring when an overload occurs. Use the circuit breaker to manually disconnect the generator set from the load during
generator set service.
• Circuit breaker kits are mounted to the generator set and are provided with load-side lugs and neutral bus bar.
• Rehlko offers a wide selection of molded-case line circuit breaker kits including single, dual, and multiple
configurations for each generator set.
• Four types of line circuit breakers are available:
(see page 2 for definitions and pages 3 and 4 for
application details)
o Magnetic trip
o Thermal magnetic trip
o Electronic trip
o Electronic with ground fault (LSIG) trip
• In addition, line circuit breakers are offered with 80% and 100% ratings.
• Single line circuit breaker kits allow circuit protection of the entire electrical system load.
• Dual line circuit breaker kits allow circuit protection of selected priority loads from the remaining electrical
system load.
• Multiple line circuit breaker kits with field connection barrier allow circuit protection for special applications (350-2500 kW models and selected 80-300 kW models).
• Up to four line circuit breakers can be used on
350-2500 kW models.
• Line circuit breakers comply with the following codes and standards unless otherwise stated.
o UL 489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers
o UL 1077 Supplementary Protectors
o UL 2200 Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies
Single Circuit Breaker Kit with Neutral
Bus Bar 15-300 kW Model Shown
Multiple Circuit Breaker Kit with Neutral
Bus Bar 180-300 kW Model Shown
Multiple Circuit Breaker Kits with Neutral
Bus Bar 350-2250 kW Model Shown
(also applies to some 300 kW models)
Circuit Breaker Kits with Neutral Bus Bar
700-3250 kW KD Model Shown
Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Line Circuit Breakers 15-3250 kW
Discovery Energy, LLC
200 Twin Oaks Road, Kohler, WI 53044 USA
For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and
Canada, phone 1‐800‐544‐2444 - powersystems.rehlko.com
G6-88_5/25w
© 2025 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 2/16 Line Circuit Breaker Types
Magnetic Trip
The magnetic trip features an electromagnet in series with the load contacts and a moveable armature to activate the trip mechanism. When a sudden and excessive current such as a short circuit occurs, the electromagnet attracts the armature resulting in an instantaneous trip.

Thermal Magnetic Trip
Thermal magnetic trip contains a thermal portion with a bimetallic strip that reacts to the heat produced from the load current. Excessive current causes it to bend sufficiently to trip the mechanism. The trip delay is dependent on the duration and excess of the overload current. Elements are factory-calibrated.

A combination of both thermal and magnetic features allows a delayed trip on an overload and an instantaneous trip on a short circuit condition.

Electronic Trip
These line circuit breakers use electronic controls and miniature current transformers to monitor electrical currents and trip when preset limits are exceeded.

LI breakers are a combination of adjustable trip functions including long-time ampere rating, long-time delay, and instantaneous pickup. LSI breakers have all of the LI breaker features plus short-time pickup, short-time delay, and defeatable instantaneous pickup. LSIG breakers have all of the LSI breaker features plus ground-fault pickup and delay.

NOTE: MG-frame does not have a long-time delay when
selected with LI breakers.

Electronic with Ground Fault Trip
The ground fault trip feature is referred to as LSIG in this document.

Models with LSIG compare current flow in phase and neutral lines, and trip when current unbalance exists.

Ground fault trip units are an integral part of the circuit breaker and are not available as field-installable kits. The ground fault pickup switch sets the current level at which the circuit breaker will trip after the ground fault delay. Ground fault pickup values are based on circuit breaker sensor plug only and not on the rating plug multiplier. Changing the rating plug multiplier has no effect on the ground fault pickup values.
80% Rated Circuit Breaker
Most molded-case circuit breakers are 80% rated devices. An 80% rated circuit breaker can only be applied at 80% of its rating for continuous loads as defined by NFPA 70. Circuit conductors used with 80% rated circuit breakers are required to be rated for 100% of the circuit breaker’s rating.

The 80% rated circuit breakers are typically at a lower cost than the 100% rated circuit breaker but load growth is limited.
100% Rated Circuit Breaker
Applications where all UL and NEC restrictions are met can use 100% rated circuit breakers where 100% rated circuits can carry 100% of the circuit breaker and conductor current rating.

The 100% rated circuit breakers are typically at a higher cost than the 80% rated circuit breaker but have load growth possibilities.

When applying 100% rated circuit breakers, comply with the various restrictions including UL Standard 489 and NEC Section 210.

If any of the 100% rated circuit breaker restrictions are not met, the circuit breaker becomes an 80% rated circuit breaker.

Line Circuit Breaker Options
 Alarm Switch
The alarm switch indicates that the circuit breaker is in a tripped position caused by an overload, short circuit, ground fault, the operation of the shunt trip, an undervoltage trip, or the push-to- trip pushbutton. The alarm resets when the circuit breaker is reset.
 Auxiliary Contacts
These switches send a signal indicating whether the main circuit breaker contacts are in the open or closed position.
 Breaker Separators (350-2500 kW)
Provides adequate clearance between breaker circuits.
 Bus Bars
Bus bar kits offer a convenient way to connect load leads to the generator set when a circuit breaker is not present. 15-300 kW.

Bus bar kits are available on alternators with leads for connection to the generator set when circuit breakers are not ordered.
350-2500 kW. A bus bar kit is provided when no circuit breaker is ordered. Bus bars are also available in combination with circuit breakers or other bus bars on the opposite side of the junction box. On medium voltage (3.3 kV and above) units, a bus bar kit is standard (not applicable to KD models).
 Field Connection Barrier
Provides installer wiring isolation from factory connections.  Ground Fault Annunciation
A relay contact for customer connection indicates a ground fault condition and is part of a ground fault alarm.
 Lockout Device (padlock attachment)
This field-installable handle padlock attachment is available for manually operated circuit breakers. The attachment can
accommodate three padlocks and will lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position only.
 Lugs
Various lug sizes are available to accommodate multiple cable sizes for connection to the neutral or bus bar.
 Overcurrent Trip Switch
The overcurrent trip switch indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to overload, ground fault, or short circuit and returns to the deenergized state when the circuit breaker is reset.  Shunt Trip, 12 VDC or 24 VDC
A shunt trip option provides a solenoid within the circuit breaker case that, when momentarily energized from a remote source, activates the trip mechanism. This feature allows the circuit breaker to be tripped by customer-selected faults such as alternator overload or overspeed. The circuit breaker must be reset locally after being tripped. Tripping has priority over manual or motor operator closing.
 Shunt Trip Wiring
Connects the shunt trip to the generator set controller. (standard on KD models with the APM802 controller)
 Undervoltage Trip, 12 VDC or 24 VDC
The undervoltage trips the circuit breaker when the control voltage drops below the preset threshold of 35%-70% of the rated voltage.

Frame
Size
4D/4E
15-150 Thermal magnetic HD 60-150 Electronic LSI
60-150 Electronic LSI HG
4P/4PX
4Q/4QX
15-150 Thermal magnetic
HD 60-150 Electronic LSI
60-150 Electronic LSI HG
175-250 Thermal magnetic JD
250 Electronic LSI JD
250 Electronic LSI JG
400 Electronic LSI LG
4RX
4S/4SX
4TX
4V
4UA
4M6226
15-150 Thermal magnetic HD
60-150 Electronic LSI
60-150 Electronic LSI HG
175-250 Thermal magnetic
JD
250 Electronic LSI
250 Electronic LSI JG
400 Electronic LSI LG
600-800 Electronic LSI PG
4UA
4M6226
1000-1200 Electronic LSI PG
1200 Electronic LSI PJ
100% Rating Electrically Operated Breakers
For use as paralleling breakers with the Decision-Maker® 6000 Controller/DPS System or APM603 controller.

Generator-Mounted P-Frame, 24VDC Electrically Operated
Alt. Model Amps Trip Unit Frame
4RX
4S/4SX
4TX
4V
250
400
600
800

5.0 LSI PJ

5.0 LSI PL
4UA
4M6226
250
400
600
800
1000
1200

5.0 LSI PJ

5.0 LSI PL
All circuit breakers listed in this table include line side bus and load side lugs, 24VDC motor operators, 2 type C auxiliary contacts, and 1 type C SDE overcurrent switch contact. No second breakers are allowed in combination with these breakers.

Interrupting Ratings
Circuit Breaker
Frame Size 240 Volt, kA 480 Volt, kA 600 Volt,
kA
HD 25 18 14
HG 65 35 18
HJ 100 65 25
JD 25 18 14
JG 65 35 18
JJ 100 65 25
LA 42 30 22
LG
65 35 18
MG
PG 65 35 18
PJ 100 65 25
PL 125 100 25
Circuit Breaker Lugs Per Phase (Al/Cu)
Frame Size Ampere
Range Wire Range
H 15-150 One #14 to 3/0
J 175 One 1/0 to 4/0
200-250 One 3/0 to 350 kcmil
LA 300-400 One #1 to 600 kcmil or Two
#1 to 250 kcmil
LG 400-600 Two 2/0 to 500 kcmil AL/CU
M 800 Three 3/0 to 500 kcmil
P 600-800 Three 3/0 to 500 kcmil
1000-1200 Four 3/0 to 500 kcmil
Mechanical Load Lugs Included with H, J, and LG LSIG
Neutrals
H 60-150 One #14 to 3/0 AL/CU
J 250 One 3/0 to 350 kcmil AL/CU
LG 400-600 Two 4/0 to 500 kcmil AL/CU

Single Circuit Breaker Installations
A generator set with a single circuit breaker installed typically feeds a single transfer switch and then a distribution panel.

This allows protection of the entire system.

Multiple Circuit Breaker Installations
A generator set with dual circuit breakers installed is used to separate critical loads. Typically, one circuit breaker will feed a main transfer switch with noncritical loads and the other circuit breaker will feed a second transfer switch that feeds critical or priority loads. Multiple circuit breakers allow circuit protection for special applications.

Circuit Breaker Combinations
Alternator
First
C. B.

Frame
Second
C. B.

Frame
Third
C. B.

Frame
Trip
Type
ALL
except
4D/4E
H — —
All
J — —
LA — —
LG — —
4D/4E
H — — Standard
or LSIG
H H — No LSIG
4P/4PX
4Q/4QX
H
H or J
—
No LSIG
J —
LA —
LG H, J or
LG —
4RX
4S/4SX
4TX
4V
M — — All
P — — All
H or J H or J —
No LSIG
LA H, J, or
LA —
LG

H, J, LA,
or LG — M
P
H or J H or J H or J
4UA
4M6226
M or P — — All
H or J H or J —
All
LA H, J, or
LA —

LG H, J, LA,
or LG —
M or P H, J, LA,
or LG —
P P —
No LSIG
H or J H or J H or J
LA
H or J H or J
LA H, J, or LA
LG
H or J H or J
LA H, J, or LA

LG H, J, LA,
or LG
M or P
H or J H or J
LA H, J, or LA
LG H, J, or LG

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Trip Curves
197
07/2014© 2011–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
™
Figure 81: Micrologic 3.2S Electronic Trip Unit Long Time / Short Time Trip Curve MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS
Micrologic™ 3.2S Long Time/
Short Time Trip Curve
60A, 100A, 150A H-Frame
The time-current curve information is to be used
for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act
to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal
imaging effect comes into play if a current
above the long-time delay pickup value exists
for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of
a downstream device or the circuit breaker
itself. A subsequent overload will cause the
circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than
normal. The amount of time delay reduction is
inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed
since the previous overload. Approximately 20
minutes is required between overloads to
completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of the
current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to
+158ºF) ambient temperature.

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Engine Start Circuit Monitoring System

G6-165_5/25b
Discovery Energy, LLC
200 Twin Oaks Road, Kohler, WI 53044 USA
For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and
Canada, phone 1‐800‐544‐2444 - powersystems.rehlko.com © 2025 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 1/2

ATS Module

GEN Module

Standard Features
• Continually monitors the engine start circuit wiring between the generator set and automatic transfer switch (ATS) as required by NEC 2017
• UL listed
• Forwards engine start signals to the generator set during normal operation
• Detects open circuits and short circuits in the engine start wiring
• Monitors conditions, annunciates faults, and starts the generator set in accordance with Article 700.10(D)(3) of NFPA 70
o Provides two Form C contacts, one for engine start and one for alarm
o Communicates faults to an optional customer- supplied alarm, a Remote Serial Annunciator
(RSA III), or a controller input
o Automatically starts the generator set engine when a fault is detected
• GEN module status LEDs indicate the state of each
circuit/channel:
o Blue: Channel disabled (off)
o Red: Wiring fault detected
o Green: Engine start is not active, wiring is ok
o Off: Engine start is active, wiring is ok
• Easy installation on new or existing standby power
equipment
o Use one module on the generator set
o Use one module on each ATS, up to a maximum of 8
transfer switches per generator module
• GEN module can be powered by the generator set’s engine starting battery; ATS module requires no power
• Select engine start on an open or closed contact
(All Rehlko generators start on a closed contact)

Generator
Set
Battery
GEN
Module
ATS
Modules
ATS 1
ATS 2
ATS 3
ATS 4
ATS 5
ATS 6
ATS 7
ATS 8
Alarm
Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Engine Start Circuit Monitoring System
G6-165_5/25b
Discovery Energy, LLC
200 Twin Oaks Road, Kohler, WI 53044 USA
For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and
Canada, phone 1‐800‐544‐2444 - powersystems.rehlko.com © 2025 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 2/2 Module Dimensions
Specifications
Parameter Specification
DC Power GEN Module: 9-27 VDC 5W maximum
ATS Module: No power source required
Internal Ride Through Power 3 seconds minimum
Mounting 35 mm DIN rail
Operating Temperature Range -20ºC to 70ºC (-4ºF to 158ºF) Maximum Distance 1000 ft. (305 m) one way (2000 ft. [610 m] Loop) Maximum Wire Loop Resistance Less than 100 ohms
Generator Start Module Contact 1A 30 VDC Form C
Generator Alarm Module Contact 1A 30 VDC Form C
Wire Gauge 12- 30 AWG stranded
GEN Module
Dimensions are shown in mm (inches).

GM109872
GM109873
ATS Module
Availability is subject to change without notice. Discovery Energy, LLC reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Rehlko generator distributor for availability.

Industrial Generator Set Accessories

System Batteries

Standar
d Features
• Rehlko selects batteries to meet the engine
manufacturer's specifications and to comply with NFPA
requirements for engine-cranking cycles.
• Heavy-duty starting batteries are the most cost-effective means of engine cranking and provide excellent reliability in generator set applications.
• Tough polypropylene cases protect against life-shortening vibration and impact damage.
• Batteries are rated according to SAE standard J-537.
• All batteries are 12-volts. Kits that contain two or four batteries are availabe for 24-volt systems and/or systems with redundant starters.
• Wet- and dry-charged batteries have lead-calcium or lead- antimony plates and use sulferic acide electrolyte.

Removable cell covers allow checking of electrolyte
specific gravity.
• Absorbant glass mat (AGM) batteries are sealed and
maintenance free.
• Batteries are for applications below and above 0°C (32°F).

T
ypical Overall Dimensions

Char
ge
Type*

Batter
y Part
Number

Batter
y
Qty. per
Size

BCI Gr
oup
Size

Batter
y SAE Dimension,
mm (in.)

Cold Cranking
Amps at 18ºC
(0ºF) Min.

Reser
ve Capacity
Minutes at 27º (80ºF)
Min.

Batter
y Post
Layout and Style

Wet

GM106373

1 24

260.0
(10.3)

171.0
(6.8)

229.0
(9.0)

650

95 D/1

Batter
y Specifications

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
12/24 Volt, 6 Amp
Float/Equalize Battery Charger

G6-60_11/25h For the nearest sales and service, go to
powersystems.rehlko.com. © 2025 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 1/2

Standard Features
• 12 VDC output. * Use two battery chargers for 24-volt electrical systems
• Automatic 3-stage float/equalize battery charger
• Charges both lead-acid and gel-cell type batteries:
• Indicator lamps: red and green LEDs indicate bulk charge, absorption, and float charge stages
• Durable potted assembly for waterproofing and shockproofing • Reverse-polarity protection
• Short-circuit protection
• UL 1236 listed
• UL 2200 compliant
• UL 991 compliant for vibration and shock
• UL listed to Canadian safety standards
• UL rated inline fuse
• FCC Class B-compliant for EMI/RFI
(Date code 8/26/04 or later)
• One-year warranty
• Easy installation:
o Integral mounting flanges
o Ring terminals for battery connection
o Standard US style 3-prong AC plug

Specifications

Input Voltage 90 -135 VAC
Input Frequency 50/60 Hz
DC Output:

Bulk 11.8 -14.0 VDC @ 5.0 -6.0 amps
Absorption 14.0 -14.5 VDC @ 1.5 -5.0 amps
Float 13.3 -14.5 VDC @ 0.1 -1.5 amps
Steady Full-Load Output Current 6 amps
Current Limit 7 amps
Output Power Limit 70 +2/ -5 watts
Line Regulation Across Input Voltage Range 1%
Isolation, Input to Output 2500 V
Dimensions (L x W x D) 164 x 87 x 53 mm (6.4 x 3.5 x 2.1 in) Weight 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
Temperature Range, Operating and Storage --40 to 70C ( -40 to 158 F) Humidity 0 to 100% (condensing)

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
12/24 Volt, 6 Amp
Float/Equalize Battery Charger

G6-60_11/25h For the nearest sales and service, go to
powersystems.rehlko.com. © 2025 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 2/2

Battery Connections
Lead Length 1.2 m (4 ft.)
Battery Connections 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) ring terminals
AC Power Connections
Lead Length 1.8 m (6 ft.)
Connection Standard US style 3-prong AC plug

Charging Curves

Dimensions are in mm.
4X Ø6.6 (.26 in.)

164.0

143.5

10.3 52.2

86.6 37.0

24.8 Output lead length 1.2 m (4 ft.)
Fuse
AC input lead
length 1.8 m (6 ft.)
Availability is subject to change without notice. Discovery Energy, LLC and its affiliates dba Rehlko reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local authorized generator set distributor for availability.

Output Voltage to Battery, VDC 15
14 13
12 11
6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0.1
DC Amps
Bulk Absorption Float
Requires external power,
contractor to provide
Industrial Generator Set Accessories

Silencers

K
ohler Co. offers silencers rated for hospital, critical, residential, and industrial applications and stainless steel flexible exhaust connectors for unhoused gener
ator sets. The accessories described in this spec
sheet apply to open units unless otherwise stated. These silencers withstand exhaust flow pressure and temperature without creating excessive engine backpressure.

Silencer Type

Noise Reduction
dB(A)

Ambient Noise
Level

Silencing
Requirement

Critical

25-35

Low

High

Bac
kpressure Considerations
Consult the generator set spec sheet to determine the maximum allowab
le exhaust backpressure. Add the backpressure produced by the silencer and exhaust piping together to determine the total exhaust system backpressure. Contact an authorized distributor/dealer to calculate backpressure in exhaust piping. Do not exceed the maximum allowable backpressure.

Exhaust System Kits

Qty
. in Kit

Siz
e, In/Out

Note

Critical Silencer SIEO

3 NPT

Kit includes the exhaust clamp.

Industrial Generator Set Accessories

Exhaust Systems

Use the illustr
ations on the following pages to select the available
silencer type and exhaust system configuration best suited for your application. Refer to y
our authorized distributor/dealer for silencer and
component kit numbers and for silencer dimensions.

Backpressure Considerations
Consult the generator set spec sheet to determine the maximum allowable exhaust backpressure. Add the backpressure produced by the silencer and exhaust piping together to determine the total exhaust system backpressure. Contact an authorized distributor/dealer to calculate backpressure in exhaust piping. Do not exceed the maximum allowable backpressure.

Exhaust System Kits

Qty. in Kit

Size, In/Out

Note

Flex Exhaust 3NPT

G6-172 7/24c

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Engine Block Heater Kits

Applicable Models
• 15-60REOZK
• 30-48REOZK4

Standard Features
• CSA C/US
• Compact design
• Easy to install

Heavy Duty Features
• cULus listed
• CE compliant
• UKCA
• FCC/Industry Canada Compliant
• The constant flow pump with improved energy efficiency over standard thermosiphon heater*
• External block heater for easy access and serviceability • Visual indicators on the heater with air- pocket detection

* Savings are dependent on local utility rates and installation variables.

Description
The engine block heater kit heats the engine coolant in cold ambient, warming the cylinders, oil, and charge air circuit which all help to give a faster starting time. The engine block heater has a thermostat and the heater. The thermostat monitors engine temperature, allowing for the heater to run only when needed in the coldest weather. The heater operates until the engine is within the co rrect temperature range.

The engine block heater kits are available in 120 V version.

The engine block heater kits are factory-installed.

Block Heater Kit, Standard
Block Heater, Heavy Duty, (40-60REOZK only)
Requires external power,
contractor to provide

Block Heater Specifications

Heating Fluid Water, Coolant Mix (50% Glycol/50% Water) Power Connection NEMA 5-15P Plug

Specifications

Generator Set
Models
Block Heater Kit
Number Component
Ambient
Temperature Watts
Voltage
VAC Phase
Thermostat Temperature
ON OFF
15-30REOZK GM119607-KA1 GM109750 20°C (68°F) 600 110-120 1 16°C (60°F) 27°C (80°F) 30-40REOZK4 GM107612-KA2 GM109750 20°C (68°F) 600 110-120 1 16°C (60°F) 27°C (80°F) 40-60REOZK
48REOZK4 GM102361-KA1 GM121270 20°C (68°F) 1000 110-120 1 38°C (100°F) 49°C (120°F) 40-60REOZK GM120019-MA2 GM121270 20°C (68°F) 1000 110-120 1 38°C (100°F) 49°C (120°F) GM120020-MA1 10305008701 0°C (32°F) 1400 110-120 1 43.3°C (110°F)* * This heavy duty block heater maintains a constant coolant temperature while the genset is in standby.

Interface Diagram

Discovery Energy, LLC
200 Twin Oaks Road, Kohler, WI 53044 USA
For the nearest sales and service outlet in the
US and Canada, phone 1‐800‐544‐2444
KOHLEREnergy.com
Low fluid indicator
Heating indicator
System fault indicator
Power indicator
Visual Indicator, Heavy Duty Block Heaters (40-60REOZK Only)

Industrial Generator Set Accessories

Voltage Regulators

Integral Voltage Regulator with Kohler® APM402/
Decision-Maker® 3000 and Menu-Driven
Selections (15-1000 kW Generator Set Models)
The voltage regulator is integral to the controller and uses patented hybrid voltae regulator design providing ±0.5% no-load to full-load regulation using root-mean-square (RMS) voltage sensing. The v oltage
regulator features three-phase sensing and is available for 12- or 24- volt engine electrical systems.

Voltage Regulators

The following information provides gener
al features, specifications, and
functions of available voltage regulators.

This information generally applies to a single generator set and multiple generator sets with paralleling applications. Refer to the respective generator set specification sheet and see your authorized distributor for information regarding specific voltage regulator applications and availability.

Integral Voltage Regulators with APM402/Decision-Maker® 3000 Controllers Calibration

Digital Display

Range Settings

Default Selection

Voltage Adjustment

Volt Adj

±10% of System Voltage

System Voltage

Underfrequency Unload or
Frequency Setpoint

Frequency Setpoint

42 to 62 Hz

2.5 Hz Below Nominal Frequency

Underfrequency Unload Scope

Slope

0-10% of System Voltage (Volts per
Cycle)

5% of System Voltage

Industrial Generator Set Accessories

Voltage Regulators

Specification/Feature

Integral with APM402/Decision-
Maker® 3000

Integral V
oltage Regulator with APM402/
Decision-Maker® 3000 Controller

• The APM402/Decision-Maker® 3000 digital display and
pushbutton/rotary dial pro
vide access to data. A two-line LCD
display provides complete and concise information. A two-line vacuum fluorescent display provides complete and concise information.
• The Decision-Maker® 3000 graphical display and pushbutton/ rotary dial provide access to data. A five-line, 35-characters per line LCD display provides complete and concise information include gain, ramp rate, reactive droop, VAR control (P , I, D gains) and PF control (P , I, D gains).
• The controllers provide ISO 8528-5, Class G3, compliance for transient response on some 20-300 kW generator set models.

Both controllers support Modbus®.
• These controllers can control Fast Response TM II, Fast ResponseTM X, and wound field alternators using the GM88453 activator board.

Voltage Regulator Menu
• Voltage adjustment, ±10% of system voltage
• V/Hz cut-in, 42-62 Hz
• Underfrequency unload slope, 0-10% of system voltage

Jumpers
• L1-L2 volts
• L2-L3 volts (3-phase)
• L3-L1 volts (3-phase)
• L1-N volts
• L2-N volts
• L3-N volts (3-phase)

Gener
ator Set Availability

15-1000 kW

T
ype

P
atented Hybrid Design

Status and Shutdo
wn Indicators

LEDs and T
ext LCD Display

Oper
ating Temperature

-40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F)

Stor
age Temperature

-40°C to 85°C (-40°F to 185°F)

Humidity

5-95% Non-Condensing

Circuit Protection

Solid-State
, Redundant Software
and Fuses

Sensing, Nominal

100-240 V
olts (L-L), 50-60 Hz

Sensing Mode

RMS
, Single- or 3-Phase

Input Requirements

8-36 VDC

Continuous Output

5 VDC @ 100mA max.

5.0 ADC with GM88453 Activator
Board

Maximum Output

5 VDC @ 100mA max.

5.0 ADC with GM88453 Activator
Board

Transition Frequency

42.0-62.0Hz

Exciter Field Resistance

4-30 Ohms with GM88453
Activator Board

No-Load to Full-Load Voltage
Regulation

±0.5%

Thermal Drift

<0.5% (-40°C to 70°C) [-40°F to
158°F] Range

Response Time

Less than 5µS

System Voltage Adjust.

±10%

V
oltage Adjustment

Controller Men
u Knob

Remote V
oltage Adjustment

not a
vailable

P
aralleling Capability

not a
vailable

V
AR/PF Control Input

not a
vailable

Industrial Generator Set Accessories

Voltage Regulators

•

Interf
aces between the controller and alternator assembly using rotor field leads, auxiliary power windings, and optic board leads .

•
Allo
ws the Decision-Maker® controllers the ability to control a wound-field alternator using the same control signal as Fast ResponseTM alternator.

•
P
ermits the generator set controller to control the current to the exciter field of a wound-field excited alternator.

•
Contains tw
o isolated relay driver outputs (RDO) rated at 250 mA.

Provides RDO outputs indicating a field over-excitation condition and that the alternator is supplying v
oltage to the activator.

Modb
us® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Remote Serial Annunciator III (RSA III)

Remote Serial Annunciator III (RSA III)
for Rehlko Controllers
• Monitors the generator set equipped with one of the
following controllers:

APM402 Decision-Maker® 3000 APM603 Decision-Maker® 3500 APM802 Decision-Maker® 6000 Decision-Maker® 3+ Decision-Maker® 8000 Decision-Maker® 550 KPC 1000
• Allows monitoring of the common alarm, remote testing of the automatic transfer switch, and monitoring of the normal/emergency source for up to four ATS with any of
the following controllers:

Decision-Maker® MPAC® 750, 1200, and 1500
MPAC® 1000 and 1500
• Configuration via a personal computer (PC) software.
• Writable surfaces (white boxes in illustrations) for user- defined selections.
• Uses Modbus® RTU protocol.
• Controller connections:

RS-485 for serial bus network
USB port. Connect a personal computer and use
SiteTech™ software to view events and adjust settings.
*
12-/24-volt DC power supply
120/208 VAC power supply (available accessory)
• Meets the National Fire Protection Association Standard NFPA 110, Level 1.

Dimensions
• Dimensions—W x H x D, mm (in.).

Surface Mounted:
203 x 203 x 83 (8.0 x 8.0 x 3.3)

Flush Mounted (Inside Wall):
203 x 203 x 76 (8.0 x 8.0 x 3.0)
Flush mounting plate W1: 254 (10.0)

* SiteTech™ software is available to authorized distributors and dealers.

Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.

RSA III
RSA III with a Single ATS Control
RSA III with Four ATS Controls
W
W
H
H
D
Surface Mounted
W1
Flush Mounted
D

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Remote Serial Annunciator III (RSA III)

Fault and Status Conditions Fault LEDs Fault Horn System Ready LED Generator
Running LED
Communication
Status LED
Overcrank Shutdown Red On Red Off Green
High Engine Temperature Warning * Yellow On Red Green Green High Engine Temperature Shutdown Red On Red Off Green
Low Oil Pressure Warning * Yellow On Red Green Green
Low Oil Pressure Shutdown Red On Red Off Green
Overspeed Shutdown Red On Red Off Green
Emergency Stop * Red On Red Off Green
Low Coolant Level/Aux. Shutdown Red On Red Off Green
Low Coolant Temperature * Yellow On Red Off Green
Low Cranking Voltage Yellow On Red Off Green
Low Fuel—Level or Pressure * Yellow On Red Green or Off Green Not-In-Auto Red On Red Green or Off Green
Common Fault Red/Yellow On Green Green or Off Green
Battery Charger Fault (1) * Yellow On Red Green or Off Green Battery Charger Fault (2) * Yellow On Green Green or Off Green High Battery Voltage * Yellow Off Green Green or Off Green Low Battery Voltage * Yellow Off Green Green or Off Green User Input #1 (Warning) Yellow Off Green Green or Off Green User Input #1 (Shutdown) Red On Green Off Green
User Input #2 (Warning) Yellow Off Green Green or Off Green User Input #2 (Shutdown) Red On Green Off Green
User Input #3 (Warning) (1) [ Yellow Off Green Green or Off Green User Input #3 (Shutdown) (1) [ Red On Green Off Green
User Input #4 (Warning) (1) Yellow Off Green Green or Off Green User Input #4 (Shutdown) (1) Red On Green Off Green
User Input #5 (Warning) (1) Yellow Off Green Green or Off Green User Input #5 (Shutdown) (1) Red On Green Off Green
EPS Supplying Load Yellow Off Green Green Green
Communications Status (Fault mode) — Off Green or Red Green or Off Red ATS Fault (RSA III with ATS Controls only) Red On Red or Yellow Green or Off Green Green LEDs appear as steady on when activated.

Yellow (common warning) LEDs slow flash when activated except steady on with EPS supplying load and high battery voltage.

Red (common fault) LEDs slow flash when activated except fast flash with loss of communication and not-in-auto.

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Remote Serial Annunciator III (RSA III)

Specifications
• LED indicating lights for status, warning, and/or
shutdown.
• Power source with circuit protection: 12- or 24-volt DC • Power source with120/208 VAC, 50/60 Hz adapter
(option)
• Power draw: 200 mA
• Humidity range: 0% to 95% noncondensing
• Operating temperature range: -20°C to +70°C
(-4°F to +158°F)
• Storage temperature range: -40°C to +85°C
(-40°F to +185°F)
• Standards:
o NFPA 110, level 1
o UL 508 recognized
o CE directive
o NFPA 99
o ENS 61000-4-4
o EN6II-4-4 fast transient immunity
• RS-485 Modbus® isolated port @ 9.6/19.2/38.4/57.6
kbps (default is 19.2 kbps)
• USB device port
• NEMA 1 enclosure
(1) All generator set controllers except Decision -Maker® 3+ controller.
(2) Decision-Maker® 3+ controller only.
* May require optional kit or user-provided device to
enable function and LED indication.
† Digital input #3 is factory-set for high battery voltage on the Decision-Maker® 3+ controller.

Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.

ATS Controls (RSA III with ATS controls only)
• ATS position LED (normal or emergency)
• Power source indicator LED (normal or emergency)
• ATS fault LED
• Key-operated lock/unlock switch for Test feature
• Test pushbutton
NFPA Requirements
• NFPA 110 compliant
• Engine functions:
o High battery voltage warning *
o High engine temperature shutdown
o High engine temperature warning *
o Low battery voltage warning *
o Low coolant level/aux. shutdown
o Low coolant temperature warning *
o Low cranking voltage
o Low fuel warning (level or pressure) *
o Low oil pressure shutdown
o Low oil pressure warning *
o Overcrank shutdown
o Overspeed shutdown
• General functions:
o Audible alarm silence
o Battery charger fault *
o Lamp test
o Master switch not-in-auto

Industrial Generator Set Accessories
Remote Serial Annunciator III (RSA III)

Alarm Horn. Horn sounds giving a minimum 90 dB at

0.1 m (0.3 ft.) audible alarm when a warning or shutdown fault condition exists except on high/low battery voltage or EPS supplying load.

Alarm Silenced. Red LED on lamp test switch lights
when alarm horn is deactivated by alarm silence switch.

Alarm Silence Switch. Lamp test switch quiets the
alarm during servicing. The horn will reactivate upon
additional faults.

ATS Fault. Red LED lights when ATS fails to transfer.

Battery Charger Fail. LED lights if battery charger
malfunctions. Requires battery charger with alarm
contact.

Battery Voltage Hi/Lo. LED flashes if battery or
charging voltage drops below preset level. LED lights
steady if battery voltage exceeds preset level.

Common Fault. LED lights when a single or multiple
common faults occur.

Communication Status. Green LED lights indicating
annunciator communications functional. Red LED
indicates communication fault.

EPS Supplying Load. LED lights when the Emergency
Power System (EPS) generator set is supplying the load
(APM402, APM603, APM802, and Decision-Maker® 550,
3000, 3500, 6000, and 8000 controllers) or when transfer switch is in the emergency position (Decision-Maker® 3+ controller).

Emergency Stop. LED lights and engine stops when
emergency stop is made. May require a local emergency
stop switch on some Decision-Maker® 3+ controllers.

Generator Running. LED lights when generator set is in
operation.

High Engine Temperature. Red LED lights if engine
has shut down because of high engine coolant
temperature. Yellow LED lights if engine coolant
temperature approaches shutdown range. Requires
warning sender on some models.

Accessories
❑ Power source adapter kit 120/208 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
❑ Modbus®/Ethernet converter GM41143-KP2 for serial to
Ethernet communication.
❑ Communication module GM32644-KA1 or GM32644-KP1 is
required with Decision-Maker® 3+ controllers.

Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.

Lamp Test (Switch). Switch tests all the annunciator indicator LEDs and horn.

Low Coolant Level/Aux. LED lights when engine coolant level is below acceptable range on radiator-mounted generator sets only. When used with a Decision-Maker® 3+ controller, the LED indicates low coolant level or an auxiliary fault shutdown.

Requires user-supplied low coolant level switch on remote radiator models.

Low Coolant Temperature. LED lights if optional engine block heater malfunctions and/or engine coolant temperature is too low. Requires prealarm sender on some models.

Low Cranking Voltage. LED lights if battery voltage drops below preset level during engine cranking.

Low Fuel (Level or Pressure). LED lights if fuel level in tank approaches empty with diesel models or fuel pressure is low on gas models. Requires customer-supplied switch.

Low Oil Pressure. Red LED lights if generator set shuts down because of insufficient oil pressure. Yellow LED lights if engine oil pressure approaches shutdown range. Requires warning sender on some models.

Not In Auto. LED lights when the generator set controller is not set to automatic mode.

Overcrank. LED lights and cranking stops if engine does not start in either continuous cranking or cyclic cranking modes.

Overspeed. LED lights if generator set shuts down because of overspeed condition.

System Ready. Green LED lights when generator set master switch is in AUTO position and the system senses no faults.

Red LED indicates system fault.

User-Defined Digital Inputs #1- #5. Monitors five digital auxiliary inputs (can be configured as warnings or shutdowns).

User-defined digital inputs are selected via the RSA III master for local or remote (generator set or ATS). The user-defined digital input can be assigned via PC using SiteTech™ setup software.

Fault and Status LEDs and Lamp Test Switch
Availability is subject to change without notice. Discovery Energy, LLC and its affiliates dba Rehlko reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local authorized generator set distributor for availability.

Power System Accessories
Converter
Modbus®/Ethernet

G6-79_11/25e For the nearest sales and service, go to
powersystems.rehlko.com. © 2025 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 1/4

Applicable to the Following Controllers:

Generator Set Controllers:

APM402 Decision-Maker® 3000
APM802† Decision-Maker® 3500
Decision-Maker® 3+ Decision-Maker® 6000
Decision-Maker® 340* Decision-Maker® 8000†‡
Decision-Maker® 550
Automatic Transfer Switch Controllers:

M340/M340+* MPAC™ 1500§
MPAC™ 1000 Decision-Maker® MPAC750/1200/1500§
RSA II and RSA III Remote Serial Annunciators
RSA 1000 (Remote Serial Annunciator) version 2.00 or higher PM340 Power Monitor *

* Series 340 devices also require Modbus®/KBUS converter kit GM41143-KP3. † APM802 and Decision-Maker® 8000 controllers can connect directly to the Ethernet. ‡ Converter is required to connect Decision-Maker® 8000 controller to RSA III over the Ethernet. § MPAC 1500 and DM MPAC 1500 controllers can connect directly to the Ethernet. The converter is required for SNMP only. DM MPAC 750 and 1200 controllers with the optional Ethernet board can connect directly to the Ethernet.

Standard Features and Functions
• Converts Modbus® RTU protocol to Modbus® TCP/IP for communication via an Ethernet network • A single converter can support one or more controllers in an RS-485 network • Software (included) programs IP address and configures communication parameters • LEDs indicate status:
o Power
o Data received
o Data transmitted
• NEMA type 1 enclosure
• Standard RJ45 jack for Ethernet connection
• Terminal block for RS-485 Modbus® connection
• Baud rate:
o Selectable 9600 or 19200 on Modbus® RTU side
o Standard 10/100 Ethernet
• 12 VDC power required:
o Universal AC power adapter included
o Can be powered through the generator set battery
• FCC Class A compliant
• Converter allows connection of RSA 1000 (version 2.00 and higher), RSA II, or RSA III master and slave devices to an Ethernet network • Converter allows Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) users to poll or issue trap commands for the controllers listed on page 2.

Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.

Power System Accessories
Converter
Modbus®/Ethernet

G6-79_11/25e For the nearest sales and service, go to
powersystems.rehlko.com. © 2025 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 2/4

Ethernet Networks
Many facilities use Ethernet networks to connect computers and equipment. The Modbus®/ Ethernet converter can be used to connect a single power system device* or network of devices to an existing Ethernet network. Any remote PC connected to that Ethernet network can then monitor the device(s).

A single converter can provide an Ethernet connection to an RS-485 network. See Figure 1. Multiple devices are connected together using RS-485 connections and connected to the Ethernet network through the Modbus®/ Ethernet converter. The converter is assigned a unique IP address to identify the connected device or network of devices.

The PC can be located anywhere the site’s Ethernet network can be accessed. The PC used to monitor the device(s) must be equipped with a network interface card (NIC). Setting up the Ethernet network and connected computers is the responsibility of the user.

Alternatively, multiple converters can be used to connect individual devices or multiple device networks to the Ethernet. See Figure 2.

Modbus®/ Ethernet converters can be used to allow the RSA 1000, RSAII, or RSA III Remote Serial Annunciators to monitor generator set controllers over an Ethernet network. Use one converter to connect the RSA to the Ethernet network, and a second converter to connect the controller to the Ethernet network The converter can also be used to connect RSA slave devices through the Ethernet network.

SNMP Support
Simple Network Management Protocol is used by some network management systems to monitor and/or control managed devices.

The Modbus®/Ethernet converter is a managed device that supports SNMP trap commands. This results in reporting faults and events communicated by the following controllers:
• APM402/ Decision-Maker® 3000 generator set controller • Decision-Maker® 3+ generator set controller
• Decision-Maker® 550 generator set controller
• Decision-Maker® 6000 generator set controller
• MPAC™ 1000 ATS controller
• MPAC™ 1500 ATS controller
• Decision-Maker® MPAC1500 ATS controller
The network management system can then manage and send this data to an e-mail address or a phone number to alert selected personnel that action may be required.
* A device is any of the generator set controllers, transfer switch controllers, or monitoring devices listed on the first page of this document.

DeviceInstaller Software
DeviceInstaller software is provided with the Modbus®/ Ethernet converter kit. Use the software to set the converter’s IP address and baud rate at installation. The program also allows configuration of the converter for an RSA 1000 master or slave. Complete instructions are provided with the converter kit.

Converter Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Operating Temperature:

Converter module - 40 to 70 C
(- 40_ to 158_ F)
Optional AC adapter 0 to 40 C
(32 to 104 F)
Storage temperature:

Converter module - 40 to 85 C
(- 40 to 185 F)
Optional AC adapter - 20 to 85 C
(- 4 to 185 F)
Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing

Application Data
Connections:

Terminal block [ Terminal block †
Standard RJ45 jack ] Standard RJ45 jack ‡
Power:
10- 30 VDC or 120 VAC w 10- 30 VDC or 120 VAC §
2W 2W
† Belden #9841 or equivalent shielded twisted-pair cable recommended, not supplied. ‡ Mating connector and cable not supplied
§ Universal AC adapter provided.

Dimensions and Weight
Dimensions
mm (in.)
L* W H
111.1 (4.4) 78.8 (3.1) 31.8 (1.25)
Weight kg (lb.) 0.45 (1 lb.)
* Length includes 13 mm (1/2 in.) mounting tabs

Power System Accessories
Converter
Modbus®/Ethernet

G6-79_11/25e For the nearest sales and service, go to
powersystems.rehlko.com. © 2025 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved. 3/4

Ethernet Connections

Figure 1 Single Converter Connected to an RS-485 Network

Figure 2 Multiple Converters
Personal Computer
with NIC
Modbus-
enabled
device
RS-485
Modbus
RTU
Converter,
Modbus /Ethernet
Personal Computer
with NIC
RS-485
Modbus
TCP/IP
Modbus
TCP/IP
Additional
Modbus-
enabled
devices
Modbus
TCP/IPEthernet
Network RS-485Category 5
Series
device
Converter,
Modbus/KBUS
Device with
direct Ethernet
connection
capability
Modbus
TCP/IP
Fade, scratch, and
corrosion resistant
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
Personal Computer
with NIC
Modbus
RTU
Modbus
TCP/IP
Modbus
TCP/IP
Modbus
TCP/IP
Modbus
RTU
Modbus
RTU
RS-485
Personal Computer
with NIC
Modbus-
enabled
device
Series
340
device
Modbus-
enabled
device
Additional
Modbus-
enabled
devices
Modbus
TCP/IP
Category 5
Ethernet
Network
RS-485
RS-485
RS-485
Converter,
Modbus/KBUS
Converter,
Modbus /Ethernet
Converter,
Modbus /Ethernet
Converter,
Modbus /Ethernet
Converter,
Modbus /Ethernet
RSA Master *
RS-485
Optional Slaves*
* For the RSA1000, version 2.00 or higher is required.

Device with
direct Ethernet
connection
capability
Modbus
TCP/IP
Category 5
Modbus
TCP/IP
Category 5
Modbus
TCP/IP
Category 5
A Modbus/Ethernet converter isrequired
to conn ecta Decision-Makerr 8000
controller to anRSA III overthe Ethernet.
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
Alternator Data

1TIB-102 4D8.3 60 Hz 1/26ad
TIB-102

TECHNICAL INFORMATION BULLETIN
Alternator Data Sheet
Alternator Model: 4D8.3
Frequency: 60 Hz
Speed: 1800 RPM
Leads: 12 (6 Lead, 600 Volt)
kW* (kVA)
Class B Class F Class H
Voltage Power 80C 105 C 130 C 110 C/115C 125 C 150 C L - - N / L - - L Phase Factor Connection Continuous Continuous Standby Marine Continuous Standby 139/240 30 . 8 W y e 35.0 39.5 43.0 40.3 42.5 44.5
277/480 (43.8) (49.4) (53.8) (50.3) (53.1) (55.6)
127/220 30 . 8 W y e 35.0 39.0 42.0 39.6 41.5 44.0
254/440 (43.8) (48.8) (52.5) (49.5) (51.9) (55.0)
120/208 30 . 8 W y e 35.0 38.5 41.5 39.1 41.0 43.5
240/416 (43.8) (48.1) (51.9) (48.9) (51.3) (54.4)
110/190 30 . 8 W y e 31.0 35.5 38.0 36.0 37.5 39.5
220/380 (38.8) (44.4) (47.5) (45.0) (46.9) (49.4)
120/240 3 0.8 Delta 35.0 38.5 41.5 39.1 41.0 43.5
(43.8) (48.1) (51.9) (48.9) (51.3) (54.4)
120/240 1 1.0 Dogleg 28.5 32.0 34.0 32.5 34.0 35.5
(28.5) (32.0) (34.0) (40.6) (34.0) (35.5)
347/600 3 0.8 Wye (See separate 600 volt data sheet.)
* All data tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 115.

Submittal Data: 139/240 Volts, 0.8 PF, 1800 RPM, 60 Hz, 3 Phase, 130 CR i s e Symbol PerUnit Ohms Symbol Value
Typical Cold Resistances Typical Time Constants
Phase Resistance 0.0364 0.039 Armature Short Circuit T a 0.008 sec.

Rotor Resistance 4.926 5.279 Transient Short Circuit T’ d 0.052 sec.

Typical Reactances Transient Open Circuit T’do 0.465 sec.

Synchronous Typical Field Current
Direct X d 2.42 2.593 Full Load IfFL 15.6 amps
Quadrature X q 1.227 1.315 No Load IfNL 4.2 amps
Transient Typical Short Circuit Ratio 0.413
Unsaturated X’ du 0.31 0.332 Harmonic Distortion
Saturated X’d 0.273 0.292 RMS Total Harmonic Distortion 3.07% Subtransient Max. Single Harmonic 5th
Direct X’’d 0.175 0.188 Deviation Factor (No Load, L- - L) <5% Quadrature X’’q 0.105 0.113 Telephone Influence Factor <50 Negative Sequence X2 0.14 0.15 Insulation Class
Zero Sequence X0 0.013 0.014 per NEMA MG1- - 1.66 H
Phase Rotation ABC
The generator set manufacturer reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. © 2026 Discovery Energy, LLC - All rights reserved.

TIB-1022 4D8.3 60 Hz 1/26ad
* All data tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 115.

3TIB-102 4D8.3 60 Hz 1/26ad
4D8.3, 60 Hz, Low Wye or Delta Connection

SHORT CIRCUIT DECREMENT CURVE
Armature Current, Amps
Alternator Damage Curve
Line-to-Line 1 Phase Line-to-Neutral 1 Phase
3 Phase Symmetrical
*NOTE: Instantaneous current (t = 0) shows asymmetric va lues. Divide by 1.732 for symmetric values.

TIB-1024 4D8.3 60 Hz 1/26ad
4D8.3, 60 Hz, High Wye Connection

Emissions Data

Model: KDI2504ESM Bore, mm (in.) 88 (3.46)
Nameplate BHP @ 1800 RPM: 39 Stroke, mm (in.) 102 (4.02) Type: 4-Cycle, 4 Cyl., Inline Displacement, L (cu. In.) 2.5 (158) Aspiration: Naturally
Compression Ratio: 18:1 EPA Family: TKHXL02.5ESM
EPA Certificate: TKHXL02.5ESM-011
PERFORMANCE DATA:

Engine bkW @ 1800 RPM
Fuel Consumption (Lph) @ 100% Load (Standby)
Exhaust Gas Flow (m3/min)
Exhaust Temperature (°C)
EXHAUST EMISSION DATA:

NMHC
CO2
NOx (Oxides of Nitrogen as NO2)
CO (Carbon Monoxide)
PM (Particulate Matter)
20REOZK
60 HZ. DIESEL INDUSTRIAL GENERATOR SET

EMISSION DATA SHEET

ENGINE INFORMATION
29 7.9

6.0 570

TEST METHODS AND CONDITIONS
The emission data listed is measured from a laboratory test engine according to the test procedures of 40 CFR 89 or 40 CFR 1039, as applicable. The test engine is intended to represent nominal production hardware, and there is no guarantee that every production engine will have identical test results. Emission results may vary due to engine manufacturing tolerances, engine operating conditions, fuels used, alternate test methods, or other conditions.

Values are in g/kWh unless otherwise noted
EPA D2 Cycle 5-mode Weighted

0.61 792

5.69 3.41

0.14 UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
2026 MODEL YEAR

CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

WITH THE CLEAN AIR ACT

OFFICE OF TRANSPORTATION

AND AIR QUALITY
ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN 48105
Certificate Issued To: Discovery Energy, LLC.
(U.S. Manufacturer or Importer)
Certificate Number: TKHXL02.5ESM-011
Effective Date:
08/11/2025
Expiration Date:
12/31/2026
_________________________
Byron J. Bunker, Division Director
Compliance Division
Issue Date:
08/11/2025
Revision Date:

N/A
Model Year: 2026
Manufacturer Type: Original Engine Manufacturer
Engine Family: TKHXL02.5ESM
Mobile/Stationary Indicator: Stationary
Emissions Power Category: 19<=kW<37
Fuel Type: Diesel
After Treatment Devices: No After Treatment Devices Installed Non-after Treatment Devices: Non-standard Non-After Treatment Device Installed Pursuant to Section 111 and Section 213 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. sections 7411 and 7547) and 40 CFR Part 60, and subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in those provisions, this certificate of conformity is hereby issued with respect to the test engines which have been found to conform to applicable requirements and which represent the following engines, by engine family, more fully described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and produced in the stated model year.

This certificate of conformity covers only those new compression-ignition engines which conform in all material respects to the design specifications that applied to those engines described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and which are produced during the model year stated on this certificate of the said manufacturer, as defined in 40 CFR Part 60.

It is a term of this certificate that the manufacturer shall consent to all inspections described in 40 CFR 1068 and authorized in a warrant or court order. Failure to comply with the requirements of such a warrant or court order may lead to revocation or suspension of this certificate for reasons specified in 40 CFR Part 60. It is also a term of this certificate that this certificate may be revoked or suspended or rendered void ab initio for other reasons specified in 40 CFR Part 60.

This certificate does not cover engines sold, offered for sale, or introduced, or delivered for introduction, into commerce in the U.S. prior to the effective date of the certificate.

Dimensional Drawings

678
C
D
12345678
A
B
C
D
12345
A
B
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
GENERAL TOLERANCES: N/A
THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS DISCOVERY ENERGY, LLC PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH DISCOVERY ENERGY, LLC WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. -A-
HEIGHT
LENGTH
810.031.89[ ]
1469.657.86[ ]
340.713.41[ ]

37.5 1.48[ ]
735.028.94[ ]
152.4

6.00[ ]

REV DATE
ON COMPOSITE DWGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL
□ INDICATES PART NUMBERS AFFECTED BY LATEST

DRAWING REVISION
BY
- 11-11-13NEW DRAWING [CT63958] SDS
A 7-22-15 (D-7) 152.4 [6.00] STUB UP DIMENSION
ADDED [CT119088] SAK
B 11-18-15 SEE SHEET 2 [CT131976] SSS
DRAWN: SDS DATE:

APPROVED: SEE PLM
SYSTEM 11-11-13
MAJOR = 0

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
CRITICAL = 0

CHARACTERISTICS COMPLY
WITH KPS-80022
SCALE: 0.08 SHEET SIZE: B SHEET: 1 OF 2
TITLE:

DIMENSION PRINT
DWG NO.: ADV-8643
DO NOT SCALE.

THIS ASSEMBLY OR PART MUST COMPLY WITH PEP-RML-001.

REFERENCE CAD MODEL FOR UNSPECIFIED DIMENSIONS.

TANK FITTINGS:

A. A" NPT EMERGENCY VENT FITTING PER NFPA 30
WITH VENT CAPS (QTY 2).

B. 2" NPT FUEL FILL FITTING WITH LOCKABLE CAP
AND 2" RISER.

D. 2" NPT NORMAL VENT FITTING WITH MUSHROOM VENT
CAP AND 3" RISER.

E. 1/2" NPT FITTING FOR REMOVABLE ENGINE SUPPLY
DIP TUBE (3/8" NPT FEMALE WITH CHECK VALVE).

F. 1/2" NPT FITTING FOR REMOVABLE FUEL RETURN
DIP TUBE (3/8" NPT FEMALE).

H. 2" NPT FOR FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT.

M. 1/2" NPT BASIN DRAIN
(INSTALL STEEL 1/2" NPT PIPE PLUG).

N. 1/2" NPT FOR FUEL IN BASIN SWITCH.

STANDARD TANK
NOTE:

FOR FURTHER TANK DETAIL

SEE INDIVIDUAL DRAWINGS

4X
⌀25.4 [1.00]

STANDARD MOUNTING

REMOVABLE

END PANEL

GENERATOR END

RADIATOR END
B
A
A

ELECTRICAL STUB-UP
AREA.OPEN TO BOTTOM.

F
D
H
E
N
M

MODEL CAPACITY WEIGHT LENGTH HEIGHT EMERGENCY VENT (A)

INNER/OUTER

LITERS GAL KG LBS MM IN MM IN IN
10/30kW 208 459 1935.0 76.2 431.8 17.0 3/3
10/30kW 465 123 266 586 1935.0 76.2 635.0 25.0 3/3
10/30kW 622 164 315 695 1935.0 76.2 812.8 32.0 3/3
10/30kW 791 209 362 798 2070.1 81.5 914.4 36.0 3/3
200
53 Wiring Schematics

Miscellaneous

678
C
D
12345678
A
B
C
D
12345
A
B

SURFACE FINISH
MAX.

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
GENERAL TOLERANCES:

X.XX
± 0.25
X.X ± 1.0
X ± 1.5
ANGLES ±0° 30'
BEND ANGLES ± 1°
THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS DISCOVERY ENERGY, LLC PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH DISCOVERY ENERGY, LLC WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. 143.50

37.00 10.3

24.8 4X ⌀6.00
164.0

86.6 61.0

19.7 REV DATE
ON COMPOSITE DWGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL
□ INDICATES PART NUMBERS AFFECTED BY LATEST

DRAWING REVISION
BY
- 11-8-16 NEW DRAWING [CT164513] SAM
A 28AUG2025 (C-4) BRANDING UPDATE; (D-8) 2.5M (96")
WAS 1.8M (72"); (C-8) 2.5M (96") WAS 1.2M
(48") PSC
DRAWN: SAM DATE:

APPROVED: SEE PLM
SYSTEM 11-8-16
MAJOR = 0

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
CRITICAL = 0

CHARACTERISTICS COMPLY
WITH KPS-80022
SCALE: 0.35 SHEET SIZE: B SHEET: 1 OF 1
TITLE:

BATTERY CHARGER 12V,
6A
DWG NO.: GM96383
DO NOT SCALE.

THIS ASSEMBLY OR PART MUST COMPLY WITH PEP-RML-001.

REFERENCE CAD MODEL FOR UNSPECIFIED DIMENSIONS.

PACKAGING LABEL:

THE PACKAGING LABEL SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:

P/N

DESCRIPTION - BATTERY CHARGER
MFG. MODEL NO.

MFG. PART NUMBER

DATE CODE

WARRANTY:
2 YEAR FROM DATE OF PURCHASE FROM MANUFACTURE.

OVERVIEW:

THE AUTOMATIC MULTI-LEVEL FLOAT/ EQUALIZE CHARGER SPECIFIED BELOW IS INTENDED TO

CHARGE ENGINE STARTING BATTERIES EITHER INDEPENDENT OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN ENGINE DRIVEN CHARGING SYSTEM.

BATTERY TYPES TO BE CHARGED:

LEAD ACID

GEL CELL

INPUT:

INPUT VOLTAGE: 90-135 VOLTS AC
INPUT FREQUENCY: 50/60 Hz

INPUT LEAD:

APPROXIMATELY 2.5M (96") (REF) TYPE SJTOW -40
°C TO 105°C UL RATED WIRE.

TERMINATED IN PRE-MOLDED US STYLE 120 V 3 PRONG AC PLUG.

DC OUTPUT:

AUTOMATIC FLOAT EQUALIZE
STEADY FULL LOAD CURRENT: 6 AMPS
BULK 11.8-14.0 VOLTS @ 5.0-6.0 AMPS ABSORPTION VOLTAGE: 14.0-14.5 VOLTS @ 1.5-5.0 AMPS FLOAT VOLTAGE: 13.3-14.5 VOLTS @ 0.1-1.5 AMPS BULK TO ABSORPTION TRANSITION: 14.0 VOLTS
ABSORPTION TO FLOAT TRANSITION: 1.5 AMPS
CURRENT LIMIT 7 AMPS OUTPUT POWER LIMITS: 70 +2/-5 WATTS FLOAT TO ABSORPTION TRANSITION: 2.06 VOLTS PER CELL

LINE REGULATION ACROSS INPUT
VOLTAGE RANGE: 1%

SPARK PROTECTION CONNECTION AND OPERATION

OUTPUT LEAD:

APPROX. 2.5M (96") (REF) TYPE SJTOOW -50
°C TO 105°C UL RATED WIRE WITH RED
AND BLACK WIRE INSULATION. TERMINATED IN 9.5 mm (REF) RING STYLE TERMINALS.

FUSES:

THE FUSE MUST BE LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 5" FROM RING TERMINAL ON RED OUTPUT LEAD.

DC OUTPUT: RATED PER UL (125% RATED OUTPUT)

ISOLATION:

INPUT TO OUTPUT: 2500V

ENVIRONMENTAL:

STORAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40 TO +70
°C (-40 TO +158°F)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40 TO +70 °C (-40 TO +158°F) HUMIDITY: 0 TO 100% (CONDENSING) VIBRATION AND SHOCK: UL991

REVERSE POLARITY PROTECTION:

THE CHARGER SHALL SUSTAIN NO DAMAGE WHEN INCORRECTLY
CONNECTED TO THE BATTERY IN REVERSE ORIENTATION.

MOUNTING:

SHALL HAVE INTERGRAL MTG. FLANGES.

ENCLOSURE:

SHALL PROTECT THE CHARGER COMPONETS FROM RAIN, SNOW, DUST AND DRIPPING WATER. ALL INTERNAL COMPONENTS PROTECTED FROM WATER DROPLETS.

INDICATORS:

SHALL HAVE CHARGE INDICATOR LAMP TO INDICATE BULK CHARGE AND FLOAT CHARGE CYCLES.

OPERATIONAL:

CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING AN INDEFINITE OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE CHARGER.

SHALL OPERATE PROPERLY AND SUSTAIN NO DAMAGE WHEN CONNECTED TO INPUT POWER WHILE CONNECTED TO THE BATTERY AND CHARGING SYSTEM OF ENGINE WHILE ENGINE IS CRANKED, RUNNING OR SHUTDOWN.

DOCUMENTATION:

THERE SHALL BE AN INSTALLATION / OPERATIONAL MANUAL SUPPLIED WITH EACH CHARGER.

PER SUPPLIED ARTWORK.

CERTIFICATIONS (US AND CANADA):

MUST COMPLY WITH UL2200
UL1236

MUST MEET CSA REQUIREMENTS
EMI / RFI FCC CLASS B COMPLIANT AFTER CHARGER DATE CODE 8/26/04

PRODUCT LABELING:

THE LABEL ATTACHED TO THE CHARGER SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:

UL LISTING

PART NUMBER

DESCRIPTION OF ALL INDICATOR

ALLOWABLE RANGE OF BATTERY UNIT CAPACITY

ALLOWABLE BATTERY TYPES

OUTPUT CURRENT AND VOLTAGE

INPUT VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY
FUSE

OUTPUT LEADS

INPUT LEADS
BLACK
Requires external power,
contractor to provide

678
C
D
12345678
A
B
C
D
12345
A
B

SURFACE FINISH
MAX.

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
GENERAL TOLERANCES:

REV DATE
ON COMPOSITE DWGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL
□ INDICATES PART NUMBERS AFFECTED BY LATEST

DRAWING REVISION
BY
F 11-4-15 (A-8) GM47475-89 ADDED [CT127756] DDH
G 10-24-17UPDATE LOAD CONNECTION TEXT FOR
100% LCBS FROM CU TO AL [CT180597] WSD
H 22APR2022(B,D-2-8) ADDED GM47475-90 THRU -101 &
GM47475-110 THRU -115; [CT216232] ZHK
DRAWN: WSD DATE:

APPROVED: SEE PLM
SYSTEM 10-21-05
MAJOR = 0

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
CRITICAL = 0

CHARACTERISTICS COMPLY
WITH KPS-80022
SCALE: 1.25 SHEET SIZE: B SHEET: 2 OF 4
TITLE:

DWG, CIRCUIT BREAKER
DWG NO.: GM47475-CMP
DO NOT SCALE.

THIS ASSEMBLY OR PART MUST COMPLY WITH PEP-RML-001.

REFERENCE CAD MODEL FOR UNSPECIFIED DIMENSIONS.

SQUARE D H-FRAME
600V
PART NO. PART

REV DESCRIPTION AMPS INTERRUPT
kA @480 VAC

CONNECTION TYPE

POLES RATING TRIP
TYPE

MAGNETIC TRIP ONLY

SQUARE D
PART NO.LINE LOAD FULL LOAD
AMPS

ADJUSTABLE

TRIP RANGE
GM47475-90 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 70A HGL, 2P
70 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL26070 GM47475-91 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 70A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL36070 GM47475-92 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 70A HGL, 2P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL26070C GM47475-93 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 70A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL36070C GM47475-110 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 70A HLL, 3P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HLL36070C GM47475-111 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 70A HLL, 2P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HLL26070C GM47475-4 C BREAKER, CIRCUIT 80A HDL
80 18 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDL36080 GM47475-39 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 80A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36080TX GM47475-40 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 80A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36080CTX GM47475-5 C BREAKER, CIRCUIT 90A HDL
90 18 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDL36090 GM47475-41 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 90A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36090TX GM47475-42 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 90A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36090CTX GM47475-6 C BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HDL
100
18 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDL36100 GM47475-43 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36100TX GM47475-44 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36100CTX GM47475-45 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HJP 65 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 - MAGNETIC ONLY 30-80 180-1040 HJP36100M73TX GM47475-65 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HDP36100U31XTX GM47475-66 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2S LSI - - HDP36100U33XTX GM47475-67 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 6.2A LSIG - - HDP36100U44XTX GM47475-68 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HDP36100CU31XTX GM47475-69 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2S LSI - - HDP36100CU33XTX GM47475-70 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 6.2A LSIG - - HDP36100CU44XTX GM47475-71 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGP36100U31XTX GM47475-72 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2S LSI - - HGP36100U33XTX GM47475-73 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 6.2A LSIG - - HGP36100U44XTX GM47475-74 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGP36100CU31XTX GM47475-75 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2S LSI - - HGP36100CU33XTX GM47475-76 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 6.2A LSIG - - HGP36100CU44XTX GM47475-94 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGL, 2P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL26100 GM47475-95 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL36100 GM47475-96 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGL, 2P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL26100C GM47475-97 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL36100C GM47475-98 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGL, 2P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGL26100U31X GM47475-99 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGL36100U31X GM47475-100 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGL, 2P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGL26100CU31X GM47475-101 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGL36100CU31X GM47475-112 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HLL, 3P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HLL36100C GM47475-113 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HLL, 2P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HLL26100C GM47475-114 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HLL, 3P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HLL36100U31X GM47475-115 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 100A HLL, 3P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HLL36100CU31X GM47475-51 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 110A HDP 110 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36110TX GM47475-52 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 110A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36110CTX - -
GM47475-7 C BREAKER, CIRCUIT 125A HDL
125
18 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDL36125 GM47475-16 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 125A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP26125CTX GM47475-46 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 125A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36125TX GM47475-47 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 125A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36125CTX

678
C
D
12345678
A
B
C
D
12345
A
B

SURFACE FINISH
MAX.

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
GENERAL TOLERANCES:

REV DATE
ON COMPOSITE DWGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL
□ INDICATES PART NUMBERS AFFECTED BY LATEST

DRAWING REVISION
BY
- 22APR2022ADDED SHEET 3; (C-2-8) ADDED
GM47475-102 THRU GM47475-109 &
GM47475-116 THRU -121; [CT216232] ZHK
DRAWN: WSD DATE:

APPROVED: SEE PLM
SYSTEM 16NOV2021
MAJOR = 0

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
CRITICAL = 0

CHARACTERISTICS COMPLY
WITH KPS-80022
SCALE: 1.25 SHEET SIZE: B SHEET: 3 OF 4
TITLE:

DWG, CIRCUIT BREAKER
DWG NO.: GM47475-CMP
DO NOT SCALE.

THIS ASSEMBLY OR PART MUST COMPLY WITH PEP-RML-001.

REFERENCE CAD MODEL FOR UNSPECIFIED DIMENSIONS.

SQUARE D H-FRAME
600V
PART NO. PART

REV DESCRIPTION AMPS INTERRUPT
kA @480 VAC

CONNECTION TYPE

POLES RATING TRIP
TYPE

MAGNETIC TRIP ONLY

SQUARE D
PART NO.LINE LOAD FULL LOAD
AMPS

ADJUSTABLE

TRIP RANGE
GM47475-8 C BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDL
150
18 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDL36150 GM47475-48 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36150TX GM47475-49 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP36150CTX GM47475-50 D BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HJP 65 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 - MAGNETIC ONLY 58-130 348-1690 HJP36150M74TX GM47475-77 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HDP36150U31XTX GM47475-78 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2S LSI - - HDP36150U33XTX GM47475-79 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 6.2A LSIG - - HDP36150U44XTX GM47475-80 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HDP36150CU31XTX GM47475-81 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2S LSI - - HDP36150CU33XTX GM47475-82 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 6.2A LSIG - - HDP36150CU44XTX GM47475-83 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGP36150U31XTX GM47475-84 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2S LSI - - HGP36150U33XTX GM47475-85 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 6.2A LSIG - - HGP36150U44XTX GM47475-86 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGP36150CU31XTX GM47475-87 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2S LSI - - HGP36150CU33XTX GM47475-88 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGP 35 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 6.2A LSIG - - HGP36150CU44XTX GM47475-89 - BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HDP 18 TERMINAL NUTS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HDP26150CTX GM47475-102 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGL, 2P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL26150 GM47475-103 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL36150 GM47475-104 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGL, 2P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL26150C GM47475-105 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HGL36150C GM47475-106 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGL, 2P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGL26150U31X GM47475-107 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGL36150U31X GM47475-108 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGL, 2P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGL26150CU31X GM47475-109 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HGL, 3P 35 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HGL36150CU31X GM47475-116 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HLL, 3P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HLL36150 GM47475-117 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HLL, 2P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 80% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HLL26150 GM47475-118 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HLL, 3P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HLL36150C GM47475-119 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HLL, 2P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 2 100% THERMAL MAGNETIC - - HLL26150C GM47475-120 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HLL, 3P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 80% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HLL36150U31X GM47475-121 - □ BREAKER, CIRCUIT 150A HLL, 3P 100 AL150HD LUGS AL150HD LUGS 3 100% MICROLOGIC 3.2 LI - - HLL36150CU31X

678
C
D
12345678
A
B
C
D
12345
A
B

SURFACE FINISH
MAX.

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
GENERAL TOLERANCES:

87.4 162.6
110.8

69.7 34.9

18.8 125.0
⌀ (2)5.10

87.4 162.6
110.8

18.8 125.0

34.9 35.0
104.7
⌀ (2)5.10

51.9 74.8

38.9 27.0

51.9 74.8

38.9 27.0

REV DATE
ON COMPOSITE DWGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL
□ INDICATES PART NUMBERS AFFECTED BY LATEST

DRAWING REVISION
BY
F 11-4-15 SEE SHEET 2 [CT127756] DDH
G 10-24-17SEE SHEETS 1 & 2 [CT180597] WSD
H 22APR2022SEE SHEET 2 & 3 [CT216232] ZHK
DRAWN: WSD DATE:

APPROVED: SEE PLM
SYSTEM 4-13-12
MAJOR = 0

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
CRITICAL = 0

CHARACTERISTICS COMPLY
WITH KPS-80022
SCALE: 0.62 SHEET SIZE: B SHEET: 4 OF 4
TITLE:

DWG, CIRCUIT BREAKER
DWG NO.: GM47475-CMP
DO NOT SCALE.

THIS ASSEMBLY OR PART MUST COMPLY WITH PEP-RML-001.

REFERENCE CAD MODEL FOR UNSPECIFIED DIMENSIONS.
3 POLE BREAKER

LINE SIDE

LOAD SIDE
2 POLE BREAKER

LOAD SIDE

LINE SIDE

SQUARE D H-FRAME
600V

TITLE
SCALE
DWG NO.

CAD NO. SHEET
DRAWN

CHECKED

APPROVED
1 D
234
C
B
A
1234
D
C
B
A
KOHLER, WISCONSIN 53044

THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER
CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN
CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS
OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED.

SURFACE FINISH
MAX.

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
GENERAL TOLERANCES:

X.XX # 0.25
X.X # 1.0
X # 1.5
ANGLES # 0$30'

90.2 95.4

58.1 36.3

ENGINE START INTEGRITY,

ATS MODULE

0.70 1 of 2
GM109871 B
DO NOT SCALE. REFERENCE THE MODEL FOR ALL UNSPECIFIED DIMENSIONS

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

APPROVALS DATE
ZHK 9-27-19
MTL 9-27-19
MTL 9-27-19
REV DATE ON COMPOSITE DWGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL BY - 12-4-19 NEW DRAWING [CT199085] ZHK
NOTES:

1) OPERATING TEMP: -20$C TO 70$C

2) STORAGE TEMP: -40$C TO 85$C

3) MOUNTING: 35mm DIN RAIL

4) WIRE GAUGE: 12 - 30 AWG STRANDED

5) MAX DISTANCE: CONNECTION BETWEEN

ATS MODULE AND GEN MODULE SHALL
NOT EXCEED 1000'

6) MAX RESISTANCE DROP: 100^ (COMPLETE LOOP)

7) THIS PART TO BE USED ON A LISTED MODEL

AND CANNOT BE CHANGED WITHOUT PRIOR

LISTING SERVICE APPROVAL, UL LISTED

8) PRODUCT MUST ADHERE TO KOHLER PRODUCT
ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY PEP-RML-001

9) SEE SHEET 2 FOR KOHLER BRAND LABEL ARTWORK

WEIGHT: .07kg [.15 LB.]
SCALE 0.50
TITLE
SCALE
DWG NO.

CAD NO. SHEET
DRAWN

CHECKED

APPROVED
1 D
234
C
B
A
1234
D
C
B
A
KOHLER, WISCONSIN 53044

THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER
CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN
CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS
OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED.

SURFACE FINISH
MAX.

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
GENERAL TOLERANCES:

X.XX # 0.25
X.X # 1.0
X # 1.5
ANGLES # 0$30'

ENGINE START INTEGRITY,

ATS MODULE

0.70 2 of 2
GM109871 B
DO NOT SCALE. REFERENCE THE MODEL FOR ALL UNSPECIFIED DIMENSIONS

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

APPROVALS DATE
ZHK 9-27-19
MTL 9-27-19
MTL 9-27-19
REV DATE ON COMPOSITE DWGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL BY - 12-4-19 NEW DRAWING [CT199085] ZHK

KOHLER BRANDING

678
C
D
12345678
A
B
C
D
12345
A
B
127.40

25.4 108.49.5

31.8 19.1

SURFACE FINISH
MAX.

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
GENERAL TOLERANCES:

PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO HEATER WITH THRU HOLE

REV DATE
ON COMPOSITE DWGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL
□ INDICATES PART NUMBERS AFFECTED BY LATEST

DRAWING REVISION
BY
A 15OCT2024(C-4) NOTE UPDATED SSL
DRAWN: GFR DATE:

APPROVED: SEE PLM
SYSTEM 08AUG2012
MAJOR = 0

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
CRITICAL = 0

CHARACTERISTICS COMPLY
WITH KPS-80022
SCALE: 0.75 SHEET SIZE: B SHEET: 1 OF 1
TITLE:

HEATER, STRIP 120V/85W
DWG NO.: GM85733
DO NOT SCALE.

THIS ASSEMBLY OR PART MUST COMPLY WITH PEP-RML-001.

REFERENCE CAD MODEL FOR UNSPECIFIED DIMENSIONS.

NOTE:

SIMILAR TO GM79574

HEATER SPECIFICATION: 85 WATT / 120 VOLT
2X #10-24 UNC
Warranty

Stationary Standby and Prime Power Industrial
Generator Set One-Year or Two Thousand (2000)-Hour
Limited Warranty
Your product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original end user, Discovery Energy, LLC and its affiliates dba Rehlko -hereafter referred to as "the manufacturer"- warrants, for the period indicated below, each product to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. In the event of a defect in materials or workmanship, the manufacturer will repair, replace, or make appropriate adjustment at the manufacturer’s option if the product, upon the manufacturer’s inspection, is found to be properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction manuals. A distributor, dealer, or authorized service representative must perform startup.

Product
Stationary Standby Generator Set & Accessories
Warranty Coverage
One (1) year from registered startup or two thousand (2000) hours (whichever occurs first). In any event, the warranty period will expire not later than thirty (30) months from the date of shipment from the manufacturer’s factory.

One (1) year from registered startup or two thousand (2000) hours (whichever occurs first). In any event, the warranty period will expire not later than thirty (30) months from the date of shipment from the manufacturer’s factory.

Standby rated generators may only be used in Stationary “emergency” applications, where the generator set is the secondary power source, and a dependable utility is the primary power source. Use of a standby rated generator in a stationary “non-emergency” application, or any non-stationary application, is not allowed and voids all factory warranties.

The following will not be covered by the warranty:

1. Normal wear, routine tuneups, tuneup parts, adjustments, and periodic service.

2. Damage, including but not limited to damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative,
improper storage, or acts of God.

3. Damage caused by operation at speeds, or with fuel,
loads, conditions, modifications or installation contrary to published specifications.

4. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as:
a. Failure to provide the specified type and sufficient quantity of lubricating oil.
b. Failure to keep the air intake and cooling fin areas clean.
c. Failure to service the air cleaner.
d. Failure to provide sufficient coolant and/or cooling air. e. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as
prescribed in supplied manuals.
f. Failure to regularly exercise the generator set under load (stationary applications only).

5. Original installation charges and startup costs.

6. Starting batteries and the following related expenses:
a. Labor charges related to battery service.
b. Travel expenses related to battery service.

7. Engine coolant heaters, heater controls, and circulating pumps after the first year of the warranty period.

8. Additional expenses for repairs performed after normal business hours, i.e. overtime or holiday labor rates.

9. Rental of equipment during the performance of warranty repairs.

10. Removal and replacement of non-Rehlko-supplied options and equipment.

11. Non-Rehlko replacement parts. Replacement of a failed part with a non-Rehlko part voids the warranty on that part.

12. Radiators replaced rather than repaired.

13. Fuel injection pumps not repaired by an authorized service representative.

14. Non-authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the manufacturer Warranty Department.

15. Engine fluids such as fuel, oil, or coolant/antifreeze.

16. Shop supplies such as adhesives, cleaning solvents, and rags.

17. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective materials or
workmanship.

18. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, filters, spark plugs, loose or leaking clamps, and adjustments.

19. Travel time and mileage exceeding 300 miles round trip.

To obtain warranty service, call 1-800-544-2444 for your nearest authorized service representative or write the manufacturer Service Department, MS072, Kohler, WI 53044 USA.

THE MANUFACTURER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, AND/OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental and/or consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts.

This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf.

ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental and/or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

Discovery Energy, LLC
200 Twin Oaks Road, Kohler, WI 53044 USA
For the nearest sales and service outlet in the
US and Canada,
phone 1‐800‐544‐2444
powersystems.rehlko.com
TP-5374 12/24h
Stationary Prime Power Generator Set & Accessories
Stationary Standby Industrial Generator Set
Extended Five-Year or Three Thousand (3000)-Hour
Comprehensive Limited Warranty
Your product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original end user, Discovery Energy, LLC and its affiliates dba Rehlko -hereafter referred to as "the manufacturer" - warrants, for the period indicated below, each product to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. In the event of a defect in materials or workmanship, the manufacturer will repair, replace, or make appropriate adjustment at the manufacturer’s option if the product, upon the manufacturer’s inspection, is found to be properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction manuals. A distributor, dealer, or authorized service representative must perform startup.

Extended warranty purchase must take place prior to expiration of standard warranty. Extended warranty is effective upon submission of purchase order in the online warranty system.

The following will not be covered by the warranty:

To obtain warranty service, call 1-800-544-2444 for your nearest authorized service representative or write the manufacturer Service Department, MS072, Kohler, WI 53044 USA.

This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf.

This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

Product
Stationary Standby Generator Set & Accessories
Warranty Coverage
Five (5) years from registered startup or three thousand (3000) hours (whichever occurs first).

1. Normal wear, routine tuneups, tuneup parts, adjustments, and periodic service.

3. Damage caused by operation at speeds, or with fuel,
loads, conditions, modifications or installation contrary to published specifications.

5. Damage to exterior or interior components resulting from extreme environmental conditions, including but not limited to heat, cold, humidity, flooding, salt, and high winds.

6. Damage caused by operation when emergency battle
mode is enabled.

7. Original installation charges and startup costs.

8. Starting batteries and the following related expenses:
a. Labor charges related to battery service.
b. Travel expenses related to battery service.

9. Engine coolant heaters, heater controls, and circulating pumps after the first year of the warranty period.

10. Additional expenses for repairs performed after normal business hours, i.e. overtime or holiday labor rates.

11. Rental of equipment during the performance of warranty repairs.

12. Removal and replacement of non-Rehlko-supplied options and equipment.

13. Non-Rehlko replacement parts. Replacement of a failed part with a non-Rehlko part voids the warranty on that part.

14. Radiators replaced rather than repaired.

15. Fuel injection pumps not repaired by an authorized service representative.

16. Non-Rehlko-authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the manufacturer Warranty Department.

17. Engine fluids such as fuel, oil, or coolant/antifreeze.

18. Shop supplies such as adhesives, cleaning solvents, and rags.

19. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective materials or
workmanship.

20. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, filters, spark plugs, loose or leaking clamps, and adjustments.

21. Travel time and mileage exceeding 300 miles round trip.

Discovery Energy, LLC
200 Twin Oaks Road, Kohler, WI 53044 USA
For the nearest sales and service outlet in the
US and Canada, phone 1‐800‐544‐2444
powersystems.rehlko.com
TP-5561 6/25i
Certification

PROTOTYPE TEST REPORT
Models Covered: 20REOZK
Model Tested: 20REOZK
Cooling System Tested: 50C
Alternator Tested: 4D5.6
Engine Tested: KDI2504M
Voltage Tested: 240V
GENSET
Maximum power test to assure that the prime mover and alternator have sufficient capacity to operate within specifications.

Meets Rated Load
Steady-state load test to ensure voltage stability meets or exceeds ISO8528-5 requirements and to verify compliance with steady state speed control specifications. ± 0.50 % Frequency Band ± 0.50 % Voltage Deviation
Transient load tests per NEMA MG1-32.18, and ISO 8528 to verify specifications of transient voltage regulation, voltage dip, voltage overshoot, recovery voltage, and recovery time. Values shown for model tested above. Please contact factory for additional details.

Full Load Acceptance

18.9 % Voltage Dip

0.30 Seconds of Recovery Time

5.76 % Frequency Dip

0.79 Seconds of Recovery Time
Full Load Rejection

24.0 % Voltage Overshoot

0.64 Seconds of Recovery Time

6.21 % Frequency Overshoot

0.47 Sec
onds of Recovery Time
G2 ISO8528-5 Class (G1, G2, G3)
NFPA 110 one step testing to determine the amount of time required for the generator set to reach 90% voltage and frequency to allow the ATS to transfer.

Complies with NFPA 110 Type 10
Vibrational analysis to verify that generator vibrations are within acceptable limits per ISO 8528-9.

Complies
Torsional analysis data to verify torsional effects are not detrimental and that the generator set will provide dependable service as specified.

Complies
Generator set cooling and air flow tests to verify maximum operating ambient temperature. (Cooling system test results are available on TIB-118)
Acoustical noise intensity and sound attenuation effects tests (Acoustical noise results are available on TIB-114 &115)
Exhaus
t Back Pressure test completed to demonstrate within engine limitation (Exhaust back pressure test results are available on TIB-119) G18-477 11/19

ALTERNATOR
Alternator temperature rise test per NEMA MG1-32.6. Standby and prime ratings of the alternator are established during this test.

Alternator overload test per NEMA MG1-32.8. Motor starting tests per NEMA MG1-32.18.5 to evaluate capabilities of generator, exciter, and regulator system.

Three-phase symmetrical short-circuit test per NEMA MG1-32.13 to demonstrate short circuit performance, mechanical integrity, ability to sustain short-circuit current.

Harmonic analysis, voltage waveform deviation per NEMA MG1-32.10 to confirm that the generator set is producing clean voltage within acceptable limits. (Alternator detailed test results are available on TIB-102)

PROTOTYPE TEST REPORT
Models Covered: 20REOZK
Model Tested: 20REOZK
Cooling System Tested: 50C
Alternator Tested: 4D5.6
Engine Tested: KDI2504M
Voltage Tested:
240V
G18-477 11/19
G18-56 12/05b
Kohler Standby/Prime Generator Set Test Program
T esting is an integral part of quality assurance. In keeping with our uncompromising commitment to quality, safety, and reliability, every Kohler Standby/Prime power generator set undergoes an extensive series of prototype and production testing.

Prototype Testing
Prototype testing includes the potentially destructive
tests necessary to verify design, proper function of
protective devices and safety features, and reliability expectations. Kohler’s prototype testing includes the
following:

D Alternator temperature rise test per NEMA
MG1-32.6. Standby and prime ratings of the
alternator are established during this test.

D Maximum power test to assure that the prime
mover and alternator have sufficient capacity to
operate within specifications.

D Alternator overload test per NEMA MG1-32.8.

D Steady-state load test to ensure voltage regulation
meets or exceeds ANSI C84.1, NEMA MG1-32.17
requirements and to verify compliance with steady-
state speed control specifications.

D Transient test to verify speed controls meets or
exceeds specifications.

D Transient load tests per NEMA MG1-32.18, and
ISO 8528 to verify specifications of transient
voltage regulation, voltage dip, voltage overshoot,
recovery voltage, and recovery time.

D Motor starting tests per NEMA MG1-32.18.5 to
evaluate capabilities of generator, exciter, and
regulator system.

D Three-phase symmetrical short-circuit test per
NEMA MG1-32.13 to demonstrate short circuit
performance, mechanical integrity, ability to
sustain short-circuit current.

D Harmonic analysis, voltage waveform deviation
per NEMA MG1-32.10 to confirm that the
generator set is producing clean voltage within
acceptable limits.

D Generator set cooling and air flow tests to verify
maximum operating ambient temperature.

D Reliability tests to demonstrate product durability,
followed by root cause analysis of discovered
failures and defects. Corrective action is taken to
improve the design, workmanship, or components.

D Acoustical noise intensity and sound attenuation
effects tests.

Production Testing
In production, Kohler Standby/Prime generator sets
are built to the stringent standards established by the prototype program. Every Kohler generator set is fully
tested prior to leaving the factory. Production testing includes the following:

D Stator and exciter winding high-potential test on all generators. Surge transient tests on stators for
generators 180 kW or larger. Continuity and
balance tests on all rotors.

D One-step, full-load pickup tests to verify that the
performance of each generator set, regulator, and
governor meets published specifications.

D Regulation and stability of voltage and frequency
are tested and verified at no load, 1/4 load, 1/2 load, 3/4 load, and full-rated load.

D Voltage, amperage, frequency and power output
ratings verified by full-load test.

D The proper operation of controller logic circuitry,
prealarm warnings, and shutdown functions is
tested and verified.

D Any defect or variation from specification
discovered during testing is corrected and retested
prior to approval for shipment to the customer.

T orsional analysis data, to verify torsional effects are not detrimental and that the generator set will provide dependable service as specified, is available upon request.

Kohler offers other testing at the customer’s request at an additional charge. These optional tests include power factor testing, customized load testing for specific application, witness testing, and a broad range of MIL-STD-705c testing. A certified test report is also available at an additional charge.

KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044
Phone 920-565-3381, Fax 920-459-1646
For the nearest sales/service outlet in the
US and Canada, phone 1-800-544-2444
KohlerPowerSystemscom
PreStartup Checklist

Generator Set/Transfer Switch Installation Checklist
This document has generic content and some items may not apply to some applications. Check only the items that apply to the specific application. Read and understand all of the safety precautions found in the Operation and Installation Manuals. Make the following installation checks before performing the Startup Checklist.

Note: Use this form as a general guide, along with any applicable codes or standards. Comply with all applicable codes and standards.

Improper installation voids the warranty.

Equipment Room or Weather Housing
Ye s
Does
Not
Apply
/C0045/C00451. Is the equipment installed in a fire-resistant room (made of non-combustible material) or in an outdoor
weather housing?
/C0045/C00452. Is there adequate clearance between the engine and floor for service maintenance?
/C0045/C00453. Is there emergency lighting available at the equipment room or weather housing?
/C0045/C00454. Is there adequate heating for the equipment room or outdoor weather housing?
/C0045/C00455. Is the equipment room clean with all materials not related to the emergency power supply system
removed?
/C0045/C00456. Is the equipment room protected with a fire protection system?
Engine and Mounting
/C0045/C00457. Is the mounting surface(s) properly constructed and leveled?
/C0045/C00458. Is the mounting surface made from non-combustible material?
/C0045/C00459. Was the generator-to-engine alignment performed after attaching the skid to the mounting base?
Generator sets with two-bearing generators require
alignment.

Lubrication
/C0045/C004510. Is the engine crankcase filled with the specified oil? Cooling and Ventilation
/C0045/C004511. Is the cooling system filled with the manufacturer’s specified coolant/antifreeze and purged of air?
/C0045/C004512. Is there adequate inlet and outlet air flow (electric louvers adjusted and ventilation fan motor(s)
connected to the corresponding voltage)?
/C0045/C004513. Is the radiator duct properly sized and connected to the air vent or louver?
/C0045/C004514. Are flexible sections installed in the cooling water lines?
Fuel
/C0045/C004515. Is there an adequate/dedicated fuel supply? /C0045/C004516. Are the fuel filters installed?
/C0045/C004517. Are the fuel tanks and piping installed in accordance with applicable codes and standards?
/C0045/C004518. Is there adequate fuel transfer tank pump lift capacity and is the pump motor connected to the
corresponding voltage?
/C0045/C004519. Is the fuel transfer tank pump connected to the emergency power source?
/C0045/C004520. Are flexible fuel lines installed between the engine fuel inlet and fuel piping?
/C0045/C004521. Is the specified gas pressure available at the fuel regulator inlet?
/C0045/C004522. Does the gas solenoid valve function?
/C0045/C004523. Are the manually operated fuel and cooling water valves installed allowing manual operation or bypass
of the solenoid valves?
Exhaust
/C0045/C004524. Is the exhaust line sized per guidelines and does it have flexible connector(s)? Is the flexible
connector(s) straight?
Ye s
Does
Not
Apply
/C0045/C004525. Is there an exhaust line condensate trap with a drain installed?
/C0045/C004526. Is the specified silencer installed and are the hanger and mounting hardware tightened?
/C0045/C004527. Is a heat-isolating thimble(s) installed at points where exhaust lines pass through combustible
wall(s) or partition(s)?
/C0045/C004528. Is the exhaust line free of excessive bends and restrictions? Is the backpressure within
specifications?
/C0045/C004529. Is the exhaust line installed with a downward pitch toward the outside of the building?
/C0045/C004530. Is the exhaust line protected from entry by rain, snow, and animals?
/C0045/C004531. Does the exhaust system outlet location prevent entry of exhaust gases into buildings or structures?
/C0045/C004532. Are individuals protected from exposure to high temperature exhaust parts and are hot parts safety
decals present?
AC Electrical System
/C0045/C004533. Does the nameplate voltage/frequency of the generator set and transfer switch match
normal/utility source ratings?
/C0045/C004534. Do the generator set load conductors have adequate ampacity and are they correctly connected to the
circuit breakers and/or the emergency side of the
transfer switch?
/C0045/C004535. Are the load conductors, engine starting cables, battery charger cables, and remote annunciator
leads installed in separate conduits?
/C0045/C004536. Is the battery charger AC circuit connected to the corresponding voltage?
Transfer Switch, Remote Control System, Accessories
/C0045/C004537. Is the transfer switch mechanism free of binding? Note: Disconnect all AC sources and operate the
transfer switch manually.
/C0045/C004538. Are the transfer switch AC conductors correctly connected? Verify lead designations using the
appropriate wiring diagrams.
/C0045/C004539. Is all other wiring connected, as required? Batteries and DC Electrical System
/C0045/C004540. Does the battery(ies) have the specified CCA rating and voltage?
/C0045/C004541. Is the battery(ies) filled with electrolyte and connected to the battery charger?
/C0045/C004542. Are the engine starting cables connected to the battery(ies)?
/C0045/C004543. Do the engine starting cables have adequate length and gauge?
/C0045/C004544. Is the battery(ies) installed with adequate air ventilation?
/C0045/C004545. Are the ends of all spark plug wires properly seated onto the coil/distributor and the spark plug?
Special Requirements
/C0045/C004546. Is the earthquake protection adequate for the equipment and support systems?
/C0045/C004547. Is the equipment protected from lightning damage? * Some models with an Engine Electronic Control Module (ECM) may limit or prohibit adjusting the engine speed or testing shutdowns.

Refer to appropriate documentation available from the manufacturer.

Generator Set/Transfer Switch Startup Checklist
This document has generic content and some items may not apply to some applications. Check only the items that apply to the specific application.

Read and understand all of the safety precautions found in the Operation and Installation Manuals. Complete the Installation Checklist before performing the initial startup checks. Refer to Service Bulletin 616 for Warranty Startup Procedure Requirements regarding generator set models with ECM-controlled engines.

Ye s
Does
Not
Apply
/C0045/C00451. Verify that the engine is filled with oil and the cooling system is filled with coolant/antifreeze.
/C0045/C00452. Prime the fuel system.
/C0045/C00453. Open all water and fuel valves. T emporarily remove the radiator cap to eliminate air in the cooling system.

Replace radiator cap in step 21.
/C0045/C00454. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF/RESET position. Observe Not-in-Auto lamp and
alarm, if equipped, on the controller.
/C0045/C00455. Press the lamp test, if equipped on controller. Do all the alarm lamps on the panel illuminate?
/C0045/C00456. Open the main line circuit breakers, open the safeguard breaker, and/or remove fuses connected to the
generator set output leads.
/C0045/C00457. Turn down the speed control (electronic governor) or speed screw (mechanical governor).*
/C0045/C00458. Verify the presence of lube oil in the turbocharger, if equipped. See the engine and/or generator set
operation manual.
/C0045/C00459. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. Allow the engine to start and run for several seconds.
/C0045/C004510. Verify that the day tank, if equipped, is energized. /C0045/C004511. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF/RESET position. Check for oil, coolant, and
exhaust leaks.
/C0045/C004512. Turn on the water/oil heaters and fuel lift pumps. /C0045/C004513. Check the battery charger ammeter for battery charging indication.
/C0045/C004514. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. Verify whether there is sufficient oil pressure.

Check for oil, coolant, and exhaust leaks.
/C0045/C004515. Close the safeguard circuit breaker. Adjust the engine speed to 50/60 Hz if equipped with an electronic
governor or to 52.8/63 Hz if equipped with a mechanical governor.*
/C0045/C004516. If the speed is unstable, adjust according to the appropriate engine and/or governor manual.*
/C0045/C004517. Adjust the AC output voltage to match the load voltage using the voltage adjusting control. See the generator
set/controller operation manual.
/C0045/C004518. Allow the engine to reach normal operating coolant temperature.
/C0045/C004519. Check the operating temperature on city water-cooled models and adjust the thermostatic valve as necessary.
/C0045/C004520. Manually overspeed the engine to cause an engine shutdown (68-70 Hz on 60 Hz models and 58-60 Hz on
50 Hz models). Place the generator set master switch
in the OFF/RESET position.*
/C0045/C004521. Check the coolant level, add coolant as necessary, and replace the radiator cap. Verify that all hose clamps are tight and secure.
/C0045/C004522. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position.
/C0045/C004523. Verify the engine low oil pressure and high coolant temperature shutdowns.*
/C0045/C004524. Check the overcrank shutdown.*
/C0045/C004525. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF/RESET position.
/C0045/C004526. Open the normal source circuit breaker or remove fuses to the transfer switch.
/C0045/C004527. Disconnect the power switching device and logic controller wire harness at the inline disconnect plug at the transfer switch.
/C0045/C004528. Manually transfer the load to the emergency source.

Ye s
Does
Not
Apply
/C0045/C004529. Close the normal source circuit breaker or replace fuses to the transfer switch.
/C0045/C004530. Check the normal source voltage, frequency, and phase sequence on three-phase models. The normal
source must match the load.
/C0045/C004531. Open the normal source circuit breaker or remove fuses to the transfer switch.
/C0045/C004532. Manually transfer the load to the normal source. /C0045/C004533. Close the generator set main line circuit breakers, close the safeguard breaker, and/or replace the fuses
connected to the transfer switch.
/C0045/C004534. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position.
/C0045/C004535. Check the generator set voltage, frequency, and phase sequence on three-phase models. The generator set
must match normal source and load.
/C0045/C004536. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF/RESET position.
/C0045/C004537. Open the generator set main line circuit breakers, open the safeguard breaker, and/or remove the fuses
connected to the transfer switch.
/C0045/C004538. Reconnect the power switching device and logic controller wire harness at the inline disconnect plug at the transfer switch.
/C0045/C004539. Close the normal source circuit breaker or replace fuses to the transfer switch. Place the generator set master
switch to the AUTO position.
/C0045/C004540. Close the generator set main line circuit breakers, close the safeguard breaker, and/or replace the fuses
connected to the transfer switch.
/C0045/C004541. Place the transfer switch in the TEST position (load test or open normal source circuit breaker). NOTE: Obtain
permission from the building authority before
proceeding. This procedure tests transfer switch
operation and connects building load to generator set
power.
/C0045/C004542. Readjust frequency to 50 or 60 Hz with total building loads.*
/C0045/C004543. Verify that the current phase is balanced for three phase systems.
/C0045/C004544. Release the transfer switch test switch or close the normal circuit breaker. The transfer switch should
retransfer to the normal source after appropriate time
delay(s).
/C0045/C004545. Allow the generator set to run and shut down automatically after the appropriate cool down time
delay(s).
/C0045/C004546. Set the plant exerciser to the customer’s required exercise period, if equipped.
/C0045/C004547. Verify that all options on the transfer switch are adjusted and functional for the customer’s requirements.
/C0045/C004548. If possible, run the building loads on the generator set for several hours or perform the load bank test if
required.
/C0045/C004549. Verify that all the wire connections from the generator set to the transfer switch and optional accessories are tight and secure.
/C0045/C004550. Verify that the customer has the appropriate engine/generator set and transfer switch literature.

Instruct the customer in the operation and maintenance
of the power system.
/C0045/C004551. Fill out the startup notification at this time and send the white copy to the Generator Warranty Dept. Include the
warranty form if applicable.

APPENDIX E

CARB FLEET COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION

APPENDIX F

MCC SUBMITTAL PACKAGE

GERRY GREEN INC. Consulting Electrical Engineers

2734 Loker Avenue West | Suite M | Carlsbad | CA 92010 | Tel. (619) 962-2356 Date: 05/11/2026

Project: Chinquapin Lift Station Improvements (City of Carlsbad Pump Station Upgrade)

Contractor: One Source, OSD: JM 85488

Submittal: Motor Control Center Approval Submittal R0 Dated: 05-06-2026

GERRY GREEN INC - SUBMITTAL REVIEW

Checking is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the
information given in the contract documents. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications.

Contractor is responsible for dimensions, which shall be confirmed and correlated for job site; fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordination of his or her work with that of other trades; and the satisfactory performance of his or her work.

NOTES:

1. Single Line Diagram (10008999584): The mixer was deleted. Change Mixer breaker nameplate (01L) from ‘mixer’ to ‘spare’.

2. Float controls circuit (10008999587): Delete EM stop command (CR 32A and CR 33) for pump 3. There is no pump 3.

3. SMC controls (10008999589): Change ‘pump 1 start from PLC’ contact from NC to NO.

Gerry Green, PE

NO EXCEPTION TAKEN

X APPROVED AS NOTED

REJECTED AND RESUBMIT

REVISE AND RESUBMIT

Request for Information

Date: 5-22-2026

Attn: Sean Diaz
City of Carlsbad

Project Name: City of Carlsbad Chinquapin Lift Station

Reference: Red Lion part Obsolescence

Subject: Obsolescence of Red Lion Part CUB3T310 provided within MCC and Recommended Replacement
The Red Lion part CUB3T310 specified and provided within the Motor Control Center (MCC) has been confirmed as obsolete and is no longer manufactured As an alternative, the manufacturer has recommended the following replacement:
• Veeder-Root Part Number: 115886 (79998D-610)
This substitute has been identified as a suitable replacement for the intended application. A cutsheet for the proposed replacement has been provided for your review and reference.

Please review and advise if this substitution is acceptable or if additional information is required.

Sincerely,

Jenn Currier
Power Solutions Group
Email: [email protected]
Phone: 858-337-6096

NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN
T
O
T
A
L
I
Z
I
N
G
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
5 T
I
M
E
R
S

5.45DANAHER INDUSTRIAL CONTROLS
The MITE Series 7999 time indicators offer unmatched ease-of-use, simplicity, performance and value. Two models provide four timing ranges to cover applications such as coating/rinsing, baking and engine usage.

I Timers include models for second or minutes and seconds; or hours and minutes or hours and hundreths
I Compact, solid state design
I Front panel and remote reset
I NEMA-4/IP65 environmental sealing
I Easy-to-read, high contrast Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) I UL recognized, CSA Certified
I Supplied with prewired plug-in connector
I Fast, easy mounting - minimal 1.2" (30mm) depth behind panel I Very low priced - without sacrifice of performance or reliability Typical Applications:

A family of low cost,
high performance
LCD indicators and
accessories
Dimensions:
7999 Timers
1–Total Machine Hours
2–Tools Usage Time

CERTIFIEDRECOGNIZED
®
®
Specific Models
48mm
REAR
SIDE
24mm

44.9mm
Panel Cutout: 45mm x 22mm (+0.5, -0)

21.9mm
4mm
Mounting Clip
Behind panel depth: 30.5mm
With adaptor installed: 47mm
Adaptor
DIN Size Models

SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Timer: ±20 ppm @ 20°C
Inputs: Contact closure or open collector
Display: 7 digit, 7mm LCD
Reset: Front panel (selectable), remote by contact closure or NPN transistor.

Power Requirements: None; permanent internal lithium battery with 10-year typical life
Operating Temperature: +14° to +144 °F (–10° to +60°C)
Storage Temperature: +4° to +144 °F (–20° to +60°C)

ACCESSORIES
AC/DC Input Module: Allows use of high voltage input signal of 5 to 240 VAC/DC. Connections are via screw terminations.

Part Number 108940-0001
Screw Terminal Adaptor: Provides the convenience of screw terminal connection of input signal and remote reset. Part Number 108937-0001 Model No. Description
079998D-510 LCD Time Indicator, Sec or Min-Sec, Din Size 079998D-610 LCD Time Indicator, Hr-Min or Hrs– 1/100ths, Din Size For 12mm Display, see Series A103
For Electrical Hour Meters, see Series 7795
7999 Mite Elapsed TimersVEEDER-ROOT brand
Electronic Time Indicators/Controllers 7999 Mite Elapsed Timers E135458
RA Part Number PN-78896

Motor Control Center Approval Submittal
R0

Project:

City of Carlsbad Chinquapin Lift
Station
OSD: JM 85488

Contractor:

City of Carlsbad Municipality
1635 Faraday Ave.

Carlsbad, CA 92008

Manufacturer:

Rockwell Automation
Date:

5/7/2026
Prepared by: Jenn Currier
[email protected]
858-337-6096

Project Manager: Jennifer Currier
Sr. Project Manager
Power Solutions Group
[email protected]
858-337-6096

OneSource
A Sonepar Company
Industrial & OEM Construction
3951 Oceanic Drive, Oceanside, CA 92056 I P: 760-966-4500 I F: 760-966-4599 I www.lsourcedist.com MCC Documentation
Full Submittal
Sold To:

Onesource Distributors Inc
Project Owner:

Onesource Distributors Inc
Project Name:

CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION
Equipment Name:

CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION
Rockwell Automation Order Number:
6506422918
Date:
5/6/2026
Table of Contents
Transmittal Report
Transmittal
Elevations
6506422918-000500: CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION Elevation Diagram - 10008999585-scii
One Lines
6506422918-000500: CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION One Line Diagram - 10008999584
Schematics
6506422918-000500: CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION Empty Unit Insert - 10008999587
SMC Flex Soft Starter w/CB, 43 A/10 HP - 10008999589
3-Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker (FCB), 125 AF/60 AT - 10008999591 Control & Lighting Transformer w/CB, 5 KVA/30 AT 120V/240V SEC - 10008999595 3-Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker (FCB), 125 AF/30 AT - 10009036717 Lighting Panel Unit, 100A 3 WIRE 120/240 V - 10009036719 Main Circuit Breaker, 250AF/150 AT - 10009036721
Component Datasheets
Circuit Breaker Accessories
140G-G Terminal Lug, FCCu 1x14-1/0(2.5-50)
140G-J Terminal Cover, 3p
140G-J Terminal Lug, FCCu 1x10-250(6-185)
140G-J Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65kA, 250A 3p Circuit Breakers
140G-G Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65 kA, T/M - Fixed Therm 140G-G Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65 kA, T/M - Fixed Therm 140G-G Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65 kA, T/M - Fixed Therm 140G-J Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65kA, 250A 3p Thermal Magnetic Miniature Circuit Breaker, 1 Pole, 120/240V Thermal Magnetic Miniature Circuit Breaker, 1 Pole, 120/240V Thermal Magnetic Miniature Circuit Breaker, 2 Pole, 120/240V Condition Monitoring
Core Banlance Current Transformer, 100:1
Contactors & Starters
100-F Surge Suppressor, Varistor Module, 56...136VAC / 78...

Drive Communications & Accessories
PowerFlex Arch. Class EtherNet/IP to DPI Comm. Adapter
PowerFlex Class Remote Enhanced HIM, IP66 (NEMA 4X/12) Inclu Fuses
Cktpro Fuse TD Rk5 250V 25A Cartridge
Fuse,TD,CC,600V,5A
Cktpro Fuse TD 250V 3.2A Cartridge
Lighting Control
Lighting Panel, 1PH 3W, 100Amp Main Breaker, AL 16 CKT
Operator Devices
800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 Mom. Contact PB, Non-Illum., Black, F 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 2 Pos Sel. Switch-Non-Illum., White, 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 3 Pos. Sel. Switch-Non-Illum., White, 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 3 Pos. Sel. Switch-Non-Illum., White, 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to-Test, LED, 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to-Test, LED, 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to-Test, LED, Power Supplies
BUL 1497 Transformer 350VA, 2 Pri- 1 Sec Fuse Blocks
Control Transformer 5KVA
Relays & Timers
Thermostat,Red, NC.

RC Surge Suppressor 110-240V AC/DC
Control Relay,3NO/1NC, 110V 50Hz/120V 60Hz
700-HA General Purpose Tube Base Relay, 10 Amp Contact, 3PDT 11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe 11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe Retainer Clip for 700-HA Relay
11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe 11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe MiniCAS II, 120VAC Relay
Replacement parts and Hardware kits
LUG #8-1 HOLE-1/4 IN STUD
LUG #6-1 HOLE-1/4 IN STUD
Thermal Transfer, White Polyester Label
Soft Starters
SMC-Flex, Solid State Controller, Open, 43 A, 7.5...30Hp @ 4 SMC, Protective Module 480V, 5-85A
Terminal Blocks and Wiring Systems
TERMINAL STRIP ASSY WITH 1606-XLSDNET8
TERMINAL STRIP ASSY WITH 1606-XLSDNET8
1492 No bulk Pack, Single Block White
5 Pole Pull apart Control Terminal Block
3 Pole Pull-apart Power Terminal Block
1492 H-Block, Code 1, White, No Bulk Pack Single Block
Terminal Strip, 1 to 12 Poles, 10mm
Recommended Spare Part List
6506422918-000500: CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION Spare Parts Consolidated-6506422918-000500-rspl
Startup Documentation
MCC level
CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers - Joining and Splicing CENTERLINE 2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers Instructio CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers - NEMA Type 12 Sealing Inst Receiving, Handling, and Storing Motor Control Centers
CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Mains and Incoming Lin Maintenance of Industrial Control Equipment
Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and Main Power & Energy Management
CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Catalog
Manuals
Circuit Breakers
Bul 140G/MG Molded Case Circuit Breaker Selection Guide CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Circuit Protection - 140MG and 140G Drive Communications & Accessories
PowerFlex 20-COMM-E EtherNet/IP Adapter User Manual
PowerFlex Remote HIM Installation Insstructions
PowerFlex 7-Class HIM Bezel (DPI)
PowerFlex 7-Class HIM (DPI) Quick Reference
Overload Relays
E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relay
Power Supplies
Transformers - Bulletin 1497, 1497A, 1497B and 1497D
Soft Starters
SMC-3, SMC Flex, and SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers Technica Terminal Blocks and Wiring Systems
Control Circuit and Load Protection Selection Guide - Full V Miscellaneous
IMA-IMB_Handout_HO-70135 (2)
Warrick conductivity level controls - complete
Transmittal Report
Rockwell Automation Order Number:
6506422918
Date:
5/6/2026
Transmittal Report

Page 1 ends

RA Order: 6506422918
Items: 000500-01
Customer: Onesource Distributors Inc
Project Name: CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION
Status: Full Submittal
Date Generated: 5/6/2026
No. File Title Section
1 Transmittal.pdf Document Transmittal Transmittal
2 10008999585-scii.pdf Elevation Diagram - 10008999585-scii Elevations 3 One Line Diagram - 10008999584.pdf One Line Diagram - 10008999584 One Lines 4 10008999587.pdf Empty Unit Insert - 10008999587 Schematics 5 10008999589.pdf SMC Flex Soft Starter w/CB, 43 A/10 HP - 10008999589
Schematics
6 10008999591.pdf 3-Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker (FCB), 125 AF/60 AT - 10008999591
Schematics
7 10008999595.pdf Control & Lighting Transformer w/CB, 5 KVA/30 AT 120V/240V SEC - 10008999595
Schematics
8 10009036717.pdf 3-Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker (FCB), 125 AF/30 AT - 10009036717
Schematics
9 10009036719.pdf Lighting Panel Unit, 100A 3 WIRE 120/240 V - 10009036719
Schematics
10 10009036721.pdf Main Circuit Breaker, 250AF/150 AT - 10009036721 Schematics 11 140G-G-TLC13.pdf 140G-G Terminal Lug, FCCu 1x14-1/0(2.5-50) Component Datasheets

Page 2 ends

No. File Title Section
12 140G-J-TC3H.pdf 140G-J Terminal Cover, 3p Component Datasheets 13 140G-J-TLC13.pdf 140G-J Terminal Lug, FCCu 1x10-250(6-185) Component Datasheets 14 140G-JTH3-D15.pdf 140G-J Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65kA, 250A 3p
Component Datasheets
15 140G-G6C3-C30.pdf 140G-G Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65 kA, T/M - Fixed Therm
Component Datasheets
16 140G-G6C3-C60.pdf 140G-G Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65 kA, T/M - Fixed Therm
Component Datasheets
17 140G-G6C3-C70.pdf 140G-G Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65 kA, T/M - Fixed Therm
Component Datasheets
18 140G-J6X3.pdf 140G-J Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65kA, 250A 3p
Component Datasheets
19 25105-010-02.pdf Thermal Magnetic Miniature Circuit Breaker, 1 Pole, 120/240V
Component Datasheets
20 25105-010-03.pdf Thermal Magnetic Miniature Circuit Breaker, 1 Pole, 120/240V
Component Datasheets
21 25105-011-05.pdf Thermal Magnetic Miniature Circuit Breaker, 2 Pole, 120/240V
Component Datasheets
22 825-CBCT.pdf Core Banlance Current Transformer, 100:1 Component Datasheets 23 100-FSV136.pdf 100-F Surge Suppressor, Varistor Module, 56...136VAC / 78...

Component Datasheets
24 20-COMM-E.pdf PowerFlex Arch. Class EtherNet/IP to DPI Comm.

Adapter
Component Datasheets
25 20-HIM-C6S.pdf PowerFlex Class Remote Enhanced HIM, IP66 (NEMA 4X/12) Inclu
Component Datasheets
26 25183-161-34.pdf Cktpro Fuse TD Rk5 250V 25A Cartridge Component Datasheets 27 PN-D182973.pdf Fuse,TD,CC,600V,5A Component Datasheets

Page 3 ends

No. File Title Section
28 X-276122.pdf Cktpro Fuse TD 250V 3.2A Cartridge Component Datasheets 29 25111-030-01.pdf Lighting Panel, 1PH 3W, 100Amp Main Breaker, AL 16 CKT
Component Datasheets
30 800H-AR2D2.pdf 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 Mom. Contact PB, Non-Illum., Black, F
Component Datasheets
31 800H-HR2A.pdf 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 2 Pos Sel. Switch-Non-Illum., White,
Component Datasheets
32 800H-JR2B.pdf 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 3 Pos. Sel.

Switch-Non-Illum., White,
Component Datasheets
33 800H-JR2KC1ANAX.pdf 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 3 Pos. Sel.

Switch-Non-Illum., White,
Component Datasheets
34 800H-PRTH16G.pdf 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to-Test, LED,
Component Datasheets
35 800H-PRTH16R.pdf 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to-Test, LED,
Component Datasheets
36 800H-PRTH16W.pdf 800H 30mm Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to-Test, LED,
Component Datasheets
37 1497-F-BASX-3-N.pdf BUL 1497 Transformer 350VA, 2 Pri- 1 Sec Fuse Blocks Component Datasheets 38 40121-518-01.pdf Control Transformer 5KVA Component Datasheets 39 25325-010-01.pdf Thermostat,Red, NC. Component Datasheets 40 700-AR2.pdf RC Surge Suppressor 110-240V AC/DC Component Datasheets 41 700-CF310D.pdf Control Relay,3NO/1NC, 110V 50Hz/120V 60Hz Component Datasheets 42 700-HA33A1.pdf 700-HA General Purpose Tube Base Relay, 10 Amp Contact, 3PDT
Component Datasheets
43 700-HN101.pdf 11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe
Component Datasheets

Page 4 ends

No. File Title Section
44 700-HN131.pdf 11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe
Component Datasheets
45 700-HN157.pdf Retainer Clip for 700-HA Relay Component Datasheets 46 700-HN205.pdf 11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe
Component Datasheets
47 700-HR52TA17.pdf 11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe
Component Datasheets
48 PN-183463.pdf MiniCAS II, 120VAC Relay Component Datasheets 49 PN-106806.pdf LUG #8-1 HOLE-1/4 IN STUD Component Datasheets 50 PN-106807.pdf LUG #6-1 HOLE-1/4 IN STUD Component Datasheets 51 PN-333689.pdf Thermal Transfer, White Polyester Label Component Datasheets 52 150-F43NBDB.pdf SMC-Flex, Solid State Controller, Open, 43 A,

7.5...30Hp @ 4
Component Datasheets
53 150-F84.pdf SMC, Protective Module 480V, 5-85A Component Datasheets 54 1489-M1C020.pdf TERMINAL STRIP ASSY WITH 1606-XLSDNET8 Component Datasheets 55 1489-M1C100.pdf TERMINAL STRIP ASSY WITH 1606-XLSDNET8 Component Datasheets 56 1492-CA1.pdf 1492 No bulk Pack, Single Block White Component Datasheets 57 1492-EC85.pdf 5 Pole Pull apart Control Terminal Block Component Datasheets 58 1492-ED103.pdf 3 Pole Pull-apart Power Terminal Block Component Datasheets 59 1492-H1.pdf 1492 H-Block, Code 1, White, No Bulk Pack Single Block
Component Datasheets
60 22190-002-01.pdf Terminal Strip, 1 to 12 Poles, 10mm Component Datasheets 61 Spare Parts Consolidated-6506422918-000500-rspl.pdf Spare Parts Consolidated-6506422918-000500-rspl Recommended Spare Part List

Page 5 ends

No. File Title Section
62 2100-IN010D-EN-P.pdf CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers - Joining and Splicing
Startup Documentation
63 2100-IN012G-EN-P.pdf CENTERLINE 2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers Instructio
Startup Documentation
64 2100-IN037B-EN-P.pdf CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers - NEMA Type 12 Sealing Inst
Startup Documentation
65 2100-IN040B-EN-P.pdf Receiving, Handling, and Storing Motor Control Centers Startup Documentation 66 2100-TD018B-EN-P.pdf CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Mains and Incoming Lin
Startup Documentation
67 IC-906.pdf Maintenance of Industrial Control Equipment Startup Documentation 68 SGI-1.1.pdf Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and Main
Startup Documentation
69 2100-CA001H-EN-P.pdf CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Catalog Startup Documentation 70 140G-SG001E-EN-P.pdf Bul 140G/MG Molded Case Circuit Breaker Selection Guide
Manuals
71 2100-TD032F-EN-P.pdf CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Circuit Protection - 140MG and 140G
Manuals
72 20COMM-UM010H-EN-P.pdf PowerFlex 20-COMM-E EtherNet/IP Adapter User Manual
Manuals
73 20HIM-IN001A-MU-P.pdf PowerFlex Remote HIM Installation Insstructions Manuals 74 20HIM-IN002B-MU-P.pdf PowerFlex 7-Class HIM Bezel (DPI) Manuals 75 20HIM-QR001D-MU-P.pdf PowerFlex 7-Class HIM (DPI) Quick Reference Manuals 76 193-UM002I-EN-P.pdf E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relay Manuals 77 1497-SG001B-EN-P.pdf Transformers - Bulletin 1497, 1497A, 1497B and 1497D Manuals 78 150-TD009A-EN-P.pdf SMC-3, SMC Flex, and SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers Technica
Manuals

Page 6 ends

No. File Title Section
79 1492-SG122N-EN-P.pdf Control Circuit and Load Protection Selection Guide - Full V
Manuals
80 IMA-IMB_Handout_HO-70135 (2).pdf IMA-IMB_Handout_HO-70135 (2).pdf Miscellaneous 81 Warrick conductivity level controls - complete.pdf Warrick conductivity level controls - complete.pdf Miscellaneous Elevations
Rockwell Automation Order Number:
6506422918
Date:
5/6/2026
~------
01 02
03 0-4
05 06
07 08
09 10
I I
12 13
I -4
15 16
17 18
19 20
r 21
22 23
2-4
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 3-4
35 36
37 38
39 -40
-4 I
A B
B
C D E
C D E
I
/
r
r

G H J K L
"\
[) ' I /
(-'i ·~
-,. ' \ \ \ \ ' \ ;
' :
·"'·
I : :
n -
I,/ -...._"'"-,
/---\ \
L
i : I :

I
I I I \
\ \ __ j !
\, /
\ / LJ -- L
/
/1 / .A
/ l
; ;
\ /
I
\\ I / '
/
pp[:
r\1I L L :
[ I [ I
\/
i Pl
UI
Ile\/ /', 11'1,U\/cl Ji\ I c SI :\jl ',C.cl I
-1,-, ---t-<-1-il -I.A-,-., _-----t-c-, 1,--1--1 ~--. -.-. _-11-·, --_t_p_= p-. ~-. v-A-----1 C I TY ff C .AR LS 5 .L. = C I \ Q UL O I 1 L IT ST A. T CI rlTY ff r/\,RISr,L~ r1 \l:Jli.A=11 I 1T STA.TU
---+-------+--------------J ~us I J1 c~
UneccLrce U istributJrs Inc
---+--------+--------------Cuc/'/,/,
/ / ,II bt:b
---+--------+--------------JSCOo2 1::~1
---+--------+--------------J J ,l ell-_ I 111c ILl 1 8cl! 6~C642?J18-COC~OO
PRl I, lff, TYPF MP111,,11 1 i 11? II A\~,: =11~

G H J K L
M N p 0 R
' '
f :·,··•.\I
~~
,A,
r I
\"' /
;
lJ
I r\\J[JlJ p I
L 11 I ) I I\\J I I
~C\-IUU•,11 IA._ MIU '11UI l:lcl.AVY lllcUIWIAI IUIJ
TH S 1n:111FH rrnr,,11.1c :c·•,IFIC'IHIAI ,6Jln =pc=Rl'PR'✓ \'OH;\-[\ 1r RO[I('//- /.rrn·l!\Tl~I, 11•,I[ /\l,IC Mi\Y I\U 3l USl~, '.U • lU : ! C S'.LUSlU : U I H,1/S ,Xl,I I 'iii -j I Ht AUIHC, LU \vii I lt'I Pt-!M SSIUII J
'7[/\;,;r I 1\llff'•!;\TICI:, 1:1r,
Sl-f-1 1 I-'-
M=C I /\ 1 = /\L [_[V /\T CII
C---------------lJ
C,Av/1; 5Y KII-IJL._ S. =AT[ JL-l,2 26
M N p 0 R
01 02
03 0-4
05 06
07 08
09 10
I I
12 13
I -4
15 16
17 18
19 22
23 2-4
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 3-4
35 36
37 38
39 -40
-4 I
~ -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- A B C D E r G H J K L M N p 0 R
01 ELEVATION VIEW 01
I -
1 n 1·
T
\
02 ' - ~- I I \ ' 02 I
', \ I \
I '~ '
03 ? CJ) s~ J J I I\IG r1 C)C < -~ H JJ I 1,1s 1: I .• ,- K ? s~ I =:, J I • I - ~' I -- .. I' J. 03 ~ \ •:,J ' I ' ----be- V •
. - - . ,. .), \ . - - . ., \..1 l,, \
l - ' I::;. / J
0-4 -~ [ ,- - - ·1 I s [ ,- - r, 'I ·, (' [ . - 011 ) 0-4 I '\ C
', : ·~· V -~.' '· ,, '-- u' \ \ - J
05 05
/i,
1,i'
06 i, 06
07 • ~ ~0~11@, ( I • • • 07
08 F ◄ 1A ◄ 2A • • F ◄ 3A • • 08
09 09
10 10
•

I I I I
•
·1;r11r1 .
12 F ◄ 2C • 12
13 13
• •
I -4 F ◄ 1D • I -4 D
15 • I
15 ~
16 F ◄ 2E - 16
-
17 17
18 18
19 19 • •
C; I \ !'1 ,, ,_; \,
• • • r ') ) __ ? ·1
.
• • 20
' ' . . F ◄ 1G f ◄ 3G 20
r 21 21 .J
22 22
23 ·1. -
23 f ◄
.lil.'lil."I.
2J 2-4 2-4
00 25 • 25
• f ◄ • 26 D 26
27 • I 27 8138
f ◄ 1L •
28 28
29 29
•
30 30
31 • • • • • • 31
32 • • • • • • 32
33 1:i 33
3-4 3-4
) ('1 JJ '.) ('1 .~. ('•
:; ('1 ('1 ('1
35 [_ ,, ' ,, 1,,.1 ,)
' J \ v
35 C •·
.
,--:_ r1 ,o, l r ~nPl r ~ n ~
.
._.) u '1 ,, ,,. du-_) ,Ju u
36 l 3 8 J 36 ') i"1 r) r) -., 0 :J ? 0 00 ·' 'J \ ' ( u .
h, r'1 X l [ ~n::i- l [.508: 37
. J • ., ,j ,./ Y' \.,
37 I~=-\/ /\ :1i1,U\/cl JI\ I = SI :\jl ',C.cl I
38 /~ <III I.A s. O:i-1--.1 A.v -7'.'i LP=R~\/A CITY ff C .ARLS5.L.= Cl \QUL"l'l L 1T ST A.T Cl ~CI-IUU·-11 IA .. MIU '11UI II I c I AV'( I llcUIWIA I I UIJ. 38 r ITY ff r/\,RISr,L~ r1 \l:Jli.A=i·I I 1 T STA.T [I TH s l n: IIIFIT r mi-,.111, : r IF Ir: 'IHI.A.I .,Jm =prep I 'PR'✓ I -OHi,- [\ 7, Rnr11w- /,rrn-11\T I ~I,. 11·-1[ /\ 1.1r: MiY I\U 3l USl~, '. u. lU .. )
L S'.LUSlU .. U I H=J!S ,Xl cl I
39 -' - 39 . ~USIJVl~ \r'." I 7 I Ht AUIHC, LU \v f-< I I t 'I Pt-!M SS I UII J- T,-,T "· II FU P I FI. G- ~ - GO r: ? 4 • UneccLr[e U istributJrs Inc nr <'.;-; r I 1\IJffV:\T1r1;. I -1[. \J ,,'---\

UC/'/'/'
/ / ,II bt:b
-40 SC0o2 1::~1 -40 ' H- - ') I J- L ' J ,l ell-_ I lilc 1L11 8c11 M=C I .-, ') ~ , L [_[V/1T CII " ', IL c \/ =---< / \ ' " -4 I ~.'
-4 I 6~C642?J18-COC~OO 1 I]
r\ .A,
() '.] '.] C r--.: l~l r--.:
lJ ("/ 1,/
'\
/ / / / ( / / I I
PRl I. lff. TYPF MPI 11,,11 I .--1 11? II A\~.: "ii~ C<AV./[\ 5Y Klf-lJL._ s. = AT[ ]L-[v'c 26 V "OOJS?SSCRS-S: ~ R , A B C D E r G H J K L M N p 0 R
, , , '/V
-- - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- - -- ~ ~------
01 02
03 0-4
05 06
07 08
09 10
I I
12 13
I -4
15 16
17 18
19 20
r 21
22 23
2-4
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 3-4
35 36
37 38
39 -40
-4 I
A B
v=RTICA WIRFWAY:

7.5C
11 [ 9 • DEEP.
i 11 I I I: : ) I CC A. I I '.Jr\
'/:IRES '/H CH REOLIR~ VORE T~AI\
fi II\CI JLIIDll\C Iii\~; JS.

B
C D E r G H J

FOOTPRINT VIEW
----------+------ □ ;,
4 I J
,,,
' f-l . ',
[ 4 L l
---
I - - -:J ' u u -----8-
K
D
D
:::- I
--- I J . C C -----s-
---4TT X 29111) [ 2 5 L l [ Jc .1 l L ..._,• -
'.i RO u, D R J s I \ 0 ' 7 5 II )( I CC II () R ~· ' JC ' I oc" - FD : ' 11 I II FROV F~O~T OF CA3 ~~TS T~A- AR~ 15' OR 2J' DEEP
Alli) 1. 11 I 011 (t~, \I IS 11 A, ll! )'.)' 1)1
TOP OF G~OL~D BUS IS _OCATED 4. 16' LP =~o~ BASE
C D E r
T '1' p ( /,
\; 1'-\
.S::Z, ? ;::, -------+-~ ,, ·,) \)
-4·70] - I "' 4 7 9 l
Ile\/ /\ ;l'l,U\/cl JI\ I e SI 1\jl ',C.cl I
-.c-------j-.-( l-\l-1 h-,, -s-. -------t-0- 1,--1-/ "-,, ._-_ --7-:',--.-6 p-=-R-~-V-A ---------j [ I Ty ff C .AR Ls 5 ,L, = [ I \ Q u LC I j L IT s TA. T CI rlTY ff r/\,RISr,L~ rI \l:Jli.A=I1 I 1T STA.TU
----+-------+------------------J ~ us I J1 l~
UneccLrce U istributJrs Inc
---+---------+-----------------Cuc/' /, / ,
/ / ,II bt:b
----+----------+------------------JSCOo2 1::~1
----+----------+------------------J J ,l ell-_ I Ille ILl 1 8cl! 6~C642?J18-COC~OO
PRl I, lff, TYPF MPI 11,,11 I 1 II? II A\~,: C\I~

G H J K
L
L
SIC T 011 3
D
D
4 I '.l . 0 J ---tc,
[ 3 8 2 l
M N p 0 R
~C\-IUU•.11 IA._ MIU '11UI 1:/cl.AVY lllcUIWIAI IUIJ
TH S 1n:111FH rrnr,.111c :cllFlc'IHIAI ,6Jln =pr=Rl'PR'✓ \-OH/\,-[\ 1r RO[l(w- /,rnM1\Tl~I, 11•,I[ /\[,le Mf\Y
l!U 3l USl~, '.U • lU : ! C S'.LUSlU : U I H,1/S ,Xl,I I 'I.JI -j I Ht AUIHC, LU \vii I lt'I Pt-!M SSIUII J
'7[!\Nr I ;\IJffV/\Tlcl\, Ill[,
M=C I /\ 1 = /\L [_[V /\T CII
C---------------lJ
[,AV/I! 5Y Klf·IJL._ S. =AT[ JL-l/2 26
M N p 0 R
01 02
03 0-4
05 06
07 08
09 10
I I
12 13
I -4
15 16
17 18
19 22
23 2-4
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 3-4
35 36
37 38
39 -40
-4 I
~------
01 02
03 0-4
05 06
07 08
09 10
I I
12 13
I -4
15 16
17 18
19 20
r 21
22 23
2-4
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 3-4
35 36
37 38
39 -40
-4 I
A B
STYLE "S"

MAIN AND NEUTRAL BUS SPLICING STRAIGHT SPLICE

MAIN HORIZONTAL BUS OR NEUTRAL

BUS CLAMP
I BACK l

FLAT WASHER

SPLICE BAR

ONE-PIECE NUT AND CONICAL WASHER
OPTIONAL • 4 HOLE SPLICE HARDWARE--.a.
·.~@:
:~@:
:@:~.
:@:~·
HORIZONTAL SPLICE TORQUE REQUIRED 28 LB-FT !37 Nml
PART NUMBER: 4'.) L - / 4 -
B
C
C
D E
STYLE "G II
HORIZONTAL GROUND BUS • STRAIGHT SPLICE

ADJACENT VERTICAL SUPPORT CHANNELS
US[ UPPER HOLES IN VERTICAL SUPPORT CHANNEL
GROUND BUS (2 INCH-, SHOWN)
GROUND BUS LINKS I" BUS (II SUPPLIED
2" BUS 121 SUPPLIED
X 3/4 HEX HEAD SCREWS
TORQUE TO A MAXIMUM 65 LB·IN (7.3 Nml !FROM STRUCTURE-NOT IN KIT) P A R T N U MB E R : L C I L - e'.'3 I ') - 'J ;>
D E
r
r
G

PL/CE STYLE S
• • • •
•
•

SPLICE STYLE G
I I
H J

SPLICE ASSEMBLY
S =c TI 011 2

PL/CE STYLE S
• • • • •
• •
I
• •

SPLICE STYLE G
Ile\/ /\ ;l'l,U\/cl Ji/ I c SI :\jl ',Coll I
K
s=CTIC)I\ 3
•• • • • •
• • •
• • •
-A-------1-<-I-I I-.A -S-. ---t-c-, 1,--I-.; ~-. ✓----F-, --L p-=-R-~ -\/ 1co-1 ---------1 C I TY ff C .AR LS 5 .L. = C I \ Q UL O I 1 L IT ST A. T CI rlTY ff r/\,RISr,L~ r1 \l:Jli.A=11 I 1T STA.TU
----+-------+------------------J ~ us I J1 l~
UneccLrce U istributJrs Inc
---+-------+-----------------Cuc/'/,/,
/ / ,II bt:b
----+-------+------------------JSCOo2 1::~1
----+-------+------------------J J <L ell-_ I l•I= ILl 1 8cl; 6~C642?J18-COC~OO
PRl I. lff. TYPF MP111,,11 1 i 11? II A\~.: =11~

G H J K
L
L
M N p 0 R
~C\-IUU•.II IA._ MIU '1ml 1/lclAJ!Y lllcUIWIAI IUIJ
TH S 1n:111FH rrn..i-,.111, :c•IFIC'IHIAI .,Jm =pc=Pi'PR'✓ ;-nH:\- [\ 1r RO[l/01:- /,rnl·l!\Tl~I, 11•.J[ //].JC l-li\Y I\U 3l USl~, '.U • lU : ! C S'.LUSlU : U I H,1/S ,Xl,I I 'iii -j I Ht AUIHC, LU \vii I lt'I Pt-!M SSIUII J
'7[/\;,;r I ;\llff 1 :\TICI:. J\I[.
'H-- 4 IJ- L
M=C I /\ 1 = /\L [_[V /\T CII
C-----------------lJ
[,Av/I; 5Y Kll·IJL._ S. =AT[ JL-11 2 26
M N p 0 R
01 02
03 0-4
05 06
07 08
09 10
I I
12 13
I -4
15 16
17 18
19 22
23 2-4
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 3-4
35 36
37 38
39 -40
-4 I
One Lines
Rockwell Automation Order Number:
6506422918
Date:
5/6/2026
' ---
-T-
----·-·7

A I B I C I D I E I F I G I H J I K I L I M I N I
p

I Q I R
I 01 01
I 02 02
I 03 03
I 04 04
I 05 05
I 06 06
I 01 07
I 08 08
I 09 09
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 W0es=~rn□D
13 14 14
15 15
16 ~rnuCD0wc1JVD000
16 17 17
1B 18
19 19
20 C[ENl[ERl~N[E 21 (0(0
20 f 21• ~21-,
I 22
MOlOR CONlROl C[ENl[ER
22 I 23 23
I 24 24
I 25 25
I 26
PROJECT: CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION
26 I 21 27
28 MCC: CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION 28
29 29
30 30
31 31
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37 REV APPROVED DATE STAGE PROJECT:

CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION
Rockwell
C0NFIIENTIAI. AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA'IIDN.

A KINJAL S. 06-MAY-26 APPROVAL 11IS DCQJMENT CCNT-C0NFIIENTIAI. AND PR<lPRIETARY 38 CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION 38 IFaWATICII OF ROCKWELL NJTCMA"IION, INC. MD MAY CUSTOMER: Aulolllation
NOT BE USED, COPED CIR DISCLOSED 10 OlHERS EXCEPT
39 'M1H lHE AUlH0RIZED IRIT1EN PERMISIICN OF 39 ONESOURCE DISTRIBUTORS INC ROa<WELL AUTCIM'IION INC. 0099141666
40 S008270534 SHEET 1 OF 4 40
ORDER-LINE NUMBER: ONE LINE COVER SHEET SIZE VER
41 6506422918-000500 10008999584 41 I D 00
PROJ. DOC. TYPE: COVER SHEET LANG:ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. IDATE:04-MAY-26 ·==~1~A. A I B I C I D I E I F I G I
H_l_ J I K I L I M I N I p I
Q
I
R
L - - - -_ 10.00.8999584-00QL _J
' ---
I 01
I 02
I 03
I 04
I 05
I 06
I 01
I 08
I 09
10 11
12 13
14 15
16 17
18 19
20 f 21•
I 22
I 23
I 24
I 25
I 26
I 21

A I B I C I D I

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER STRUCTURE SPECIFICATIONS

ENCLOSURE DATA
NEMA TYPE 12 W BOTTOM PLATES ENCLOSURES
90" [2286] ENCLOSURE HEIGHT
20" [508] ENCLOSURE DEPTH

FRONT MOUNTED ENCLOSURE STYLE
ANSI 49 ENCLOSURE FINISH
TOTAL NUMBER OF SECTIONS 3
TOTAL NUMBER OF SHIPPING BLOCKS 3

MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER

INCOMING POWER SYSTEM
WYE/3 PH/3 WIRE W/SOLID GRD NEUT POWER SYSTEM
240V POWER SYSTEM LINE VOLTAGE
60HZ POWER SYSTEM LINE FREQUENCY
CUSTOMER INCOMING CABLES ENTRY: TOP

POWER BUS
600A HORIZONTAL POWER BUS

HORIZONTAL POWER BUS MATERIAL IS COPPER

SILVER HORIZONTAL POWER BUS PLATING
65000A RMS HORIZONTAL POWER BUS BRACING

VERTICAL POWER BUS MATERIAL IS SILVER PLATED COPPER

AUTOMATIC SHUTTER VERTICAL BUS OPENING PROTECTION

GROUND BUS

0.25" X 2" [6.4] X [50.8] HORIZONTAL GROUND BUS

HORIZONTAL GROUND BUS IS UNPLATED COPPER

GROUND BUS LOCATED IN BOTTOM HORIZONTAL WIREWAY
VERTICAL GROUND BUS: PLUG-IN (STANDARD)

OUTGOING GROUND LUG PROVIDED
EQUIPMENT GROUND LUG SIZE: #6AWG -250 KCMIL
INCOMING GROUND CABLES: 2

E I F I G I

H -T -J
I K

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER STRUCTURE SPECIFICATIONS

NEUTRAL CONNECTION PLATES IN HORIZONTAL WIREWAY

NONE REQUESTED
STANDARD 300A VERTICAL POWER BUS CABINET(S)

NONE REQUESTED
600A VERTICAL POWER BUS CABINET(S)
01, 02, 03

HORIZONTAL NEUTRAL BUS CABINET(S)

NONE REQUESTED

VERTICAL NEUTRAL BUS CABINET(S)

NONE REQUESTED

PULLBOX REQUIRED ON CABINET(S)

I L I M I N I
p
I Q I

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER STRUCTURE SPECIFICATIONS

ENCLOSURE OPTIONS REQUESTED
MASTER NAMEPLATE REQUIRED WITH 1 LINES OF TEXT

ENCLOSURE EXTERNAL MOUNTING CHANNELS

VERTICAL WIREWAY TIE-BARS

ISOLATION BARRIERS UNIT AND WIREWAY
SPACE HEATER VOLTAGE: 240V
SPACE HEATER THERMOSTAT: 1 PER SECTION
R
USE HEAT SHRINK TYPE MARKERS ON ALL CONTROL WIRE (OPTION -751HS) USE MYLAR DEVICE MARKERS TO MARK ALL COMPONENTS WITHIN THE UNIT.

FOR UNIT LOCATION 01A & 3A HANDLE EXTENDER PROVIDED.

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER COMMON UNIT OPTIONS

ACRYLIC STYLE UNIT NAMEPLATES

WHITE LETTERS ON BLACK UNIT NAMEPLATE COLOR
4 -LINES OF INFORMATION PER UNIT NAMEPLATE

UNITS PROVIDED WITH STAINLESS STEEL NAMEPLATE SCREWS
EXTERNAL OVERLOAD RESET BUTTONS (IF ENCL. OPTION IS A OR D) UNIT DIAGRAM LOCATION: CENTRAL
01 02
03 04
05 06
07 08
09 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 37
38 39
40 41

OUTGOING EQUIP GRD LUG PROVIDED(GRD LUGS AT EACH END OF MCC) NONE REQUESTED 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 NEUTRAL BUS

NONE REQUESTED

ONE-LINE LEGEND
UNIT LOCATION: 01A
SCHEMA TIC /DIAG~R_A_M_: -~1=0~0~0X~X~XX=X~X=X ~-~

I UNIT NAMEPLATE I
·==~1~A. A

L - - - -
I

CUSTOMER LOAD WIRE SIZE RANGE
GND/NEUT. WIRE SIZE RANGE

B I C I D I E I F I

NETWORK INFORMATION

CLASS II INTERWIRING

THROUGH BOTTOM WIREWAY
INTERWIRING BETWEEN LPAN (LOC: 02E) DIR: 10009036719
AND LIGHTING TRANSFORMER (LOC: 02J) DIR: 10008999595
IF.:R'='Ev;,p===;A':,PP=R=='oVE=D===r====-DA;,;;TE:===i======;s=TA,;=:G;;;=E="F'::pR=oJ'=Ec'==T;=: ==========r--------------------------tl 37 A KINJAL S. 06-MAY-26 APPROVAL CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION --------11 C0NFIIENTIAL AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA'IIDN.

CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION ~--~:r:::.._~~~::..~~_:' 38 tt---+----------------1 g~~~g~~~k DISTRIBUTORS INC Autolllation •or:.."":~ =.u=.-="= ;cvr 0099141666
39 tt---+-------+-----+-------1 S008270534 SHEET 2 OF 4 40 t----------------1 ll---+-------+-----+--------1 ORDER-LINE NUMBER: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET SIZE VER ::=~~~::~=::~:;:;_;;:,;:-~~~---<--+-,-,,,65=0-=6.,...,....4_2_2_9_1 _8_0_0_05_0_0_......,_,,_,.,..,,,.,....,=.,....,..,..,..-,------=,.....,....,...,..,...,..,...,..,...,..-1 D 1 00089 9 9 584 00 41 I PROJ. DOC. TYPE: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET LANG: ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. IDATE:04-MAY-26 G I
H -l -J
I K I L I M I N I p I Q I
_10~999584-0Q0.2_ _J
,------

A I B I
I 01
I 02
I 03
I 04
I 05
I 06
I 01
I 08
I 09
240V/60HZ/3 PH/3 WIRE

WYE/SOLID GRD NEUTRAL
LUG PAD/1 PER PH/250 KCMIL MAX.

T C81
{ 150AT
250A J FRAME LSI
1 OOKA S.C.C.R.

C I D I E I
10 11
12 13
14 15
16 17
1B
19 20
BUS 600A SILVER PLATED COPPER -65000A RMS BRACING
f 21•
I 22
I 23
I 24
I 25
I 26
I 21
I
01A
10009036721
MAIN
I I

BREAKER
1/PH : 10AWG-250MCM
CABLE ENTRY : TOP

MASTER NAMEPLATE
t81
{ 60AT
125A G FRAME
1 OOKA S.C.C.R.
01D
10008999591
SPD
1/PH : 14AWG-1/0AWG
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 37
38 39
40 41

MCC-CHINOUAPIN UFTSAJION
·==~1~A. A

L - - - -

I B I C I D I E
I
I
F
I
F
I G
FLOAT
LEVEL

CONTROL
01G
I

H -T -J
I K I
t81
{ 30AT
01L
125A G FRAME
1 OOKA S.C.C.R.

L I M I

BLANK DOOR
FUTURE
UNIT
02A
N I
p
I
Q

BLANK DOOR
FUTURE
UNIT
02C
I R
01 02
03 04
05 06
07 08
09 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
10008999587 10009036717 10009036715 10009036715
22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 FLOAT
I I
MIXER

I I I I I

LEVEL CONTROLS
1/PH : 14AWG-1/0AWG
IF.:R;;;;EV=;,i====;;AP==P'='Ro="='VE=D====i===;D~A;,;;TE:===i===,;;;sT==A'=GE======f'=pR==o;=;JE='=c;;;,~==========-----------------...... ----------""""" 37 A KINJAL S. 06-MAY-26 APPROVAL CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION --------11 C0NFIIENTIAL AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA'IIDN.

CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION ~--~:r:::.._~~~::..~~_:' 38 tt---+------+-------1-------1 g~~~g~~~k DISTRIBUTORS INC Autolllation •or:.."":~ =.u=.-="= ;cvr 0099141666
39 tt---+------+-------1-------1 S008270534 SHEET 3 OF 4 40 1-------------------tl 11----+------+-------+--------1 ORDER-LINE NUMBER: ONE LINE SCHEMATIC SIZE VER ::=~~~::~=~~~~_:-~~~~~----<-+-,--,,,65=0-=6.,...,....4_2_2_9_1 _8_0_0_05_0_0_......,_,,_,.,..,,,.,....,=.,....,..,..,..-,------=,.....,....,...,..,...,..,...,..,...,..-1 D 1 00089 9 9 584 00 41 I PROJ. DOC. TYPE: ONE LINE LANG: ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. IDATE:04-MAY-26 I G I
H -l -J
I K I L I M I N I p I Q I
_10~999584-0Q0.3_ _J
,------
A
I 01
I 02
I 03
I 04
I 05
I 06
I 01
I 08
I 09
10 11
12 13
14 15
16 17
18 19
20 f 21•
I 22
I 23
I 24
I 25
I 26
I 21
28 29
30 I
31 32
33 34
35 36
37 38
39 40
41 -==~1~A. A

L - - - -

I B I C I D I E I
BUS 600A SILVER PLATED COPPER -65000A RMS BRACING
,r'\ ,r'\
----1--
,r'\ ,r'\
--<--
,r'\ ,r'\
----4~ -
)
LPCB

CIRCUIT

LIGHTING
PANEL
02E
10009036719
L.PANEL
I B
I I
I C I
L,
{ 30AT
02J
125A G FRAME
1 OOKA S.C.C.R.
10008999595
XFMR
5KVA
D I E
I
I

F I G I
t
.I CB1
{ 70AT
125A G FRAME
1 OOKA S.C.C.R.

FU-H1c1 I I 50A FU
T1

H -T -J
I K I
t
, I CB1
{ 70AT
125A G FRAME
1 OOKA S.C.C.R.

FU-H1c1 I I 50A FU
T1

L I M I N I
p
I
Q
I R
~~-
r r ~ r .....
01 02
03 04
05 06
07 08
09 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
I
F

0.20 ~A 0.20 ~A
I SMC1 I 43A I SMC1 I 43A
/' '\ MTR1 , ... ', MTR1
1, ) 10 HP ,_ ...
1, ) 10 HP ,_ ...
03A 03G
10008999589 10008999589
22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 PUMP 1
I I
PUMP 2
I
1/PH : 14AWG-4AWG 1/PH : 14AWG-4AWG
IF.:R='=Ev;;,p===;,A;;;;PP='=R='=oVE="=='D=p===:D;,;,A=TE;===r===,;;;sT:';A':'GE====i==P==R='oJ=Ec==T==:===========-------------------------------1137 tt--A-+--K-IN-JA_L_S_. -t-0--6-_M_A_Y--2--6-+--AP=P=Ro __ v_A_L---t CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION --------11 C0NFIIENTIAI. AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA'IIDN.

CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION ~--~:r:::.._~~~::..~~_:' 38 tt---+------+-----------1 g~~~g~~~k DISTRIBUTORS INC Autolllation •or:.."":~ =.u=.-="= ;cvr 0099141666
39 tt---+------+-----+-------1 S008270534 SHEET 4 OF 4 40 1-----------------1 11----+-------+-----+--------1 ORDER-LINE NUMBER: ONE LINE SCHEMATIC SIZE VER ::=~~~::~=~~~~_:-~~~~~----<--+-,-,,,65..,..,..0-=6.,...,....4_2_2_9_1 _8_0_0_05_0_0_......,_,,_,.,..,,,.,....,=.,....,..,..,..-,-----=,.....,....,.....,...,..,...,...,...,..-1 D 1 00089 9 9 584 00 41 I PROJ. DOC. TYPE: ONE LINE LANG: ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. IDATE:04-MAY-26 I G I
H -l -J
I K I L I M I N I p I Q I
_10~999584.-0QOA_ _J
Schematics
Rockwell Automation Order Number:
6506422918
Date:
5/6/2026
i2100-NJ15 A B C O E F G H J K L M N p Q R
I
I
i 01
I
i 02
i
03 04
05 06
07 • 08
09 10
11 12
j 13
i
i 14
i
15 16
17 1B
19 i 20
i
~21
i
i 22
I 23
I
i 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
• 31
32 33
34 i 35
• 36
37 38
39 40
41 l::l.QIES. □

1. REMOlE DE\IICE.

2. INlRINSICALL Y SAFE RELAY: SERIES 17
GEMS (WARRICK 17A1G1).

3. BACKUP FLOAT PUMP DUTY SELECT.
700H PIN NUMBERING

EXPLANATION
(DOMESTIC PIN # / INlERNA TIONAL PIN #)
EXAMPLE: (2/A1)

EMERGENCY

START COMMAND
TO PUMP 1
1R32 20 }
1 ~TBB .EMERGENCY

START COMMAND
21 TO PUMP 2
TBB
23 TO PUMP 3
~TBB} .EMERGENCY

START COMMAND
'---------0
TBB
CR31
1=-,~-~TBB} .WET WELL HIGH
25 LEVEL TO PLC
TBB
B
FROM LPA-15
120VAC CONlROL PANEL POWER
CR32 Xl X2 X3 WA't'8~'mbtVEL 121
WET WELL LOW = GND3 ~ (RL) I LSL I
1=-,,,..,......-~TBB} • ITBA TBA G3ITBA 1~--------cg .... > 7-+:---~IBA-------7 27 LEVEL TO PLC 3 TBA ~Jl r---1[I] I
~------< 1TBs 0,,. ) ~ ~ CLC 7 • 1 1 1
-1--TBA 1 -1 1 °i-eA7~°i-J
01 02
03 04
05 06
07 08
09 10
28 8 ~ (H) I ~_:--~_::-_::-_::-~-7
~-----oTBB} EMERGENCY TBA : (o2) (~J2 TBA LSH :
29 STOP COMMAND ----------------..--0 r---1[I] I
-TO PUMP 1 I (01) (G) : 9 • I I I TBB TO ISR14-----C>-TB-A---------------------------------1-------------------'1--0 o I OTBA-7~0-j-J TBA X2 TBB 20
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 15
16 17
18 19
C D E
l(GND) I L ___ J
Gp---,~v~c ___ J
=GND1
CR33
(4/12)
CR33
----------------,:-:-:1 1-,:,...,,...,.,---,40 (1/11) (3/14) F
5 CR31
41 1 ii~~C WET WELL

HIGH LEVEL
(2/A1) .....,.,(1~0/=A2=)--.... ALARM RELAY
SUPP
120VAC
CR33
(2/A1) (10/A2)
SUPP

TIME DELAY
1R31
(8)
1 (9)

TIME DELAY
1R32
(8)
2 (9)

UNWIRED TIMING RELAY AUX

CONTACTS
CR31
(8/32)
31 (11 /31) (9/34)
CR32A
(5/22)
2A
(6/21) (7 /24)
CR32A
(8/32)
2A
(11/31) (9/34)

UNWIRED CONIBOL RELAY AUX

CONTACTS
~
NORMA~VERRIDE 3
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21~
22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 (44l I o/43)
WA I Ox
I
120VAC
CR32 WET WELL
""""==-----t LOW LOW
(2/A1) (10/A2) LEVEL ALARM

SUPP RELAY
120VAC
CR32A
IF.R::E;;o;v'!"==A,;;P=,P::R:':O':';VE=:D:====,====;De';A;':,TE;;;====p====;s;;;T;,;,A=,GE===='!'=pR==o==J==Ec'='T=":==============ir--------------------..... --------------1137 lt--A-+--K-IN-JA_L ___ s_---+-o--6---MA_Y ___ 2 __ 6+--A--P--PR __ O_V_A_L---t CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION --------11 C0NFIIENTIAI. AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA11DN. o----+------+-------+--------< CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION ~--~:r:::.._~~~::..~~_:' 38 11---+------+------+--------i g~~~g~~~k □ ISlRIBUTORS INC Autolllation •or:.."":~ =.u=.-="= ;cvr 0099141666
39 1t---+------+------+--------i S008270534 SHEET 1 OF 1 40 I o----+------+-------+------iO_R_D_E_R--L-IN_E_N-UM_B_E_R_: -----------1 SIZE VER i 21 00-N EMPTY UNIT
::=~~~::~=~~~::=~::~~~---<--+-,--,,65=0-=6.,...,....4_2_2_9_1 _8_0_0_05_0_0_......,_,,_,.,..,,,.,....,=.,....,..,..,..-,------=,.....,....,...,..,...,..,...,..,...,..-1 D 1 0008999587 00 41 PROJ. DOC. TYPE: ELEClRICAL SCHEMA TIC LANG: ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. DA TE: 04-MAY-26 I G H J K L M N P Q R j
_ ----------_____ ---___ ---___ ----____ --_ -----_____ --_ --_ ----__ 10008999.58].0WG_ __ ~ i2155JB-F043LJA-31B-5LG-51LR-13D-t3GE-13GF-13HC6S-d3HIC-13XB-41TGMD91-9000-751HS-71:0A F G H J K L M N p Q R i
i
I 01 l:iQIES.O
i j 02 1. REMOlE DEVICE
I
i 03
i
i
04 i
i 05
i
i
06 I
i 07
I

2. BULl.ETIN 150 SOLID STAlE MOTOR
CONTROLl.ER. REFER TO SMC USER
MANUAL FOR APPLICATION DATA.

3. UNIT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RA TING

CAN BE FOUND ON THE ONE-LINE
(WHERE APPLICABLE) OR ON THE UNIT
NAMEPLAlE.

4. PROGRAM LOGIC MASK (PARAMElER 87)
TO MASK CODE 038°.

5. FOR SET-UP OF PUMP CONTROL

FEATURE, REFER TO SMC FLEX USER
MANUAL
j 08 6. FOR ETHERNET /IP ORDERS, ETHERNET
I 09
i
CABLE CONNEClED TO ADAPlER IN
WIREWAY OR DIREClL Y TO SWITCH. FOR
ALL OTHER ORDERS. NO CONNECTION IS
MADE.
j 1 0 7. DEVICE LOCA TEO IN LOC: 01 G
j 10008999587
i 11
i CIRCUIT BREAKER DEVJCES
i 12 i I I INT INlERNAL CIRCUIT BREAKER DEVICES
1 13 N1NT ~~~~io~~L~:iNlED
i
I 14
i 700H PIN NUMBERING

EXPLANATION
(ALARM)
CBlNT
c22N21>
CBlNT
(96)~95)
(ALARM)
CBlN
c24>1 h~>
CB/NT
(98)1 1(95)

UNWIRED CIRCUIT BREAKER DEVJCE(S)
CR5 CR1
(21i1'1c22) (21)Nc22)
CR5 CR1
(43>1 lc44> (43ll lc44>
CR4
(5/22)
4 (6/21) (7 /24)
CR4
(8/32)
4 (11 (9/34)

UNWIRED RELAY CONTACTS

MINICAS
MN1 r--------,
X2
: (@ 120V AC (loOc,)II---------...

I
I (6)
BUS1
L1<<
L2<<
L3<<
CB1
L1 ,,..--._
(1)0 I (2)
I
L2 ,,..--._
(3)0 ! (4)
LJ ,,..--._
(5)0 6
70AT
125A G FRAME
[J]
FU3 X1
(2) 1.8A (l)
1L1
1L2
1LJ
(1
(3)
FU2

2.0A
T1

0.20KVA
240V PRI
120V SEC
FAN1
GFCT1
2L1
2L2
(4)
2LJ
SMC1
ATTENTION: WHEN NOT USING AN ISOLATION CONTACTOR,

HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT AT THE LOAD TERMINALS OF THE CONTROLl.ER EVEN WHEN THE CONTROLl.ER IS TURNED OFF. AT

INSTALLATION, WARNING LABELS (WHICH ARE SUPPLIED) MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE MOTOR TERMINAL BOX, THE CONTROLl.ER
ENCLOSURE AND THE CONTROL STATION. CUSTOMER MUST PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CIRCUITRY FOR AU TOMA TIC ISOLATION.
---------------~(L-=<1) b(~N)~--------------------------oTB""'-A----TO MN1 (P GI
-=-GND2
~ ~ ~ I 15
I
i 16
i
(DOMESTIC PIN # / INTERNATIONAL PIN #)
EXAMPLE: (2/A1)
I (7) RESET
[Il 60-----1A-+---~: o

FROM LEAK TBA I I
(13) IT.(1;.,4)r-----------------------.-----1-~--,.,11;;<>--\:G,J-(;;;X1:;;)----. (23) LT1
01 02
03 04
05 06
07 08
09 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
i 17
i
40 SENSOR 7 ~A l GND3 ! <@ TO PUMP
i 18
i
i 19
I
i 20
I
~21
I
i 22
i
I 23
i
i 24
i
i
25 i
j 26
I
I 27
i
I 28
i
i 29
I
i 30
i
i 31
i
i 32
I
i 33
I
i 34
I
i 35
i
• 36
37 38
39 40
j 41
i
TBA X2
1 2
2 3
3 3
4 5
6 7
8 10
11 12
13 16 17 TI T2 TJ
14 TBB TBD
15 TERMINAL LAYOUT

TORQUE ALL FIELD CONNECTIONS TO THE VALUE SPECIFIED IN THE CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECIFICATION TABLE. ALL FACTORY WIRED CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TORQUED AND NEED NOT BE CHECKED.

REFER TO 40110-921 FOR FACTORY WIRING TORQUE SPECS
CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECS (±10%)
100A Fuse Clamp Screw w/ Fuses 30 lb-ln(3.4 Nm)
SMC Control &: Fan Terminals 7 lb-ln(0.8 Nm)
Isolation Contoctor Auxlllary Contacts 12 lb-ln(1.3 Nm) Communication Module Plug-In Cannector(s) 5 lb-ln(0.6 Nm) 3 Palo TB -2100H-TB3PP (Pub. 2100-IN013A Far DetaDs) 16 lb-ln(1.8 Nm) 5 Palo TB -2100H-TBSPP (Pub. 2100-IN013A Far DetaDs) 5 lb-ln(0.6 Nm) C.B. Internal Device TB and External AuxDlary Contacts 7 lb-ln(0.8 Nm) BOOT or 800H PDat Devices 9 lb-ln(1 Nm)
800F PDot Devices 7 lb-ln(0.8 Nm)
700P or 700CF Relay 20 lb-ln(2.2 Nm)
!ltA..'ILNDIA..D..H..11 I
l.._..........._...,~•A B C
L _______ ...J
CR5
I (33)1 1(34) ~A 8
09 TBA
CR1
~10
(33) (34) TBA
11 TBA
CR2
13 TBA
CR3
(B/32)
(9/34) TBA
14 15
TBA
HS-1
_I._
~
07=--Qg~ 16 1i5 TBB
O 17
TBB
D E
CR1
PUMP 1
h~~-MOTOR
HM1
~-----,=1>,...,u '-""'c=2>~---PUMP 1 RUN TIME
PUMP 1

RUNNING
TO PLC
PUMP 1
FAULT
TO PLC
PUMP 1
OVERTEMP.

TO PLC
PUMP 1 SEAL

LEAK TO PLC
PUMP 1 IN

REMOTE TO
PLC
F
OVERTEMP.

TO PL, SMC & MN1
HIM1

LCD DISPLAY

W/ NUMERIC
KEYPAD
1 TBA
11 POWER
HS-1
OFF
ELAPsrn TIME METER
CR:}4/12) RESET FAULT
(1/11) l;:(3;;;/~14;;-)--.----------;:(1;;;2)"'2,..p.LBl.c,.(1:;;1)------~..----1~~;;,11;;<>-{R};("'X1') ----+ CR3 (23) LT2
CRt/12) CR1
(1/11) (3/14) CR32
PUMP 1 STOP FROM

LOW LEVEL FLOAT
k-T=----
3 lzl 4
120VAC
CR4 HAN':...i.!'UTO
u-...~-------------<ll----lJ-TBA--N------u>::TB::-,---::;;'1'1'";.;::=----:::,,N,;;-;;;""'',;;,-,;-;.;l '14l I ~1c?J ----1..._ TR31 (TR32) PUMP 1
<~i
I
~~
I START HIGH LEVEL I FLOAT lz] 3 ----1..._ 2
(2:J I ~J TBA~-TBA I
l~ (X1)
(23) LT3
I
A, PUMP 1 START
2 FROM PLC 3 47 CR5
CR4
TBA--N----(A1) (A2)
SUP1
(4/12)
CR4 49 5
(1/11) (3/14) SMC1 TBA
015 19 29
IN f2
NOTE:FACTORY SETTINGS MAY NOT BE SUITABLE FOR
YOUR APPLICATION. REFER TO SMC INSTALLATION MANUAL (SEl¥8 fAuL T) AUX #3
230
PTC IN 240
SMC1 250 TACH IN
ENET 260
PUMP 1 FAULT
PUMP 1 CALL
PUMP 1 RUN
DPI PORT 5 SMC FLEX™ CONTROL TERMINALS
GRD
140--+-~
GI
(fil ~GND1
22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 IF.R='=E""v:'F'"===;A'=p=pR='o="=VE"==D==t====:D,..;A;;;TE:====,===sT='A;=;G;;;E;===F;p:"':R:"':Oe';J:EC;;;T=':=============r------------------------------------tl 37 11-A---f--K-I-N-JA_L_s __ -+-06 ___ M_A_Y ___ 2_6-+---A--PP __ R __ O __ V_A_L_--I CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION --------11 1IIS =:~~~s:~~H. ~~ETARY o----+-------+-----+--------1 CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION ~---'"''""A110NOFR000EJ.AU1011ATION,INC.-MAY 38 11----1------+-----1---------1 g~~~g~~~k DISTRIBUTORS INC Automaflon ... :,::s: ::..:., c:= = :- 0099141666 ROan1EU. AUTCIIA1ION INC.
39 11---+--------1----+--------1 S008270534 SHEET 1 OF 1 40 I t-------------------1 o----+-------+-----+--------1 ORDER-LINE NUMBER:
lt---+------+------<6506422918-000500
2155J 43 AMP SMC-FLEX
D
t-s-12-E~----------~VER---H i
10008999589 00 ~
PROJ. DOC. TYPE: ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC LANG:ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. DATE:04-MAY-26 I G H J K L M N P Q R j
·-·-· _ ·-·-· -·-·-. -·-·-·-·-·-·-· -·-·-· -·-·-. -· _ ·-·-·-·-·-· -· _ ·-· -·-·-·-· _ ·-·-·-·-·-· -· _ ·-· -·-·-·-· -·-·-·-·-·-· -· _ ·-. _. 10008999-58.9.DWQ._. ~ ~193F-AJB-36TGM-790A ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------n··--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------7 I A I B I C I O I E I F I G I H II J I K I L I M I N I p I Q I R I
I
i 01 l::l.QIES. 0 01
I
i 02
i
03 04
05 06
07 • 08
09 10
11 12
j 13
i
i 14
15 16
17 18

1. UNIT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RA TING
CAN BE FOUND ON 11-iE ONE-LINE
('M-iERE APPLICABLE) OR ON 11-iE UNIT
NAMEPLAlE.

CIRCUIT BREAKER DEVICES
19 i I I INT INlERNAL CIRCUIT BREAKER DEVICES
j 20 N.INT ~~~~~~O~~L~S~NlED
i
~21---------------'
i
i 22
I 23
I
i 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
i 35
• 36
TORQUE ALL REID CONNECTIONS TO 11-iE VALUE SPECIAED IN 11-iE CUSTOMER 37 'MRING TORQUE SPECIACATION TABLE. ALL FACTORY 'MRED CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TORQUED AND NEED NOT BE CHECKED.

REFER TO 40110-920 FOR FACTORY WIRING TORQUE SPECS
38 CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECS (±10%)
39 Load Coble Connections 62 lb-ln(7 Nm)
40 41
H-Frame Lug Pod A8ay (2193FZ only)
C.B. Internal Device TB and External AuxDlary Contacts

22.5 mm DSA
90 lb-ln(10 Nm)
7 lb-ln(0.8 Nm)
5 lb-ln(0.6 Nm)
(ALARM)
CB/NT
c22N21>
CB/NT
(9sNss>
(ALARM)
CBIN
c24>l lc2~>
CBIN
css>l lcs~>
UNWJRED CIRCUIT BREAKER PEYICE(S}

TERMINAL LAYOUT
L1 L2 L3
Bus1r.-. ~ Ir
c11 C3h csh
)---)---) ~~1 T
(2 (4) (BJ 125A G FRAME
#10 AWG BU<-4-.....,__,.
#16 AWG RED !XI IX3
5 2 r--------------~----~-, o--.TB-A--!1-➔,-(so~c-)~ ;) ;) ,) 2 I '"' (PHASE A) (PHASE B) (PHASE C)
I -•
;TBA : (<XNC)"
4TBA I (eRNo) I-
300 kA PER PHASE
240V, 3W+G, DEL TA,
TYPE 1, IMB63
[II
;TBA !(2)tc). £
-TBA I(-'lNc>
0 _6_---til--+I -o--if-(GND)
-TBB I c1r(No) I 11
L ___ l __________________ J
SPD1 1
~I----------'
SPD1
#8 AWG GRN/YEL
02 03
04 05
06 07
08 09
10 11
12 13
14 15
16 17
18 19
20 22
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 36
IF.R='=E""v:'F"===;A'=p=pR='o='=VE'==D==i====;D;,,;A;;;TE:====,===sT='A""G;;;E;===p;p='=R:':Oe';J:EC':':T=',=============r------------------------------------1137 lt--A-+--K-IN_J_A_L_S-.--+-0-6--M-A_Y ___ 2 __ 6-+--A--P __ P __ R_O_VA_L_-I CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION --------11 C0NFIIENTIAL AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA11DN. --------+-----+-------1 CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION ~--~:r::=u_~~~::c_~~_:' 38 -------------------1 g~~~g~~~k DISTRIBUTORS INC Autolllation •or:.."":~ =.u:.-== ;cvr 39 0099141666
1t---+-------t----+-------1 S008270534 SHEET 1 OF 1 40 I 1------------------11 ---------+-----+-------1 ORDER-LINE NUMBER:
--➔------+----<6506422918-000500
2193F 125 AF FEEDER CB
PROJ. DOC. TYPE: ELECTRICAL SCHEMA TIC LANG:ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. IDATE:04 MAY 26 t-S-IZ-E~---------~VE-R-11 i
D 10008999591 00
41 I
i
I
1:::~\~~• A I B I C I D I E I F I G I H J J I K I L I M I N I p I Q I R j '-_______ _ ___ ___ ___ ___ ____ _ ___ ___________ _____ ___ _____ _ ___ ___ _ _ _______ _ ___ _____ _ _________ ___ _ ________________________________________________________________________ 10008999591.DWG_ ___ ~ ~--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------n··--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------7 I A I B I C I D I E I F I G I H II J I K I L I M I N I p I Q I R I
I
i 01 l::l.QIES. 0
I
i 02
i
03 04
05 1. UNIT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RA TING
CAN BE FOUND ON lHE ONE-LINE
(\\1-iERE APPLICABLE) OR ON lHE UNIT
NAMEPLAlE.

2. MANUFACTURING TO DETERMINE WIRE
SIZE/QTY USING DIR 10002352255
06 UNIT INSTALLATION
07 • 08
09 10
lHE HANDLE EXTENDER KIT, 2100H-NE1,

MAY BE NECESSARY FOR ANY TOP UNIT
OPERA TING HANDLES lHAT ARE HIGHER
lHAN 6 FEET-7 INCHES OFF lHE GROUND
FOR COMPLIANCE WllH NEC.

CIRCUIT BREAKER PEYJCES
I jlNT INlERNAL CIRCUIT BREAKER DEVICES
11 NINT ~~~~~~o~~L~s~NTED
12 -------------~
j 13
i
i 14
i
15 16
17 1B
19 i 20
i
i,,21•
i
i 22
I 23
I
i 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
i 35
• 36
37 38
39 40
41 TORQUE ALL FIELD CONNECTIONS TO lHE VALUE SPECIFIED IN lHE CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECIFICATION TABLE. ALL FACTORY WIRED CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TORQUED AND NEED NOT BE CHECKED.

REFER TO 40110-920 FOR FACTORY WIRING TORQUE SPECS
CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECS (±10%)
Load Coble Connections at Secondary Fuse Holder 20 lb-ln(2.2 Nm) Load Coble Connections at Secondary Circuit Breaker 20 lb-ln(2.2 Nm) C.B. Internal Device TB ond External AuxDlary Contacts 7 lb-ln(0.8 Nm) (ALARM)
CB/NT
c22N21>
CB/NT
(9aN9s)
(ALARM)
csi
c24>I lc2~>
csi
css>l lcs~>
UNWJRED CIRCUIT BREAKER PEYJCE(S}
8~1 CB1

1.:.1+-___ u_....,,,,or---,.0r.,.---1u ________ __,
(1) ! (2)
1~. _____ L2_~,3=>o=?=c4~>---1L_c _____________ ~
I L3 L3 " ~1H---=-~cs=)o_ o(a)
30AT
125A G FRAME
[iJ
~)
~ r.o KVA
240V PRI
FU1 ~ 120/240V SEC
~17.ci"'"> __ ...:cx::..1 ___ 0_xi cf" 1'l x4_ X4
Xe
=GND1

TO GROUND BUS OR
CUSTOMER'S GROUND SYSTEM.

IX Xe
FU2
(1)~
dr-----dr-----.tr--lZI
A
06-MAY-26
"

TO LIGHTING PANEL
TO LOC:02E
10009036719
01 02
03 04
05 06
07 08
09 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 IF.R='=E""v:'F"===;A'=p=pR='o='=VE'==D==i====;D;,,;A;;;TE:====,===sT='A""G;;;E;===p;p='=R:':Oe';J:EC':':T=':=============r------------------------------------1137 11-A--t--K-I-N-JA_L_S_. -+-06 ___ M_A_Y ___ 2_6-+---A--PP __ R __ O __ V_A_L_--I CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION --------11 C0NFIIENTIAL AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA'IIDN. ,.___, ___________ ,__ _____ _, CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION ~--~:r:::.._~~~::..~~_:' 38 lt---t------+-------------1 g~~~g~~~k DISTRIBUTORS INC Autolllation •or:.."":~ =.u=.-="= ;cvr 39 0099141666
11----+-------+----+--------1 S008270534 -------------------1 ----+--------+-----+--------1 ORDER-LINE NUMBER:
-------+-----<6506422918-000500
PROJ. DOC. TYPE: ELECTRICAL SCHEMA TIC LANG:ENG
SHEET 1 OF 1 40 I
21972 5 KVA LIGHTING XFMR
DRAWN BY: ETO IDATE:04 MAY 26
1--S-IZ-E~----------~VE-R--11 i
10008999595 00 ~:
~193F-AJB-32TGM-790A ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------n··--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------7 I A I B I C I O I E I F I G I H II J I K I L I M I N I p I Q I R I
I
i 01 01 l::l.QIES. □
I
i 02
i
03 04
05 06
07 • 08
09 10
11 12
j 13
i
i 14
i
15 16
17 18
19 i 20
i
~21
i
i 22
I 23
I
i 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
i 35
• 36
37 38
39 40
41 1. UNIT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RA TING
CAN BE FOUND ON lHE ONE-LINE
(v.tiERE APPLICABLE) OR ON lHE UNIT
NAMEPLATE.

CIRCUIT BREAKER DEYJCES

I I INT INTERNAL CIRCUIT BREAKER DEVICES
N.INT ~~~~~~O~~L~S~NTED
TORQUE AU. REID CONNECTIONS TO lHE VALUE SPECIAED IN lHE CUSTOMER 'MRING TORQUE SPECIACATION TABLE. ALL FACTORY 'MRED CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TORQUED AND NEED NOT BE CHECKED.

REFER TO 40110-920 FOR FACTORY WIRING TORQUE SPECS
CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECS (±10%)
Load Coble Connections 62 lb-ln(7 Nm)
H-Frame Lug Pod A8ay (2193FZ only) 90 lb-ln(10 Nm)
C.B. Internal Device TB and External AuxDlary Contacts 7 lb-ln(0.8 Nm)

22.5 mm DSA 5 lb-ln(0.6 Nm)
(ALARM)
CB/NT
c22N21>
CB/NT
(9sN95)
(ALARM)
CBIN
c24>I lc2~>
CBIN
css>l lcs~>
UNWJREP CIRCUIT BREAKER DEYJCE(s}

REV APPROVED DATE STAGE
A KINJAL S. 06-MAY-26 APPROVAL
L1 L2 L3
BUS1~ ~ ~
c,h C31>-C51
) ----) ---) CB1
<2fi c4fi csfi fgfI G FRAME
[I]
T1 T21 T31
I I
I I
I I

USER'S OUTGOING LOAD CABLES
PROJECT:

CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION
Rockwell CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION
CUSTOMER: Aulolllation ONESOURCE DISTRIBUTORS INC
0099141666
S008270534
ORDER-LINE NUMBER:
6506422918-000500
2193F 125 AF FEEDER CB
C0NFIIENTIAI. AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA11DN.
11IS DCQJMENT CCNT-C0NFIIENTIAI. AND PR<lPRIETARY
IFaWATICII OF ROCKWELL NJTCMA"IION, INC. MD MAY
NOT BE USED, COPED CIR DISCLOSED 10 OlHERS EXCEPT
'M1H lHE AUlH0RIZED IRIT1EN PERMISIICN OF
ROa<WELL AUTCIM'IION INC.

SHEET 1 OF 1

SIZE VER
D 10009036717 00
02 03
04 05
06 07
08 09
10 11
12 13
14 15
16 17
18 19
20 22
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 36
37 38
39 40 I
i
41 I
i PROJ. DOC. TYPE: ELECTRICAL SCHEMA TIC LANG:ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. IDATE:04 MAY 26 I 1:::~\~~• A I B I C I D I E I F I G I H J J I K I L I M I N I p I Q I R j '--------_ --------- -------_ ---------------------------_ ------__ -------_ --------_ ------------------------___ --------------__ --------------_ -------___ -----_ -------------10009036717.DWG_ ___ ~ ~193LE-AJB116-40WT-30A05-31A11-111·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-n··-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·7 I A I B I C I D I E I F I G I H II J I K I L I M I N I p I Q I R I
I
i 01 l::l.QIES. 0 01

1. OlHER SIDE OF CIRCUIT IS ALSO
CONNEClED TO PANEL NEU'JRAL
04 3. MANUFACTURING TO DElERMINE WIRE
SIZE/QTY USING DIR 10002352255
05 06
07 • 08
09 LIGHTING PANEL SUPPLIED WllH:
1 POLE BREAKER(S)
5 -15AMP
11 -20AMP
1 0 2 POLE BREAKER(S)
11 12
j 13
i
i 14
3 POLE BREAKER($)
15 11---------------'
i
16 17
18 19
i 20
i
i,,21•
i
i 22
I 23
I
i 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
i 35
• 36
37 38
39 40
41 r----------------------------7
: PANEL NEUTRAL :

I ----~1------m I
r-----------------------------7
,,---.... ,,---.... 2 1 0 = = 0
3 ,,---.... ,,---....
0 0 4
5 ,,---.... ,,---....
6 0 --0
7 ~ 0 ~ 0 8
9 n ~ 10
110
,,---....
12 0
,,---.... ,,---.... 14 13 O -0
r--7 ,,---.... 1~1, .. 15 O = I -I TI
110 1A1 .. ,
I L __ _J

MAIN CB
30A
~
-X2 -
--1X1
1X4
~
FROM

TRANSFORMER
LOC:02J
10008999595

GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER

CONNECTIONS
(WHERE SPECIFIED)
PANEL _ NEU'JRAL
f---WHITE WIRE
~--------'
BRANCH { -
CIRCUIT JL....c

REFER TO MANUFACTURERS

INS'IRUCTIONS FOR
INSTALLATION AND TESTING.
~O---+---
GFI

CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL
BUS
02 03
04 05
06 07
08 09
10 11
12 13
14 15
16 17
18 19
20 22
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 36
IF.R='=E""v:'F"===;A'=p=pR='o='=VE'==D==i====;D;,,;A;;;TE:====,===sT='A""G;;;E;===p;p='=R:':Oe';J:EC':':T=',=============r------------------------------------1137 11-A--t--K-I-N-JA_L_S_. -+-06 ___ M_A_Y ___ 2_6-+---A--PP ___ R __ O __ V_A_L_-I CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION --------11 C0NFIIENTIAL AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA'IIDN. ,.___, ___________ ,__ _____ _, CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION ~--~:r:::.._~~~::..~~_:' 38 ll---t------+------------1 g~~~g~~~k DISTRIBUTORS INC Autolllation •or:.."":~ =.u=.-="= ;cvr 39 0099141666
1+---+-------t----+-------1 S008270534 -------------------1 ,.__--+-------+-----+-------1 ORDER-LINE NUMBER:
--------+-----<6506422918-000500
2193LE LIGHTING PANEL LPAN
SHEET 1 OF 1 40 I 1--S-IZ-E~----------~VE-R-tl i
D 10009036719 00 ~:

PROJ. DOC. TYPE: ELECTRICAL SCHEMA TIC LANG:ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. IDATE:04-MAY-26 I 1:::~\~~• A I B I C I D I E I F I G I H J J I K I L I M I N I p I Q I R j '---·--·-_ -·-----·- -·---·-_ -·------·-·-·----·--·------_ -·----__ --·--·-_ -·------_ --·--·-·--·-·---·-----·-___ -·-----·------__ -------·--·---_ --·--·-___ -·---_ --·-·-·---·-· 10009036719.DWG_ ___ ~ ~19·31.;.rr::c.ic=:42TJMI~,soA--~------·;·------~-------~-------~-------~-------~-------~-------~------·;·------~-------~-------~-------~------~--------~-------~----·-·;·------~-------~-------~-------~-------~-------~-------~----·-·;·------~-------~-------~------·;·--------------7 I
I
i 01 l::l.QIES. 0 01
I
i 02
i
03 04
05 06
07 • 08
09 10
11 12
j 13
i
i 14
15 16
17 18

1. UNIT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RA TING
CAN BE FOUND ON lHE ONE-LINE
(v.tiERE APPLICABLE) OR ON lHE UNIT
NAMEPLATE.

CIRCUIT BREAKER DEVICES
19 i I I INT INTERNAL CIRCUIT BREAKER DEVICES
j 20 N.INT ~~~~~~O~~L~S~NTED
i
~21---------------'
i
i 22
I 23
I
i 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
i 35
• 36
TORQUE ALL AELD CONNECTIONS TO lHE VALUE SPECIAED IN lHE CUSTOMER 37 'MRING TORQUE SPECIACATION TABLE. ALL FACTORY 'MRED CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TORQUED AND NEED NOT BE CHECKED.

REFER TO 40110-920 FOR FACTORY WIRING TORQUE SPECS
38 CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECS (±10%)
39 Una Cobia Connections:
40 41
#4-350 kcrnD CU
#4-350 kcmD CU/AL
#14-#1/0 kcmll CU/AL
C.B. lntamal Device TB and Extamal AuxDlary Contacts

22.5 mm DSA
124 lb-ln(14 Nm)
89 lb-ln(10 Nm)
50 lb-ln(5.6 Nm)
7 lb-ln(0.8 Nm)
5 lb-ln(0.6 Nm)
(ALARM)
CB/NT
c22N21>
CB/NT
(seNs5)
(ALARM)
CBIN
c24>I lc2~>
CBIN
csa>l lcs~>
UNWJRED CIRCUIT BREAKER PEYICE(s}
L1
L2
L3

TOP ENTRY

USER'S INCOMING LINE CABLES
0L1 0L2 0L3

HORIZONTAL BUS
02 03
04 05
06 07
08 09
10 11
12 13
14 15
16 17
18 19
20 22
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 36
IF.R='=E""v:'F"===;A'=p=pR='o='=VE'==D==i====;D;,,;A;;;TE:====i===sT='A""G;;;E;===p;p='=R:':Oe';J:EC':':T=',=============r------------------------------------1137 lt--A--+--K-IN_J_A_L_S-.--+-0-6--M-A_Y ___ 2 __ 6-+--A--P __ P __ R_O_VA_L_--t CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION --------11 C0NFIIENTIAL AND PR<lPRIETARY INFllRIIA11DN. ---------+-----+--------1 CITY OF CARLSBAD CHINQUAPIN LIFT STATION ~--~:r::=u_~~~::a_~~_:' 38 --------------------! g~~~g~~~k DISTRIBUTORS INC Autolllation •or:.."":~ =.u=.-="= ;cvr 39 0099141666
tt----+-------t----+--------1 S008270534 SHEET 1 OF 1 40 I 1--------------------tl ---------+-----+--------1 ORDER-LINE NUMBER:
tt---+------+------<6506422918-000500
2193M 250 AF MAIN CB
t-S-IZ-E~---------~VE-R-11 i
D 10009036721 00
41 I
i PROJ. DOC. TYPE: ELECTRICAL SCHEMA TIC LANG:ENG DRAWN BY: KINJAL S. IDATE:04 MAY 26 I 1:::~\~~• A I B I C I D I E I F I G I H J J I K I L I M I N I p I Q I R j '-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------10009036721.DWG_ ___ ~ Component Datasheets
Rockwell Automation Order Number:
6506422918
Date:
5/6/2026
Circuit Breaker Accessories
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 140G-G-TLC13
Description: Frame-G, Terminal Lug, Qty 3, FCCu 1x14-1/0(2.5-50) Cross Refe
rence RA Part Number: PN-D12978

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number Bulletin 140G/140MG
Frame Size G frame
Rated Current(A) 125 A

ACCESSORY ITEMS
Terminal Lugs Frame-G, Terminal Lug, Qty 3, FCCu 1x14-1/0(2.5-50) Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL UL489
CSA CSA22.2 No. 5
IEC IEC 60947-2
Certifications UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE
For UL Certifications Directory: http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
54 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Accessories
Terminal Lugs
Current Transformer for Neutral Current
Rated Current [A] Frame Size Cat. No.
300 K /pentastar2 140G-K-NCTD30
400 K /pentastar2 140G-K-NCTD40
600 M /pentastar2 140G-M-NCTD60
800 M /pentastar2 140G-M-NCTD80
400…1600 N, NS 140G-N-NCTE16
Representative Photo 1000…3200 R 140G-R-NCTE30
/pentastar2Order with connector (Cat. No. 140G-K-CC).

Mechanical Accessories
Description Frame Size Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 3) Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 4) Cu wire, MCCB only
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…70 mm 2
G
140G-G-TLC13 140G-G-TLC14
Cu wire, MCP only
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 1.5…70 mm
2 140G-G-TLC13A —
Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 14…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm
2 140G-G-MTL63 140G-G-MTL64
Cu wire only
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…95 mm
2 H
140G-H-TLC13 140G-H-TLC14
Representative Photo Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 14…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm
2 140G-H-MTL63 140G-H-MTL64
Al or Cu wire
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…50 mm 2
I
140G-I-TLA13 140G-I-TLA14
Al or Cu wire
(1) 4…300 MCM or 25…150 mm
2 140G-I-TLA1A3 140G-I-TLA1A4
Cu wire only
(1) 10…250 MCM or 6…185 mm
2 140G-I-TLC13 140G-I-TLC14
Representative Photo Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 12…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm
2 140G-I-MTL63 140G-I-MTL64
Al or Cu wire
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…50 mm 2
J
140G-J-TLA13 140G-J-TLA14
Al or Cu wire
(1) 4…300 MCM or 25…150 mm
2 140G-J-TLA1A3 140G-J-TLA1A4
Al or Cu wire
(1) 6 (Al)/10 (Cu)…350 MCM or 2.5…185 mm
2 (Al) 140G-J-TLA1B3 140G-J-TLA1B4
Cu wire only
(1) 10…350 MCM or 6…185 mm
2 140G-J-TLC13 140G-J-TLC14
Representative Photo Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 12…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm
2 140G-J-MTL63 140G-J-MTL64
Al or Cu wire
(1) 250…500 MCM or 120…240 mm 2
K
140G-K-TLA13 140G-K-TLA14
Al or Cu wire
(2) 2/0…250 MCM or 95…120 mm
2 140G-K-TLA23 140G-K-TLA24
Cu wire only
(1) 250…500 MCM or 120…240 mm
2 140G-K-TLC13 140G-K-TLC14
Cu wire only
(2) 2/0…250 MCM or 95…120 mm
2 140G-K-TLC23 140G-K-TLC24
Representative Photo Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 6…1/0 AWG or 16…50 mm
2 140G-K-MTL63 140G-K-MTL64
Al or Cu wire
(2) 250…500 MCM or 120…240 mm 2
M
140G-M-TLA23 140G-M-TLA24
Al or Cu wire
(3) 2/0…400 MCM or 70…185 mm
2 140G-M-TLA33 140G-M-TLA34
Cu wire only
(2) 3/0…350 MCM or 85…185 mm
2 140G-M-TLC23 140G-M-TLC24
Representative Photo Cu wire only
(3) 2/0…350 MCM or 70…185 mm
2 140G-M-TLC33 140G-M-TLC34
Al or Cu wire
(4) 4/0…500 MCM or 70…240 mm 2
N, NS
140G-N-TLA43 140G-N-TLA44
Cu wire only
(4) 4/0…500 MCM or 70…240 mm
2 140G-N-TLC43 140G-N-TLC44
Al or Cu wire
(6) 1/0…750 MCM or 50…400 mm
2 R
140G-R-TLA63 —
Representative Photo Cu wire only
(6) 1/0…750 MCM or 50…400 mm
2 140G-R-TLC63 —
2 Product Details and Certifications
Product: 140G-J-TC3H
Description: Frame-J, Terminal Cover, 3p, Qty 2, High
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-D13059

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number Bulletin 140G/140MG
Number of Poles 3 Poles

ACCESSORY ITEMS
Terminal Covers Frame-J, Terminal Cover, 3p, Qty 2, High

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
56 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Accessories
Phase Barriers
/circle4Provides additional clearance when special connections that extend beyond the frame of the MCCB are used. /circle4Frames G, H, I, J, and K are supplied with 25 mm barriers as standard.

Frame Size Length
3-Pole Cat. No.
(Pkg. Qty. 4)
4-Pole Cat. No.
(Pkg. Qty. 6)
G, I
1 in. (25 mm) 140G-G-PB3M 140G-G-PB4M
4 in. (100 mm) 140G-G-PB3L 140G-G-PB4L
8 in. (200 mm) 140G-G-PB3H 140G-G-PB4H
H, J
1 in. (25 mm) 140G-H-PB3M 140G-H-PB4M
4 in. (100 mm) 140G-H-PB3L 140G-H-PB4L
8 in. (200 mm) 140G-H-PB3H 140G-H-PB4H
K, N, NS 4 in. (100 mm) 140G-K-PB3L 140G-K-PB4L
8 in. (200 mm) 140G-K-PB3H 140G-K-PB4H
M 4 in. (100 mm) 140G-M-PB3L 140G-M-PB4L
R
4 in. (100 mm) 140G-R-PB3L 140G-R-PB4L
Representative Photo 8 in. (200 mm) 140G-R-PB3H 140G-R-PB4H Terminal Covers
Frame Size Height
3-Pole Cat. No.
(Pkg. Qty. 2)
4-Pole Cat. No.
(Pkg. Qty. 2)
G 0.08 in. (2 mm) 140G-G-TC3L 140G-G-TC4L
2 in. (50 mm) 140G-G-TC3H 140G-G-TC4H
H 0.08 in. (2 mm) 140G-H-TC3L 140G-H-TC4L
2 in. (50 mm) 140G-H-TC3H 140G-H-TC4H
I 0.08 in. (2 mm) 140G-I-TC3L 140G-I-TC4L

2.36 in. (60 mm) 140G-I-TC3H 140G-I-TC4H
Representative Photo J 0.08 in. (2 mm) 140G-J-TC3L 140G-J-TC4L

2.36 in. (60 mm) 140G-J-TC3H 140G-J-TC4H
K 0.08 in. (2 mm) 140G-K-TC3L 140G-K-TC4L

2.36 in. (60 mm) 140G-K-TC3H 140G-K-TC4H
M 0.08 in. (2 mm) 140G-M-TC3L 140G-M-TC4L

2.36 in. (60 mm) 140G-M-TC3H 140G-M-TC4H
N, NS

0.1 in. (2.5 mm) 140G-N-TC3L 140G-N-TC4L
Representative Photo 2.76 in. (70 mm) 140G-N-TC3H 140G-N-TC4H /circle4Provide IP40 finger protection against accidental contact with live parts. /circle4Terminal covers are pre-punched to ease installation. /circle4Supplied as standard with the selection of multiple cable terminal lugs. 2 Product Details and Certifications
Product: 140G-J-TLC13
Description: Frame-J, Terminal Lug, Qty 3, FCCu 1x10-250(6-185) Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-D12981

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number Bulletin 140G/140MG
Frame Size J-Frame
Rated Current(A) 250 A

ACCESSORY ITEMS
Terminal Lugs Frame-J, Terminal Lug, Qty 3, FCCu 1x10-250(6-185)

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL UL489
CSA CSA22.2 No. 5
IEC IEC 60947-2
Certifications UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE
For UL Certifications Directory: http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
54 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Accessories
Terminal Lugs
Current Transformer for Neutral Current
Rated Current [A] Frame Size Cat. No.
300 K /pentastar2 140G-K-NCTD30
400 K /pentastar2 140G-K-NCTD40
600 M /pentastar2 140G-M-NCTD60
800 M /pentastar2 140G-M-NCTD80
400…1600 N, NS 140G-N-NCTE16
Representative Photo 1000…3200 R 140G-R-NCTE30
/pentastar2Order with connector (Cat. No. 140G-K-CC).

Mechanical Accessories
Description Frame Size Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 3) Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 4) Cu wire, MCCB only
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…70 mm 2
G
140G-G-TLC13 140G-G-TLC14
Cu wire, MCP only
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 1.5…70 mm
2 140G-G-TLC13A —
Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 14…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm
2 140G-G-MTL63 140G-G-MTL64
Cu wire only
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…95 mm
2 H
140G-H-TLC13 140G-H-TLC14
Representative Photo Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 14…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm
2 140G-H-MTL63 140G-H-MTL64
Al or Cu wire
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…50 mm 2
I
140G-I-TLA13 140G-I-TLA14
Al or Cu wire
(1) 4…300 MCM or 25…150 mm
2 140G-I-TLA1A3 140G-I-TLA1A4
Cu wire only
(1) 10…250 MCM or 6…185 mm
2 140G-I-TLC13 140G-I-TLC14
Representative Photo Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 12…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm
2 140G-I-MTL63 140G-I-MTL64
Al or Cu wire
(1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…50 mm 2
J
140G-J-TLA13 140G-J-TLA14
Al or Cu wire
(1) 4…300 MCM or 25…150 mm
2 140G-J-TLA1A3 140G-J-TLA1A4
Al or Cu wire
(1) 6 (Al)/10 (Cu)…350 MCM or 2.5…185 mm
2 (Al) 140G-J-TLA1B3 140G-J-TLA1B4
Cu wire only
(1) 10…350 MCM or 6…185 mm
2 140G-J-TLC13 140G-J-TLC14
Representative Photo Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 12…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm
2 140G-J-MTL63 140G-J-MTL64
Al or Cu wire
(1) 250…500 MCM or 120…240 mm 2
K
140G-K-TLA13 140G-K-TLA14
Al or Cu wire
(2) 2/0…250 MCM or 95…120 mm
2 140G-K-TLA23 140G-K-TLA24
Cu wire only
(1) 250…500 MCM or 120…240 mm
2 140G-K-TLC13 140G-K-TLC14
Cu wire only
(2) 2/0…250 MCM or 95…120 mm
2 140G-K-TLC23 140G-K-TLC24
Representative Photo Multiple cable - Cu wire
(6) 6…1/0 AWG or 16…50 mm
2 140G-K-MTL63 140G-K-MTL64
Al or Cu wire
(2) 250…500 MCM or 120…240 mm 2
M
140G-M-TLA23 140G-M-TLA24
Al or Cu wire
(3) 2/0…400 MCM or 70…185 mm
2 140G-M-TLA33 140G-M-TLA34
Cu wire only
(2) 3/0…350 MCM or 85…185 mm
2 140G-M-TLC23 140G-M-TLC24
Representative Photo Cu wire only
(3) 2/0…350 MCM or 70…185 mm
2 140G-M-TLC33 140G-M-TLC34
Al or Cu wire
(4) 4/0…500 MCM or 70…240 mm 2
N, NS
140G-N-TLA43 140G-N-TLA44
Cu wire only
(4) 4/0…500 MCM or 70…240 mm
2 140G-N-TLC43 140G-N-TLC44
Al or Cu wire
(6) 1/0…750 MCM or 50…400 mm
2 R
140G-R-TLA63 —
Representative Photo Cu wire only
(6) 1/0…750 MCM or 50…400 mm
2 140G-R-TLC63 —
2 Product Details and Certifications
Product: 140G-JTH3-D15
Description: Molded Case Circuit Breaker Trip Unit, 250A, J - Frame, (OHFWURQLF/6, /RQJ 6KRUW7LPH+LJK,QVWDQWDQHRXV5DWHG&XUUHQW$ Cross Refe
rence RA Part Number: 31'

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number Bulletin 140G/140MG
Frame Size J-Frame
Rated Current(A) 50 A
Number of Poles 3 Poles

ACCESSORY ITEMS
Trip Unit Molded Case Circuit Breaker Trip Unit, 250A, J - Frame, (OHFWURQLF/6, /RQJ 6KRUW7LPH+LJK,QVWDQWDQHRXV5DWHG&XUUHQW$ Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 Protection (OHFWURQLF/6,/RQJ 6KRUW7LPH+LJK,QVWDQWDQHRXV

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Frame Reference G-Frame H-Frame I-Frame J-Frame K-Frame M-Frame N-Frame NS-Frame R-Frame Rated Current In 125 A 125 A 225 A 250 A 400 A 800 A 1200 A 1200 A 3000 A No. of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 Interrupting Rating [kA]
240V 50 65 100 65 100 150 200 200 50 65 65 100 150 200 100 150 200 200 100 200 200 65 100 150 65 100 150 125 480V 25 35 65 25 35 65 100 150 25 35 25 35 65 100 35 65 100 150 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 125 600Y/347V 10 14 25 — 10 10 — — — — — —
600V — 14 18 25 35 10 10 14 18 25 35 25 35 65 100 25 35 42 25 50 65 25 50 65 100 Breaking Capacity [Icu (kA)]
220…240V 65 85 100 65 85 100 150 200 65 85 65 85 100 150 85 100 200 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 130 415V 36 50 70 36 50 70 120 150 36 50 36 50 70 120 50 70 120 200 36 70 100 50 70 120 50 70 120 80 440V 36 50 65 36 50 65 100 150 25 40 36 50 65 100 40 65 100 180 35 50 65 50 65 100 50 65 100 80 690V 6 8 10 10 12 15 18 20 5 8 10 12 15 20 25 40 70 80 22 25 30 30 42 50 30 42 50 40 250V DC 36 50 70 36 50 70 85 100 36 50 36 50 70 85 — 36 50 65 — — — 500V DC 36 50 70 36 50 70 85 100 36 50 36 50 70 85 36 50 70 100 — — — — 750V DC — — — — 25 36 70 70 16 36 50 — — —
Protection Type
Thermal Magnetic /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— — Electronic — /checkbld — /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Molded Case Switch /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Internal Accessories
Auxiliary Contact /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Alarm Contact /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld AX/AL Combo /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Trip Unit Contact — /checkbld — /checkbld —— /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Shunt Trip /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Shunt Close — — — — — — /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld
UV Relay /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Field Installable /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld External Accessories
End Cap STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD —
25 mm Phase
Barriers STD STD STD STD STD — — — —
Insulators STD STD STD STD STD STD — — —
Terminal Lugs /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Extended Terminal /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld — Spreader Terminal /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Rear Terminal — — — — — — /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld
Phase barriers /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Terminal Cover /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld — Direct Rotary /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Variable Depth (Door) /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Internal NFPA 79 /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Flange Operator /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Flange Cable /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Motor Operator /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld — /checkbld/checkbld Field Installable /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Product Overview
2 I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Catalog Number Explanation — 250 A, J-Frame
140G – J T + 3 - D5
ab c d e f g
a
Bulletin No.

Code Description
140G Global Molded Case Circuit Breaker
b
Frame/Rating
Code Description
J 250 A
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code Description
2 25 kA
3 35 kA
6 65 kA
0 100 kA
T Trip unit
d
Protection Type
Code Description
C Fixed thermal/ fixed magnetic
E Adjust thermal/ fixed magnetic
F Adjust thermal/ adjust magnetic
H Electronic LSI-long, short, instant
I Electronic LSIG -long, short, instant &
ground fault
X Breaker frame
S Molded case switch (isolator)
e
Poles
Code Description
3 3 poles
4 4 poles
f
Current Range
Code Description
C e.g., C30 = 30 A
D e.g., D16 = 160 A
Blank Frame only
g
Factory-Installed Internal Options♦
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Code Description
SJ Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
SK Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
SD Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V
DC
SA Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V
DC
SB Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
SC Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
UJ Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
UR Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
UD Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC;
110…125V DC
UA Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC;
220…250V DC
UB Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
UC Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No
Digit No Selection
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts, Trip Units
Code Description
KA 1 Aux. Contact, 250V
TA 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
AA 1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
BA 2 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
DA 1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 250V
FB 2 Aux. Contacts, 400V
AB 1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
AJ 1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
DJ 1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 24V
♦ Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side
mounting, 1 for right. Consult your local
Rockwell automation sales office or
Allen-Bradley distributor for further assistance.

Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded case circuit breaker. Use these configurations only to select all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units, auxiliary contacts, trip units, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table g to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no. selected on the previous pages to form a complete cat. no. for a complete assembly with factory-installed options.

Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 250 A, J-Frame
3 • i------tl ------l
r--____ ______ ..
-"
..
-
- ,,
______..
~

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Product Selection — 250 A, J-Frame
Breaker Frames, 250 A Rated Current
Interrupting Rating
(50/60 Hz), UL 489/CSA
C22.2-5, No. 5-02 [kA] Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2 Breaking Capacity (DC), IEC
60947-2 ‡
Cat. No.
240V 480V 600V
220V/pentastar2 415V 440V/pentastar2 690V
250V DC (2-pole
in series)
500V DC (3-pole
in series)
Icu [kA]
Ics
[%Icu] Icu [kA]
Ics
[%Icu] Icu [kA]
Ics
[%Icu] Icu [kA]
Ics
[%Icu] Icu [kA]
Ics
[%Icu] Icu [kA]
Ics
[%Icu] 3 Poles 4 Poles
65 25 14 65 100 36 100 36 100 10 100 36 100 36 100 140G-J2X3 140G-J2X4 100 35 18 85 100 50 100 50 100 12 100 50 100 50 100 140G-J3X3 140G-J4X4 150 65 25 100 100 70 100 65 100 15 100 70 100 70 100 140G-J6X3 140G-J6X4 200 100 35 150 100 120 100 100 100 20 100 85 100 85 100 140G-J0X3 140G-J0X4 /pentastar2These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing. ‡ DC rating is applicable for thermal-magnetic trip unit only.

Trip Units, Thermal-Magnetic
Rated
Current
In [A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Ir = In (Fixed)
Magnetic Trip [A]
Im Protection Type
Cat. No.
3 Poles 4 Poles
25 25 400 C (Fixed) 140G-JTC3-C25 140G-JTC4-C25
30 30 400 C (Fixed) 140G-JTC3-C30 140G-JTC4-C30
32 32 400 C (Fixed) 140G-JTC3-C32 140G-JTC4-C32
35 35 400 C (Fixed) 140G-JTC3-C35 140G-JTC4-C35
40 40 400 C (Fixed) 140G-JTC3-C40 140G-JTC4-C40
50 50 500 C (Fixed) 140G-JTC3-C50 140G-JTC4-C50
60 60 600 C (Fixed) 140G-JTC3-C60 140G-JTC4-C60
63 63 630 C (Fixed) 140G-JTC3-C63 140G-JTC4-C63
70 70 700 C (Fixed) 140G-JTC3-C70 140G-JTC4-C70
80 56…80 400…800 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-C80 140G-JTF4-C80 90 63…90 450…900 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-C90 140G-JTF4-C90 100 70…100 500…1000 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-D10 140G-JTF4-D10 110 77…110 550…1100 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-D11 140G-JTF4-D11 125 87.5…125 625…1250 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-D12 140G-JTF4-D12 150 105…150 750…1500 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-D15 140G-JTF4-D15 160 112…160 800…1600 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-D16 140G-JTF4-D16 175 122.5…175 875…1750 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-D17 140G-JTF4-D17 200 140…200 1000…2000 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-D20 140G-JTF4-D20 225 157.5…225 1125…2250 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-D22 140G-JTF4-D22 250 175…250 1250…2500 F (Adjustable) 140G-JTF3-D25 140G-JTF4-D25 Trip Units, Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous) Rated
Current
In [A]
Protection Type Cat. No. Cat. No.

LS I
3 Poles 4 PolesI1=0.4…1 x I n t1=sec. I2=1…10 x I n t2=sec. I3=1…10 x I n 40 16…40 3, 12, 36, 60 40…400 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 40…400 140G-JTH3-C40 140G-JTH4-C40 60 24…60 3, 12, 36, 60 60…600 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 60…600 140G-JTH3-C60 140G-JTH4-C60 100 40…100 3, 12, 36, 60 100…1000 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 100…1000 140G-JTH3-D10 140G-JTH4-D10 150 60…150 3, 12, 36, 60 150…1500 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 150…1500 140G-JTH3-D15 140G-JTH4-D15 250 100…250 3, 12, 36, 60 250…2500 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 250…2500 140G-JTH3-D25 140G-JTH4-D25 Trip Units, Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault) Rated
Current
In [A]
Protection Type Cat. No. Cat. No.

LS I G
3 Poles 4 PolesI1=0.4…1 x I n t1=sec. I2=1…10 x I n t2=sec. I3=1…10 x I n I4=0.2…1 x I n t4=sec. 40 16…40 3, 12, 36, 60 40…400 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 40…400 8…40 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-JTI3-C40 140G-JTI4-C40 60 24…60 3, 12, 36, 60 60…600 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 60…600 12…60 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-JTI3-C60 140G-JTI4-C60 100 40…100 3, 12, 36, 60 100…1000 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 100…1000 20…100 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-JTI3-D10 140G-JTI4-D10 150 60…150 3, 12, 36, 60 150…1500 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 150…1500 30…150 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-JTI3-D15 140G-JTI4-D15 250 100…250 3, 12, 36, 60 250…2500 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 250…2500 50…250 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-JTI3-D25 140G-JTI4-D25 Breaker Frames & Trip Units
+
=
Frame Trip Unit MCCB
4 .,
...
.
~

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
65 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Specifications — I- and J-Frame
I-Frame J-Frame‡
Max. Rated Current [A] 225 250
Rated insulation
voltage, Ui, IEC [V] 800 1000

NEMA, UL, CSA
Interrupting Rating Code I2 I3 J2 J3 J6 J0
240V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 50 65 65 100 150 200
480V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 25 35 25 35 65 100
600Y/347V AC,
50/60Hz [kA] 10 10 — — — —
600V AC, 50/60
Hz [kA] — — 14 18 25 35
IEC 60947-2
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, I cu
220/230/240V AC,
50/60Hz [kA] 50 85 65 85 100 150
380V AC, 50/60Hz [kA]
36 50 36 50 70 120
415V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 36 50 36 50 70 120
440V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 25 40 36 50 65 100
500V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 20 30 30 36 50 60
525V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 13 20 20 25 45 50
690V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 5 6 10 12 15 20
250V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] 36 50 36 50 70 85
500V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] — — 36 50 70 85
500V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] 36 50 36 50 70 85
750V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] — — — — — —
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, I cs
220/230/240V AC,
50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
380V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% (27) 100% 100% 100% 100%
415V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50%
(27) 100% 100% 100% 100%
440V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
500V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
525V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
690V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 50% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
250V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%
500V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] — — 100% 100% 100% 100%
500V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%
750V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] — — — — — —
Mechanical Life
[No.

Ops] 25 000 25 000
[Ops/hr] 240 240
Electrical Life @
415V AC
[No.

Ops] 8000 8000
[Ops/hr] 120 120
Ambient Temp.
w/out derating ºF [ºC] 104 ºF [40 ºC] 104 ºF [40 ºC]
Storage Temperature ºF [ºC] -40...+176 ºF [-40…+80 ºC] -40...+176 ºF [-40…+80 ºC] Dimensions
[Width/Depth/Height]
[mm] 3 poles: 105x70x150 3 poles: 105x82.5x160
[mm] 4 poles: 140x70x150 4 poles: 140x82.5x160
‡ Cannot be reverse fed above 600V
5 Bul.140G
Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140G-J Molded Case Circuit Breaker

0.001

0.01 0.1
1 10
100
1000
10000
0 1 10 100
t [s]
DIR 10000861796 (Version 01)
Pub 140G-TD023B-EN-P
0,4 1
S I2t ON
I2t OFF
L
I1 10
II2=In X Ʃ1
2 5.5t2 (s)
0 S

0.05 0.2

0.40.1 I=10In

1.5 L
I I
I1=In X (0.4+Ʃ)0.02

0.08 0.16
t1 (s)
0 L
3 36
6012

0.04 I=3I1

0.32 I3=In X Ʃ1

1.5 2

5.5 0
Current in Multiples of In
Electronic Trip Unit. Long Delay Response, Short Delay with I2t Response, and Instantaneous Curve Available Sensors (In):
40A; 60A; 100A; 150A; 250A
Notes:

1. Curve accuracy applies from -20 C to +55 C ambient.

For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation.

2. The right portion of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.

3. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the breaker opening, and the interruption of the current.

4. For high fault current levels an additional /f_ixed instantaneous hardware override is provided at 3kA. 1 HOUR
10 MIN
1 MIN
Tolerance values:
1SPUFDUJPO 5SJQ5ISFTIIPME 5SJQ5JNF
- ≤Y*≤ ±
4 ± ±
* ± ≤NT
0UIFST ±

0.001

0.01 0.1
1 1 10
t [s]
I [kA]
@) Allen-Bradley
• tlll •
~
.... ........
'io. . ,, ',:" ~
-- .......
--- ........ ""'-
"
Ll _J
'
---
..............
"' ...
1111
= = =
- -.... ... """ , .. ,
"-
....... -......
"" §
.....
-'
" ,_
.....
"~
"'
'
Ill
--.

I
Rockwell
Automation
Circuit Breakers
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 140G-G6C3-C30
Description: 140G - Molded Case Circuit Breaker, G frame, 65 kA, T/M - Thermal Magnetic, Rated Current 30 A
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-D12459

SYSTEM DATA
Supply Voltage 480V 50/60Hz
Interrupt Rating[kA] 65 kA at 480V

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number 140G - Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Number of Poles 3 Poles
Frame Size G frame
Rated Current(A) 30 A
Protection T/M - Fixed Thermal / Fixed Magnetic TMF

MANUFACTURING
Assembly Factory Assembled

INTERNAL ACCESSORIES
N/A
Voltage for Aux Alarm Combination N/A
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
Auxiliaries(AX), Alarm (AL), Auxiliary/Alarm
Combination (AX/AL), Right Side Mounting
1 Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Frame Reference G-Frame H-Frame I-Frame J-Frame K-Frame M-Frame N-Frame NS-Frame R-Frame Rated Current In 125 A 125 A 225 A 250 A 400 A 800 A 1200 A 1200 A 3000 A No. of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 Interrupting Rating [kA]
240V 50 65 100 65 100 150 200 200 50 65 65 100 150 200 100 150 200 200 100 200 200 65 100 150 65 100 150 125 480V 25 35 65 25 35 65 100 150 25 35 25 35 65 100 35 65 100 150 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 125 600Y/347V 10 14 25 — 10 10 — — — — — —
600V — 14 18 25 35 10 10 14 18 25 35 25 35 65 100 25 35 42 25 50 65 25 50 65 100 Breaking Capacity [Icu (kA)]
220…240V 65 85 100 65 85 100 150 200 65 85 65 85 100 150 85 100 200 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 130 415V 36 50 70 36 50 70 120 150 36 50 36 50 70 120 50 70 120 200 36 70 100 50 70 120 50 70 120 80 440V 36 50 65 36 50 65 100 150 25 40 36 50 65 100 40 65 100 180 35 50 65 50 65 100 50 65 100 80 690V 6 8 10 10 12 15 18 20 5 8 10 12 15 20 25 40 70 80 22 25 30 30 42 50 30 42 50 40 250V DC 36 50 70 36 50 70 85 100 36 50 36 50 70 85 — 36 50 65 — — — 500V DC 36 50 70 36 50 70 85 100 36 50 36 50 70 85 36 50 70 100 — — — — 750V DC — — — — 25 36 70 70 16 36 50 — — —
Protection Type
Thermal Magnetic /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— — Electronic — /checkbld — /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Molded Case Switch /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Internal Accessories
Auxiliary Contact /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Alarm Contact /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld AX/AL Combo /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Trip Unit Contact — /checkbld — /checkbld —— /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Shunt Trip /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Shunt Close — — — — — — /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld
UV Relay /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Field Installable /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld External Accessories
End Cap STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD —
25 mm Phase
Barriers STD STD STD STD STD — — — —
Insulators STD STD STD STD STD STD — — —
Terminal Lugs /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Extended Terminal /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld — Spreader Terminal /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Rear Terminal — — — — — — /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld
Phase barriers /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Terminal Cover /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld — Direct Rotary /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Variable Depth (Door) /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Internal NFPA 79 /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Flange Operator /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Flange Cable /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld —— Motor Operator /checkbld/checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld — /checkbld/checkbld Field Installable /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld /checkbld/checkbld/checkbld /checkbld Product Overview
2 I

I I I I

I I I I I I I I I

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Catalog Number Explanation — 125 A, G-Frame
140G – G 6 C 3 - C30
ab c d e f g
a
Bulletin No.

Code Description
140G Global Molded Case Circuit Breaker
b
Frame/Rating
Code Description
G 125 A, Fixed
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code Description
2 25 kA
3 35 kA
6 65 kA
d
Protection Type
Code Description
C Fixed thermal/fixed magnetic
E Adjust thermal/fixed magnetic
S Molded case switch (Isolator)
e
Poles
Code Description
3 3 poles
4 4 poles
f
Current Range
Code Description
C e.g., C30 = 30 A
D e.g., D16 = 160 A
g
Factory-Installed Internal Options♦
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Code Description
SJ Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
SK Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
SD Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V
DC
SA Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V
DC
SB Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
SC Shunt Trip, 480…525V DC
UJ Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
UR Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
UD Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC;
110…125V DC
UA Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC;
220…250V DC
UB Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
UC Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No
Digit No Selection
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code Description
KA 1 Aux. Contact, 250V
TA 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
AA 1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
BA 2 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
AJ 1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies with Factory-Installed Options Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded case circuit breaker. Use these configurations only to select all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table g to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no. selected on the previous pages to form a complete cat. no. for a complete assembly with factory-installed options.
♦ Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side
mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1
for right (auxiliary or alarm contact). Consult
your local Rockwell automation sales office or
Allen-Bradley distributor for further assistance.

Cat. No. 140G-G6C3-D12
3 Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Rated
Current
In [A]
Thermal Trip
[A]
Ir = In (Fixed)
Magnetic Trip
[A]
Im
Interrupting Code G2 Interrupting Code G3 Interrupting Code G6 Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
3 Poles 4 Poles 3 Poles 4 Poles 3 Poles 4 Poles
15 15 500 140G-G2C3-C15 140G-G2C4-C15 140G-G3C3-C15 140G-G3C4-C15 140G-G6C3-C15 140G-G6C4-C15 16 16 500 140G-G2C3-C16 140G-G2C4-C16 140G-G3C3-C16 140G-G3C4-C16 140G-G6C3-C16 140G-G6C4-C16 20 20 500 140G-G2C3-C20 140G-G2C4-C20 140G-G3C3-C20 140G-G3C4-C20 140G-G6C3-C20 140G-G6C4-C20 25 25 500 140G-G2C3-C25 140G-G2C4-C25 140G-G3C3-C25 140G-G3C4-C25 140G-G6C3-C25 140G-G6C4-C25 30 30 500 140G-G2C3-C30 140G-G2C4-C30 140G-G3C3-C30 140G-G3C4-C30 140G-G6C3-C30 140G-G6C4-C30 32 32 500 140G-G2C3-C32 140G-G2C4-C32 140G-G3C3-C32 140G-G3C4-C32 140G-G6C3-C32 140G-G6C4-C32 35 35 500 140G-G2C3-C35 140G-G2C4-C35 140G-G3C3-C35 140G-G3C4-C35 140G-G6C3-C35 140G-G6C4-C35 40 40 500 140G-G2C3-C40 140G-G2C4-C40 140G-G3C3-C40 140G-G3C4-C40 140G-G6C3-C40 140G-G6C4-C40 45 45 500 140G-G2C3-C45 140G-G2C4-C45 140G-G3C3-C45 140G-G3C4-C45 140G-G6C3-C45 140G-G6C4-C45 50 50 500 140G-G2C3-C50 140G-G2C4-C50 140G-G3C3-C50 140G-G3C4-C50 140G-G6C3-C50 140G-G6C4-C50 60 60 600 140G-G2C3-C60 140G-G2C4-C60 140G-G3C3-C60 140G-G3C4-C60 140G-G6C3-C60 140G-G6C4-C60 63 63 630 140G-G2C3-C63 140G-G2C4-C63 140G-G3C3-C63 140G-G3C4-C63 140G-G6C3-C63 140G-G6C4-C63 70 70 700 140G-G2C3-C70 140G-G2C4-C70 140G-G3C3-C70 140G-G3C4-C70 140G-G6C3-C70 140G-G6C4-C70 80 80 800 140G-G2C3-C80 140G-G2C4-C80 140G-G3C3-C80 140G-G3C4-C80 140G-G6C3-C80 140G-G6C4-C80 90 90 900 140G-G2C3-C90 140G-G2C4-C90 140G-G3C3-C90 140G-G3C4-C90 140G-G6C3-C90 140G-G6C4-C90 100 100 1000 140G-G2C3-D10 140G-G2C4-D10 140G-G3C3-D10 140G-G3C4-D10 140G-G6C3-D10 140G-G6C4-D10 110 110 1100 140G-G2C3-D11 140G-G2C4-D11 140G-G3C3-D11 140G-G3C4-D11 140G-G6C3-D11 140G-G6C4-D11 125 125 1250 140G-G2C3-D12 140G-G2C4-D12 140G-G3C3-D12 140G-G3C4-D12 140G-G6C3-D12 140G-G6C4-D12 160/pentastar2 ‡ 1600 140G-G2E3-D16 140G-G2E4-D16 140G-G3E3-D16 140G-G3E4-D16 140G-G6E3-D16 140G-G6E4-D16 /pentastar2IEC only.
‡ Adjustable thermal trip. 112 A min., 136 A med., 160 A max.

Rated
Current
In [A]
Magnetic Trip
[A]
Im
Cat. No.
3 Poles 4 Poles
125 1250 140G-G6S3-D12 140G-G6S4-D12
§ Does not provide overcurrent protection; may open above 1250 A.

Interrupting Rating
(50/60 Hz), UL 489/CSA
C22.2-5, No. 5-02 [kA]
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
Icu [kA]/Ics %
Breaking Capacity (DC),
IEC 60947-2
Interrupting
Code‡240V 480V
600Y/
347V
220V/pentastar2 415V 440V/pentastar2 690V
250V DC (2-
pole in series)
500V DC (3-
pole in series)
Icu [kA]
Ics
[%Icu] Icu [kA] Ics [%Icu] Icu [kA] Ics [%Icu] Icu [kA] Ics
[%Icu] Icu [kA]
Ics
[%Icu] Icu [kA]
Ics
[%Icu]
50 25 10 65 75 36 100 36 50 6 75 36 100 36 100 G2
65 35 14 85 75 50 75 50 50 8 50 50 100 50 100 G3
100 65 25 100 75 70 50 65 50 10 50 70 75 70 75 G6
/pentastar2These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing. ‡ See table below for Cat. No. selection
Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers — 125 A, G-Frame Molded Case Switch — UL489§
Product Selection — 125 A, G-Frame
Cat. No. 140G-G6C3-D12
4 Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Specifications — G- and H-Frame
G-Frame H-Frame‡
Max. Rated Current [A] 125 160/pentastar2 125 160/pentastar2 Rated insulation
voltage, Ui, IEC [V] 800 1000

NEMA, UL, CSA
Interrupting Rating Code G2 G3 G6 G2 G3 G6 H2 H3 H6 H0 H15 H2 H3 H6 H0 H15 240V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 50 65 100 50 65 100 65 100 150 200 200 65 100 150 200 200 480V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 25 35 65 25 35 65 25 35 65 100 150 25 35 65 100 150 600Y/347V AC,
50/60Hz [kA] 10 14 25 10 14 25 — — — — — —
600V AC, 50/60
Hz [kA] — — — — 14 18 25 35 42 14 18 35 35 42
IEC 60947-2
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
220/230/240V AC,
50/60Hz [kA] 65 85 100 65 85 100 65 85 100 150 200 65 85 100 150 200 380V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 36 50 70 36 60 70 36 50 70 120 150 26 50 70 120 150 415V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 36 50 70 36 50 70 36 50 70 120 150 36 50 70 120 150 440V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 36 50 65 36 50 65 36 50 65 100 150 36 50 65 100 150 500V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 30 36 50 36 50 65 30 36 50 60 70 30 36 50 60 70 525V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 22 35 35 22 35 35 20 25 30 36 50 20 25 30 36 50 690V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 6 8 10 6 8 10 10 12 15 18 20 10 12 15 18 20 250V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] 36 50 70 36 50 70 36 50 70 85 100 36 50 70 85 100 500V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [ k A ] ——— — ————— —
500V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] 36 50 70 36 50 70 36 50 70 85 100 36 50 70 85 100 750V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [ k A ] ——— — ————— —
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, I
cs
220/230/240V AC,
50/60Hz [kA] 75%
(50) 75% 75% 75% 75% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
380V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
100%
415V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 100% 75% 50% 100% 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
440V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
500V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
525V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
690V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% 50% 75 50 50% 100% 100% 100% 75% 75% 100% 100% 100% 75% 75%
250V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
500V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [ k A ] ——— — ————— —
500V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
750V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [ k A ] ——— — ————— —
Mechanical Life
[No.

Ops] 25 000 25 000
[Ops/hr] 240 240
Electrical Life @
415V AC
[No.

Ops] 8000 8000
[Ops/hr] 120 120
Ambient Temp.
w/out derating ºF [ºC] 104 ºF [40 ºC] 104 ºF [40 ºC]
Storage Temperature ºF [ºC] -40...+176 ºF [-40…+80 ºC] -40...+176 ºF [-40…+80 ºC] Dimensions
[Width/Depth/Height]
[mm] 3 poles: 76.2x70x130 3 poles: 90x82.5x130
[mm] 4 poles: 101.6x70x130 4 poles: 120x82.5x130
/pentastar2IEC version with a 160 A I
cu rating
‡ Cannot be reverse fed above 480V
5 ■
.a

Bul.140G
Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140G-G
Thermo-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Maximum Current 15...30A
10000861758 (Version 01)
Pub 140G-TD001B-EN-P
Instantaneous (Magnetic) Trip tolerance: -20% / +30%
Rated Current
In [A]
Magnetic Trip
I3 [A]
15…30 500
G) Allen-Bradley
t [s]
10000
1 HOUR -
1000
10MIN
100
1MIN -
10 0.1

0.01 0.1
:ot
\
\-,
\ \-
I ,
\
f- ri~ /
1 ~
\
~
1,
'
~ 01a-.. i il'.l
I'\. / v
' l '~
', . ',
'- " /'
"' .....
/
' ' ' ~
rs~ •,~ "i\
=c= "! "~ ... \ ~ "'-
" [30-A ' ~
"
120A :~
10 Current in Multiples of /n
m 1s ~1
100 1000
Rockvvell
Automation
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 140G-G6C3-C60
Description: 140G - Molded Case Circuit Breaker, G frame, 65 kA, T/M - Thermal Magnetic, Rated Current 60 A
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-D12465

SYSTEM DATA
Supply Voltage 480V 50/60Hz
Interrupt Rating[kA] 65 kA at 480V

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number 140G - Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Number of Poles 3 Poles
Frame Size G frame
Rated Current(A) 60 A
Protection T/M - Fixed Thermal / Fixed Magnetic TMF

MANUFACTURING
Assembly Factory Assembled

I I I I

I I I I I I I I I

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Catalog Number Explanation — 125 A, G-Frame
140G – G 6 C 3 - C60
ab c d e f g
a
Bulletin No.

Cat. No. 140G-G6C3-D12
3 Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Rated
Current
In [A]
Magnetic Trip
[A]
Im
Cat. No.
3 Poles 4 Poles
125 1250 140G-G6S3-D12 140G-G6S4-D12
§ Does not provide overcurrent protection; may open above 1250 A.

Ops] 25 000 25 000
[Ops/hr] 240 240
Electrical Life @
415V AC
[No.

Ops] 8000 8000
[Ops/hr] 120 120
Ambient Temp.
w/out derating ºF [ºC] 104 ºF [40 ºC] 104 ºF [40 ºC]
Storage Temperature ºF [ºC] -40...+176 ºF [-40…+80 ºC] -40...+176 ºF [-40…+80 ºC] Dimensions
[Width/Depth/Height]
[mm] 3 poles: 76.2x70x130 3 poles: 90x82.5x130
[mm] 4 poles: 101.6x70x130 4 poles: 120x82.5x130
/pentastar2IEC version with a 160 A I
cu rating
‡ Cannot be reverse fed above 480V
5 ■
.a

Bul.140G
Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140G-G
Thermo-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Maximum Current 60...100A
Dir 10000861760 (Version 01)
Pub 140G-TD003B-EN-P
Rated Current
In [A]
Magnetic Trip
Im [A]
60 600
63 630
70 700
80 800
90 900
100 1000
Instantaneous (Magnetic) Trip tolerance: -20% / +30%
G) Allen-Bradley
t [s]
10000
1 HOUR -
1000
10MIN -
100
1MIN -
10 0.1

0.01 r
r
r
r

0.1 - - fio_t 7T i ~
a
' ' ,-
•.
a
" \
\
)
_ / -
1 \ ... , d=l=r ·-
'
./
" '- •
!Ii.
"
'"'-
\ i\
+
f-'- "' c- f-
"
... ,
\.
~
10 Current in Multiples of /n
100 1000
Rockvvell
Automation
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 140G-G6C3-C70
Description: 140G - Molded Case Circuit Breaker, G frame, 65 kA, T/M - Thermal Magnetic, Rated Current 70 A
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-D12467

SYSTEM DATA
Supply Voltage 480V 50/60Hz
Interrupt Rating[kA] 65 kA at 480V

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number 140G - Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Number of Poles 3 Poles
Frame Size G frame
Rated Current(A) 70 A
Protection T/M - Fixed Thermal / Fixed Magnetic TMF

MANUFACTURING
Assembly Factory Assembled

I I I I

I I I I I I I I I

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Catalog Number Explanation — 125 A, G-Frame
140G – G 6 C 3 - C70
ab c d e f g
a
Bulletin No.

Cat. No. 140G-G6C3-D12
3 Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Rated
Current
In [A]
Magnetic Trip
[A]
Im
Cat. No.
3 Poles 4 Poles
125 1250 140G-G6S3-D12 140G-G6S4-D12
§ Does not provide overcurrent protection; may open above 1250 A.

Ops] 25 000 25 000
[Ops/hr] 240 240
Electrical Life @
415V AC
[No.

Ops] 8000 8000
[Ops/hr] 120 120
Ambient Temp.
w/out derating ºF [ºC] 104 ºF [40 ºC] 104 ºF [40 ºC]
Storage Temperature ºF [ºC] -40...+176 ºF [-40…+80 ºC] -40...+176 ºF [-40…+80 ºC] Dimensions
[Width/Depth/Height]
[mm] 3 poles: 76.2x70x130 3 poles: 90x82.5x130
[mm] 4 poles: 101.6x70x130 4 poles: 120x82.5x130
/pentastar2IEC version with a 160 A I
cu rating
‡ Cannot be reverse fed above 480V
5 ■
.a

0.01 r
r
r
r

0.1 - - fio_t 7T i ~
a
' ' ,-
•.
a
" \
\
)
_ / -
1 \ ... , d=l=r ·-
'
./
" '- •
!Ii.
"
'"'-
\ i\
+
f-'- "' c- f-
"
... ,
\.
~
10 Current in Multiples of /n
100 1000
Rockvvell
Automation
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 140G-J6X3
Description: Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65 kA at 480V, J frame Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-D12719

SYSTEM DATA
Supply Voltage 480V 50/60Hz / 600V 50/60 Hz
Interrupt Rating[kA] 65 kA at 480V / 25 kA at 600V

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number Bulletin 140G/140MG
Frame Size J-Frame
Rated Current(A) 250 A
Number of Poles 3 Poles

ACCESSORY ITEMS
140G Frames Molded Case Circuit Breaker, 65 kA at 480V, J frame Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 •

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Catalog Number Explanation — 250 A, J-Frame
140G – J 6 X 3
ab c d e f g
a
Bulletin No.

Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 250 A, J-Frame
3 . t---t-1 --
-:::J.......11.
....,.
..
-
- ,.
______..
~
•

Bulletin 140G
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P
Specifications — I- and J-Frame
I-Frame J-Frame‡
Max. Rated Current [A] 225 250
Rated insulation
voltage, Ui, IEC [V] 800 1000

NEMA, UL, CSA
Interrupting Rating Code I2 I3 J2 J3 J6 J0
240V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 50 65 65 100 150 200
480V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 25 35 25 35 65 100
600Y/347V AC,
50/60Hz [kA] 1 01 0————
600V AC, 50/60
Hz [kA] ——1 41 82 53 5
IEC 60947-2
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
220/230/240V AC,
50/60Hz [kA] 5 08 56 58 5 1 00 1 50
380V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 36 50 36 50 70 120
415V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 36 50 36 50 70 120
440V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 25 40 36 50 65 100
500V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 20 30 30 36 50 60
525V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 13 20 20 25 45 50
690V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 5 6 10 12 15 20
250V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] 3 65 03 65 07 08 5
500V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] ——3 65 07 08 5
500V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] 3 65 03 65 07 08 5
750V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] ——————
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, I
cs
220/230/240V AC,
50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
380V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% (27) 100% 100% 100% 100%
415V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% (27) 100% 100% 100% 100%
440V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
500V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
525V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
690V AC, 50/60Hz [kA] 50% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%
250V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%
500V DC, 2 Poles
in Series [kA] — — 100% 100% 100% 100%
500V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%
750V DC, 3 Poles
in Series [kA] ——————
Mechanical Life
[No.

Ops] 25 000 25 000
[Ops/hr] 240 240
Electrical Life @
415V AC
[No.

11-6
For more information contact Cutler-Hammer at: www.ch.cutler-hammer.com/catalog CAT.200.01.T.E January 2001
Miniature Circuit Breakers & Supplementary Protectors
11 Industrial Circuit Breakers
QUICKLAG Ñ Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors Vol. 1, Ref. No. [0438]
Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW,

HBAX, HBAW
QUICKLAG Type BA 1-Pole
Product Description
 Built and listed to UL 489
 All products UL and CSA listed
 All products 15 Ð 100A are
HACR rated
 Switching duty rated for 120V AC
ßuorescent light applications
 Dimension Sheets Ñ FRED Index 206
Product Selection
Table 11-6.ÊBreaker Catalog Numbers
1 Switching duty rated for 120V AC ßuorescent light applications. 2 For special low-magnetic breaker order BAB1015L1 or BAB1020L1.

Technical Data and SpeciÞcations
Table 11-7.ÊShipping Data
Note:ÊDimension Sheets Ñ FRED Index 206
Contin-
uous
Ampere
Rating
@ 40¡C
1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
120/240V AC 120/240V AC 240V AC 240V AC
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
QUICKLAG Type: BA 10,000 Ampere I.C. Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 10 15
20 25
30 35
40 45
50 55
60 70
80 90
100
110
125
BAB1010
BAB1015 12
BAB1020 12
BAB1025
BAB1030
BAB1035
BAB1040
BAB1045
BAB1050
BAB1055
BAB1060
BAB1070
Ñ
Ñ
BAB1100
Ñ
Ñ

27.50 27.50

27.50 53.50
Ñ
Ñ

91.00 Ñ
Ñ
BAB2010
BAB2015
BAB2020
BAB2025
BAB2030
BAB2035
BAB2040
BAB2045
BAB2050
BAB2055
BAB2060
BAB2070
BAB2080
BAB2090
BAB2100
BAB2110
BAB2125

60.50 60.50

60.50 115.00
156.00
156.00
156.00
332.00
332.00
BAB2010H
BAB2015H
BAB2020H
BAB2025H
BAB2030H
BAB2035H
BAB2040H
BAB2045H
BAB2050H
BAB2055H
BAB2060H
BAB2070H
BAB2080H
BAB2090H
BAB2100H
Ñ
Ñ
156.00
156.00
156.00
156.00
156.00
156.00
156.00
156.00
156.00
156.00
156.00
206.00
239.00
239.00
239.00
Ñ
Ñ
BAB3010H
BAB3015H
BAB3020H
BAB3025H
BAB3030H
BAB3035H
BAB3040H
BAB3045H
BAB3050H
BAB3055H
BAB3060H
BAB3070H
BAB3080H
BAB3090H
BAB3100H
Ñ
Ñ
193.00
193.00
193.00
193.00
193.00
193.00
193.00
193.00
193.00
193.00
193.00
240.00
274.00
274.00
274.00
Ñ
Ñ
QUICKLAG Type: QBHW 22,000 Ampere I.C. Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20
25 30
35 40
45 50
55 60
70 80
90 100
110
125
QBHW1015 1
QBHW1020 1
QBHW1025
QBHW1030
QBHW1035
QBHW1040
QBHW1045
QBHW1050
QBHW1055
QBHW1060
QBHW1070
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ

54.50 54.50

72.50 Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
QBHW2015
QBHW2020
QBHW2025
QBHW2030
QBHW2035
QBHW2040
QBHW2045
QBHW2050
QBHW2055
QBHW2060
QBHW2070
QBHW2080
QBHW2090
QBHW2100
QBHW2110
QBHW2125
117.00
117.00
117.00
117.00
111.00
117.00
117.00
117.00
117.00
117.00
170.00
253.00
253.00
253.00
735.00
735.00
QBHW2015H
QBHW2020H
QBHW2025H
QBHW2030H
QBHW2035H
QBHW2040H
QBHW2045H
QBHW2050H
QBHW2055H
QBHW2060H
QBHW2070H
QBHW2080H
QBHW2090H
QBHW2100H
Ñ
Ñ
215.00
215.00
215.00
215.00
215.00
215.00
215.00
215.00
215.00
215.00
257.00
290.00
290.00
290.00
Ñ
Ñ
QBHW3015H
QBHW3020H
QBHW3025H
QBHW3030H
QBHW3035H
QBHW3040H
QBHW3045H
QBHW3050H
QBHW3055H
QBHW3060H
QBHW3070H
QBHW3080H
QBHW3090H
QBHW3100H
Ñ
Ñ
289.00
289.00
289.00
289.00
289.00
289.00
289.00
289.00
289.00
289.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
448.00
Ñ
Ñ
QUICKLAG Type: HBAX 42,000 Ampere I.C. Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20
25 30
35 40
45 50
55 60
70 80
90 100
HBAX1015 1
HBAX1020 1
HBAX1025
HBAX1030
HBAX1035
HBAX1040
HBAX1045
HBAX1050
HBAX1055
HBAX1060
HBAX1070
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ

77.00 77.00

77.00 77.00
124.00
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
HBAX2015
HBAX2020
HBAX2025
HBAX2030
HBAX2035
HBAX2040
HBAX2045
HBAX2050
HBAX2055
HBAX2060
HBAX2070
HBAX2080
HBAX2090
HBAX2100
139.00
139.00
139.00
139.00
139.00
139.00
139.00
139.00
139.00
139.00
211.00
295.00
295.00
295.00
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
HBAX3015H
HBAX3020H
HBAX3025H
HBAX3030H
HBAX3035H
HBAX3040H
HBAX3045H
HBAX3050H
HBAX3055H
HBAX3060H
HBAX3070H
HBAX3080H
HBAX3090H
HBAX3100H
347.00
347.00
347.00
347.00
347.00
347.00
347.00
347.00
347.00
347.00
424.00
590.00
590.00
530.00
QUICKLAG Type: HBAW 65,000 Ampere I.C. Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20
25 30
HBAW1015 1
HBAW1020 1
HBAW1025
HBAW1030

87.50 87.50

87.50 87.50
HBAW2015
HBAW2020
HBAW2025
HBAW2030
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
Ñ
HBAW3015H
HBAW3020H
Ñ
Ñ
350.00
350.00
Ñ
Ñ
Number
of Poles
Carton
Quantity
Approximate
Weight Lbs. (Kg)
Dimensions in
Inches (mm)
Time/Current
Curves
1 2
3 24
12 8

9.00 (4.1)

12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)

12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
FRED 350077
FRED 350177
FRED 350277
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CB-1 TAB1101.fm Page 6 Wednesday, October 25, 2000 9:41 PM Cutler-Hammer

I I I I I I
-

I I I I I I I I
Cross Reference RA Part Number 25105-010-02

Technical Data

Effective: April 1998Page

2 TD.19.02.T.E

Cutler-Hammer

QUICKLAG

Industrial Circuit Breakers

QUICKLAG 1-Pole Circuit Breakers, 10-70 Amperes

Curve No. SC-3500-77C

Maximum
Maximum Interrupting Time
(50-70 Amp)
(10-40 Amp)
Interrupting Rating (See Tabulation Above)
Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves
QUICKLAG ® 1-Pole Circuit Breakers, 10-70 Amperes
For application and coordination purposes only. Based on 40°C ambient, cold start. Connected with four (4) feet of rated wire (60/75°C) per terminal. Tested in open air with current in all poles.

Breaker Ratings (UL Listed)
Minimum
Special Low-Magnetic
Type HQP, QC, BAB 15-20A

100
50 30
20 10
5 3
2 1
.5
.3
.2
.1
.05
.03
.02
.01
.005
.003
.002
.001

TIME IN SECONDS
1,000
500
300
200
5,000
3,000
2,000
1 HOUR1 MINUTE 2 HOURS

TIME IN SECONDS
10,000
100
50 30
20 10
5 3
2 1
.5
.3
.2
.1
.05
.03
.02
.01
.005
.003
.002
.001
1,000
500
300
200
5,000
3,000
2,000 1 HOUR1 MINUTE 2 HOURS
100
80 60
90 70
50 1000
800
600
900
700
500
400
300
200
10,000
8000
6000
9000
7000
5000
4000
3000
2000
100,000
80,000
60,000
90,000
70,000
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
8000
6000
9000
7000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
800
600
900
700
500
400
300
200
100
80 60
90 70
50 100,000
80,000
60,000
90,000
70,000
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000

CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING

CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING
10,000
Breaker
Type
1-Pole
Maximum
Volts
Ac (60 Hz)
Continuous
Amperes
Interrupting Capacity
RMS Symmetrical
Amperes (kA)

HQP, QC, BAB

QCR, QCF
QCGF, QCGFEP
QBGF, QBGFEP
QPGF, QPGFEP

QPHW, QBHW, QCHW
QCHGF, QCHGFEP
QBHGF, QBHGFEP
QPHGF, QPHGFEP

QHPX, QHCX, HBAX

QHPW, QHCW, HBAW
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
10-70
10-60
15-40
15-40
15-40
15-70
15-30
15-30
15-30
15-70
15-30
10 10
10 10
10 22
22 22
22 42
65 Maximum Single-Pole
Trip Times at 25°C
 Single-pole test data at 25 °C based on NEMA procedures for verifying performance of molded case circuit breakers.  For Special Low-Magnetic Types HQP, QC, BAB.
 Time current curves show thermal-magnetic protection.

GF protection has 5ma trip sensitivity. GFEP protection has 30ma trip sensitivity.

Continuous Amperes Instantaneous Trip Range, Amperes
10-20
25-40
45-60
70 15-20
200-400
300-500
450-650
800-1200
125-225
I I
\
I 1
' I
·--~
f
I I I 111
\ "
\ ,, ,,
\ ' '
\
~ ~
-t-
\
\
I\
\
\ \
'
' f\ \
\
\
"
,'\
\. : ' "t.. \
:\
\. \ ' ' \. \ ' t-
~
_,..
~ -
' '
' '
' ' '
'
'
' ' r-
' I '
' 1111 I I I I
' I
'
J
.
11-6
For more information contact Cutler-Hammer at: www.ch.cutler-hammer.com/catalog CAT.200.01.T.E January 2001
Miniature Circuit Breakers & Supplementary Protectors
11 Industrial Circuit Breakers
QUICKLAG Ñ Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors Vol. 1, Ref. No. [0438]
Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW,

27.50 27.50

27.50 53.50
Ñ
Ñ

91.00 Ñ
Ñ
BAB2010
BAB2015
BAB2020
BAB2025
BAB2030
BAB2035
BAB2040
BAB2045
BAB2050
BAB2055
BAB2060
BAB2070
BAB2080
BAB2090
BAB2100
BAB2110
BAB2125

60.50 60.50

54.50 54.50

77.00 77.00

87.50 87.50

9.00 (4.1)

12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)

I I I I I I
-

I I I I I I I I
Cross Reference RA Part Number 25105-010-03

Technical Data

Effective: April 1998Page

2 TD.19.02.T.E

Cutler-Hammer

QUICKLAG

Industrial Circuit Breakers

QUICKLAG 1-Pole Circuit Breakers, 10-70 Amperes

Curve No. SC-3500-77C

Breaker Ratings (UL Listed)
Minimum
Special Low-Magnetic
Type HQP, QC, BAB 15-20A

100
50 30
20 10
5 3
2 1
.5
.3
.2
.1
.05
.03
.02
.01
.005
.003
.002
.001

TIME IN SECONDS
1,000
500
300
200
5,000
3,000
2,000
1 HOUR1 MINUTE 2 HOURS

CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING

CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING
10,000
Breaker
Type
1-Pole
Maximum
Volts
Ac (60 Hz)
Continuous
Amperes
Interrupting Capacity
RMS Symmetrical
Amperes (kA)

HQP, QC, BAB

QCR, QCF
QCGF, QCGFEP
QBGF, QBGFEP
QPGF, QPGFEP

QPHW, QBHW, QCHW
QCHGF, QCHGFEP
QBHGF, QBHGFEP
QPHGF, QPHGFEP

QHPX, QHCX, HBAX

GF protection has 5ma trip sensitivity. GFEP protection has 30ma trip sensitivity.

For more information contact Cutler-Hammer at: www.ch.cutler-hammer.com/catalog CAT.200.01.T.E January 2001
Miniature Circuit Breakers & Supplementary Protectors
Industrial Circuit Breakers
QUICKLAG Ñ Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors Vol. 1, Ref. No. [0438]
Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW,

HBAX, HBAW
QUICKLAG Type BA 1-Pole
Product Description
 Built and listed to UL 489
 All products UL and CSA listed
 All products 15 Ð 100A are
HACR rated
 Switching duty rated for 120V AC
ßuorescent light applications
 Dimension Sheets Ñ FRED Index 206
Product Selection
1 Switching duty rated for 120V AC ßuorescent light applications. 2 For special low-magnetic breaker order BAB1015L1 or BAB1020L1.

27.50 27.50

27.50 53.50
Ñ
Ñ

91.00 Ñ
Ñ
BAB2010
BAB2015
BAB2020
BAB2025
BAB2030
BAB2035
BAB2040
BAB2045
BAB2050
BAB2055
BAB2060
BAB2070
BAB2080
BAB2090
BAB2100
BAB2110
BAB2125

60.50 60.50

54.50 54.50

77.00 77.00

87.50 87.50

9.00 (4.1)

12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)

I I I I I I I I

Technical Data
Effective: April 1998 Page 2
TD.19.02.T.E
Cutler-Hammer QUICKLAGT
Industrial Circuit Breakers

Maximum
Maximum Interrupting Time
(50-125 Amp)
(10-40 Amp)
Interrupting Rating (See Tabulation Above)
Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves
QUICKLAG ® 2-Pole Circuit Breakers, 10-125 Amperes
For application and coordination purposes only. Based on 40°C ambient, cold start. Connected with four (4) feet of rated wire (60/75°C up to 100 amp, 75 °C for 125 amp) per terminal. Tested in open air with current in all poles.

Breaker Ratings (UL Listed)
Minimum
100
50 30
20 10
5 3
2 1
.5
.3
.2
.1
.05
.03
.02
.01
.005
.003
.002
.001

TIME IN SECONDS
1,000
500
300
200
5,000
3,000
2,000
1 HOUR1 MINUTE 2 HOURS

CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING

CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING
10,000
Breaker
Type
2-Pole
Maximum
Volts
Ac (60 Hz)
Continuous
Amperes
Interrupting Capacity
RMS Symmetrical
Amperes (kA)

HQP, QC, BAB

QCR, QCF
QCGF, QCGFEP
QBGF, QBGFEP
QPGF, QPGFEP

QCR, QCF

QPHW, QBHW, QCHW
QCHGF, QCHGFEP
QBHGF, QBHGFEP
QPHGF, QPHGFEP

QPHW, QBHW, QCHW

QHPX, QHCX, HBAX

QHPW, QHCW, HBAW
120/240 or 240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
240
120/240
120/240
10-125
10-60
15-50
15-50
15-50
15-30
15-125
15-30
15-30
15-30
15-100
15-100
15-30
10 10
10 10
10 10
22 22
22 22
22 42
65 Maximum Single-Pole
Trip Times at 25°C
 Single-pole test data at 25 °C based on NEMA procedures for verifying performance of molded case circuit breakers.
 Time current curves show thermal-magnetic protection.

GF protection has 5ma trip sensitivity. GFEP protection has 30ma trip sensitivity.

Continuous Amperes
Instantaneous Trip Range, Amperes
10-20
25-40
45-60
70-125
200-400
300-500
450-650
800-1200
Curve No. SC-3501-77C
QUICKLAG 2-Pole Circuit Breakers, 10-125 Amperes
N•J.';' ii
I m I 11 I
1J
I I
I
00 r
I

I I I I I I
I I I 11 I
I I I
I
~u
11 I
I 1
~-
~~
I I I
~-
-
11 T
11 fT
---t ,,
,T
n t-i n
11 I I
r,'
I I I,
111 J
I J I 111 I I I I I J
-
r
~
~
8 ~
r
~
l I "' l 11 I
I
"' I
I
I \ ~
I
I
\ "' I
I -H
r
I
\
I
I
'I.I
I I

I I I I I
'
I I 11 I R
I
' -
j
I\ I \
I I \
\ I
r I
I I I
J
I I
I I I I I rr I
\ LJ
tJ
\
I\
-
- t1 -
I I I I I '~.__.f.\ I I " I
I~ u
I I 11 I I I I I ,\ \
I I I 111 T '.\ I ~ I \
1111 ·, \ \ \
00 ~ \ \
~
I 1 1 I I +-I I j I 11 .. \ I I I I I J
. .

I I
~
I
T
I
I

I I J I
I J
I I I
I
I
I I
I i~
I 11 I I
I

I I I I
I
-
Jj~ I
I 11
I
I
I

I I I I J

I I I I IJ

I I I I I I I I I I I I IJ

I I I I I I I I J
l
...I
Condition Monitoring
Product Details
Product: 825-CBCT
Description: Core Balance Transformer

SELECTION TYPE
Select Group or Individual Individual Accessory

MOTOR PROTECTION MANUFACTURING
Assembly Factory Assembled (Must be ordered through European Channels)

ACCESSORY ITEMS
Smart Motor Manager
Accessories
825-CBCT Core Balance Transformer

Contactors & Starters
Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number:100-FSV136 A
Product: 100-FSV136
Description: Surge Suppressor, Varistor Module, 56...136VAC / 78...180VDC Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

ACCESSORY SELECTION
Bulletin Number 100-F Contactor Accessories
Accessory Selection Individual Accessory Selection

Control Modules (For 100-C09…C97 contactors), Continued Description Voltage Range Connection Diagrams For Use With Cat. No.

DC Interface (Electronic)
/circle4Interface between the DC control signal (PLC)
and the AC operating mechanism of the
contactor.
/circle4Requires no additional surge suppression on
the relay coils
Input: 12V DC
Output: 110…240V
AC
100-C with AC coils
110…240V AC
100-JE12
Input: 18…30V DC
Output: 110…240V
AC
100-JE
Input: 48V DC
Output: 110…240V
AC
100-JE48
Surge Suppressors
/circle4For limitation of coil
switching transients.
/circle4Plug-in, coil mounted.
/circle4Suitable for 100-C
contactor sizes, 9…97
A.
/circle4RC, varistor, and diode
versions.

RC Module
AC operating
mechanism
24…48V AC, 50/60
Hz
100-C with AC coils
‡ 100-FSC48
110…280V AC, 50/60
Hz ‡ 100-FSC280
380…480V AC, 50/60
Hz ‡ 100-FSC480
Varistor Module
AC/DC operating
mechanism
12…55V AC/ 12…77V
DC
100-C with AC coils
or 100-C09…-C43
with DC coils
‡ 100-FSV55
56…136V AC/
78…180V DC ‡ 100-FSV136
137…277V AC/
181…350V DC ‡ 100-FSV277
278…575V AC ‡ 100-FSV575
Diode Module
DC operating
mechanism
12…250V DC 100-C09…-C43 with
DC coils ‡ 100-FSD250
‡ For screwless terminals, insert "CR" after the "100-" in the catalog number. Example: Cat. No. 100-FSC48 becomes Cat. No. 100-CRFSC48.

Description For Use With Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Dovetail Connectors
/circle4For use in contactor and starter
assemblies.
/circle4Single Connector — 0 mm
Spacing 100-C
10 100-S0
Cat. No. 100-S0
Dovetail Connectors
/circle4For use in contactor and starter
assemblies.
/circle4Dual Connector — 9 mm Spacing
10 100-S9
Protective Covers
/circle4Provides protection against
unintended manual operation
/circle4For contactors and front-mounted
auxiliary contacts, pneumatic
timers, and latches
100-C all 1
100-SCCA
Cat. No. 100-SCCA
100-FA, -FB, -FC, -FP , -FL; 10 100-SCFA
Cat. No. 100-SCFA
Reversing Power Wiring Kits
/circle4For reversing connection with a
solid-state or thermal overload
relay
100-C09…C23 1
105-PW23
100-C30…C37 1 105-PW37
100-C43 1 105-PW43
Cat. No. 105-PW23 100-C60…C97 1 105-PW85
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m
140M-D
140M-F
100-C all
10 199-DR1
Assembly Components (For 100-C09…C97 contactors)
13 12
11 10
9 8
7 6
5 4
3 2
1 0
Accessories
2-144
Bulletin 100-C/104-C
IEC Contactors
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P ~ Allen-Bradley "lli:IIII"

Drive Communications & Accessories
Product Details and Certifications
Product: 20&200(
Description: PowerFlex Architecture Class (WKHU1HW,3 to DPI Communication Adapter

Cross Reference RA Part Number:

237,216IN)250$7,21
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
Communications Kits PRZHUFOH[-Series (WKHU1HWComunication Adapter 1 Network Protocol: (WKHUNet,3 Network Data Rate: 5Mbps+DOI)XOO'XSOH[ Drive Protocol: DPI Drive Data Rate: 125 or 500 Kbps Consumption Drive (DPI): 7mA at 5V DC Consumtion Network:

None

PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives

Specifications - Communication Options and Accessories

20-750-CNETC 20-COMM-C 20-750-DNET 20-COMM-D 20-COMM-E 20-COMM-H Network
Protocol:

Data Rate:

ControlNet
5 Mbps (fixed)

ControlNet
5 Mbps

DeviceNet
125, 250, and 500 kbps

EtherNet/IP
10/100 Mbps, Half/Full Duplex
Modbus RTU, Metasys N2 or
Siemens P1 FLN
RTU: 4800…38400 bps
N2: 9600 bps
P1: 4800 or 9600 bps
Drive
Protocol:

Data Rates:

DPI
500 Kbps

DPI
125 or 500 Kbps

DPI
500 Kbps

DPI
125 or 500 Kbps

DPI
125 or 500 Kbps
Consumption
Drive (DPI):

Network:

250 mA at 14V DC
None

275 mA at 5V DC
None

50 mA at 14V DC
60 mA at 24V DC

150 mA at 5 VDC
60 mA at 24 VDC

370 mA at 5 VDC
N/A

150 mA at 5 VDC
N/A
Dimensions:

H x L x W

68.0 x 150.0 x 26.0 mm
(2.70
x 5.90 x 1.00 in.)

16.0 x 103.0 x 80.0 mm
(0.62 x 4.00 x 3.
13 in.)

68.0 x 150.0 x 26.0 mm
(2.70 x 5.90 x 1.00 in.)

19.0 x 86.0 x 78.5 mm
(0.75 x 3.39 x 3.09 in.)

19.0 x 86.0 x 78.5 mm
(0.75 x 3.39 x 3.09 in.)
Weight: 62 g (2.1 oz.) 85 g (3 oz) 62 g (2.1 oz.) 85 g (3 oz) 85 g (3 oz) 85 g (3 oz) Compliance
UL:
c-UL:

CE:

C-Tick:

UL508C
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 14-05
EN61800-3
EN61800-3

UL508C
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 14
EN50178 and EN61800-3
EN61800-3

UL508C
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 14
EN61800-3
EN61800-3

UL508C
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 14
EN50178 and EN61800-3
EN61800-3

PowerFlex 7-Class and AFE Options
Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-SG002I-EN-P - May 2015 91 Communication Option Kits
Description Cat. No.

Used with PowerFlex Drive
AFE70 753/755
BACnet/IP Option Module 20-750-BNETIP ✓
BACnet® MS/TP RS485 Communication Adapter 20-COMM-B ✓✓ Coaxial ControlNet™ Option Module 20-750-CNETC ✓
ControlNet™ Communication Adapter (Coax) 20-COMM-C ✓✓ (1) ✓ DeviceNet™ Option Module 20-750-DNET ✓
DeviceNet™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-D ✓✓ (1) ✓
Dual-port EtherNet/IP Option Module 20-750-ENETR ✓
EtherNet/IP™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-E ✓✓ (1) ✓
Dual-port EtherNet/IP™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-ER ✓✓ HVAC Communication Adapter 20-COMM-H ✓✓ (1) ✓
CANopen® Communication Adapter 20-COMM-K ✓✓ (1) ✓
LonWorks® Communication Adapter 20-COMM-L ✓✓ (1) ✓
Modbus/TCP Communication Adapter 20-COMM-M ✓✓ (1) ✓
Proﬁ bus DPV1 Option Module 20-750-PBUS ✓
Single-port Proﬁ net I/O Option Module 20-750-PNET ✓
Dual-port Proﬁ net I/O Option Module 20-750-PNET2P ✓
PROFIBUS™ DP Communication Adapter 20-COMM-P ✓✓ (1) ✓
ControlNet™ Communication Adapter (Fiber) 20-COMM-Q ✓✓ (1) ✓ Remote I/O Communication Adapter (2) 20-COMM-R ✓✓ (1) ✓ RS485 DF1 Communication Adapter 20-COMM-S ✓✓ (1) ✓
External Communications Kit Power Supply 20-XCOMM-AC-PS1 ✓✓✓ DPI Ex
ternal Communications Kit 20-XCOMM-DC-BASE ✓✓✓
External DPI I/O Option B
oard(3) 20-XCOMM-IO-OPT1 ✓✓✓
Compact I/O Module (3 Channel) 1769-SM1 ✓✓✓
(1) Requires a Communication Carrier Card (20-750-20COMM or 20-750-20COMM-F1). Refer to PowerFlex 750-Series Legacy Communication Compatibility for details. (2) This item has Silver Series status.
(3) For use only with DPI External Communications Kits 20 -XCOMM-DC-BASE.

PowerFlex 7-Class and AFE Options
92 Rockwell Automation Publication PFLEX-SG002I-EN-P - May 2015 PowerFlex 750-Series Legacy Communication Compatibility Most legacy communication adapters (20-COMM) can be used with the PowerFlex 753/755. However, the restrictions stated below do apply.

Frame 1 - It is recommended that the 20-750-20COMM-F1 Communication Carrier Card only be installed in Port 4. Port 5 will not be accessible when this module is installed.

Frames 2 and larger - It is recommended that the 20-750-20COMM Communication Carrier Card be installed in Port 6. Using Port 4 or 5 will make the adjacent left port inaccessible to other option modules and may interfere with network cable connections.

Adapter Accesses Ports 0…6
for I/O Connections
(Implicit and Explicit Messaging)
Accesses Ports 7 and Higher
(I/O, Explicit Messaging)
Supports Drive Add-on
Profi les
Supports Asian-
Languages(1)Cat. No. Type
20-COMM-B BACnet MS/TP Not Compatible
20-COMM-C ControlNet (Coax) ✓ v3.001 (2) ✓ v3.001 (2) ✓ (3) ✓ v3.001 (2) 20-COMM-D DeviceNet ✓ (4) Not Compatible
20-COMM-E EtherNet/IP ✓ v4.001 (2) ✓ v4.001 (2) ✓ (3) ✓ v4.001 (2) 20-COMM-H RS-485 HVAC ✓ v2.009 (5) (2)
Not Compatible20-COMM-K CANopen ✓ v1.001 (2)
20-COMM-L LonWorks ✓ v1.007 (2)
20-COMM-M Modbus/TCP ✓ v2.001 (2) ✓ v2.001 (2)
Not Compatible ✓ v2.001 (2)
20-COMM-P ControlNet (Fiber) ✓ v1.006 (2) ✓ v1.006 (2) Not Compatible 20-COMM-Q PROFIBUS DP ✓ v3.001 (2) ✓ v3.001 (2) ✓ (3) ✓ v3.001 (2) 20-COMM-R (6) Remote I/O ✓ (4)
Not Compatible20-COMM-S RS-485 DF1 ✓ (4)
(1) Chinese, Japanese, and Korean languages are supported at the time of publication. (2) Requires this adapter ﬁ rmware version or higher.
(3) Requires ﬁ rmware version v1.05 or higher of the drive Add-on Proﬁ les for Studio 5000 Logix Designer software. (4) Controller must be capable of reading/writing 32-bit ﬂ oating point (REAL) values. (5) Supports all three modes of operation (RTU, P1, N2). (6) This item has Silver Series status.

Communication Accessories
Description Cat. No.

Used with PowerFlex Drive
AFE70 753/755
Serial Null Modem Adapter 1203-SNM ✓✓✓
Smart Self-powered Serial Converter (RS232) includes 1203-SFC and 1202-C10 Cables 1203-SSS ✓✓✓ Universal Serial Bus™ (USB) Converter includes 2m USB, 20-HIM-H10 and 22-HIM-H10 Cables 1203-USB ✓✓✓ ControlNet T-tap Straight 1786-TPS ✓
Communication Carrier Card for PowerFlex 750-Series Frame 1 drives 20-750-20COMM-F1 ✓ Communication Carrier Card for PowerFlex 750-Series Frame 2 or higher drives 20-750-20COMM ✓

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 316561-A10
Product: 20-HIM-C6S
Description: PowerFlex Architecture Class Enhanced HIM, IP66 (NEMA 4X/12), Indoor Use Only. Includes 1202-C30 Cable.

Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

ACCESSORY SELECTION
Bulletin Number 20-HIM Enhanced HIM
Accessory Selection Individual Accessory Selection

SELECTION
PowerFlex Loose Human Interfase Modules and Kits

Rockwell Automation Publication 20HIM-UM001D-EN-P - February 2013 11

Chapter 1
Getting Started
The PowerFlex 20-HIM-A6 and 20-HIM-C6S HIMs provide a communication interface to configure and monitor PowerFlex 753 and PowerFlex 755 AC drives and their connected peripherals. These HIMs are also backward compatible with all PowerFlex 7-Class drives, but with limited functionality. HIM Types At the time of publication, the following enhanced PowerFlex 7-Class HIMs are available.

Features The enhanced PowerFlex 20-HIM-A6 and 20-HIM-C6S HIMs provide the following benefits over the more basic PowerFlex 7-Class HIMs (catalog numbers 20-HIM-A3, 20-HIM-A5, 20-HIM-C3S, and 20-HIM-C5S):
• Full-numeric keypad with fully-integrated navigation capability to more easily configure and monitor the drive and its connected peripherals. • Better keypad touch response and improved tactile feel to provide more gratifying, error-free data entry.
• More intuitive access and new menu structures that increase HIM operating efficiency.
• Simplified custom name assignments for drive/peripherals (for example, Pump 1) to reduce required key presses.

Topic Page
HIM Types 11
Features 11
Compatible Products 12
Safety Precautions 12
HIM Catalog Number Description
20-HIM-A6 (1)
(1) Supports English, Portuguese, French, Italian, German, Spanish, and Dutch languages. The HIM firmware can be updated in the field to support other available languages. Important: The language selected for download at the Rockwell Automation Web Updates website at http://www.ab.com/support/abdrives/ webupdate will replace all other supported languages—except English, which will always remain as the default language.

NEMA Type 1 HIM
20-HIM-C6S (1) Remote-Mount NEMA Type 4X/12 HIM

12 Rockwell Automation Publication 20HIM-UM001D-EN-P - February 2013 Chapter 1 Getting Started

• Support for English, and customary European and Asian languages. • Dynamic soft keys that change functions/names based on screen or data entry mode to reduce keypad keys and simplify HIM operation. • Customizable drive monitoring items that can be displayed as a list on the process screen or as individual screens.
• New flashing LCD screen to provide enhanced visibility when faults or alarms are detected.

Compatible Products At the time of publication, the 20-HIM-A6 and 20-HIM-C6S HIMs are compatible with the following products:

Safety Precautions Please read the following safety precautions carefully. • PowerFlex 753 drives
• PowerFlex 755 drives
• PowerFlex 70 drives with standard or enhanced control • PowerFlex 700 drives with standard or vector control
• PowerFlex 700H drives
• PowerFlex 700S drives with Phase I or Phase II control • PowerFlex 700L drives with 700 vector control or 700S control • PowerFlex 700AFE (Active Front End)
• PowerFlex Digital DC drives
• PowerFlex 7000 drives
• SMC™ Flex smart motor controllers
• SMC-50 smart motor controllers
ATTENTION: Risk of injury or death exists from machine motion when using the HIM to Start/Stop/Jog or configure the drive.

ATTENTION: Risk of injury or equipment damage exists. Only personnel familiar with drive and power products and the associated machinery should plan or implement the installation, startup, configuration, and subsequent maintenance of the product using the HIM. Failure to comply may result in injury and/or equipment damage.
w w

Rockwell Automation Publication 20HIM-UM001D-EN-P - February 2013 65

Appendix A
Specifications
This appendix provides the specifications for the HIM.

Communications
Electrical
Mechanical
Environmental
Topic Page
Communications 65
Electrical 65
Mechanical 65
Environmental 65
Regulatory Compliance 66
Protocol Drive Peripheral Interface (DPI)
Data Rates 125 kbps or 500 kbps
Consumption 140 mA at 12V DC supplied by the Host Drive Dimensions
Height
Width
Depth
20-HIM-A6 20-HIM-C6S
116.0 mm (4.57 in.) 180.0 mm (7.08 in.)

70.0 mm (2.75 in.) 93.0 mm (3.66 in.)

16.0 mm (0.63 in.) 25.0 mm (0.98 in.)
Weight 91 g (3.2 oz.) 173 g (5.7 oz.)
Temperature
Operating
Storage
0…50 °C (32…122 °F)
-40…85 °C (-40…185 °F)
Relative Humidity 5…95% non-condensing
Atmosphere Important: The HIM must not be installed in an area where the ambient atmosphere contains volatile or corrosive gas, vapors or dust. If the HIM is not going to be installed for a period of time, it must be stored in an area where it will not be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere.

Vibration
Operating
Non-Operating

2.5 g @ 5 Hz…2 kHz
5 g @ 5 Hz…2 kHz
Shock
Operating
Non-Operating
30 g peak acceleration, 11 (±1) ms pulse width
50 g peak acceleration, 11 (±1) ms pulse width

Fuses
B 2
TIME DELAY / CLASS RK5
® TR
AC: 1/10 to 600A
250VAC, 200kA I.R.

DC: 1/10 to 2 8/10A
& 35 to 400A,
250VDC, 20kA I.R.;
3 to 30A & 450 to 600A,
160VDC, 20kA I.R.
® TRS
AC: 1/10 to 600A
600VAC, 200kA I.R.

DC: 1/10 to 12A,
600VDC, 20kA I.R.;
70 to 600A,
600VDC, 100kA I.R.;
15 to 60A,
300VDC, 20kA I.R.

TRI-ONIC®

TR & TRS
Ratings
Features/Benefits
® Solid State SmartSpot Indicator
® Time delay for motor start-ups and transformer inrush currents without nuisance opening
® Current limiting for low peak let-thru current
® Rejection-style design prevents replacement errors
(when used with recommended fuse blocks)
® Easy-to-read label for quick recognition
and replacement
® Metal-embossed date and catalog number for
traceability and lasting identification
® Fiberglass body provides dimensional stability in
harsh industrial settings
® Brass end-caps (blade-style) for cooler operation and superior performance
® High-grade silica filler ensures fast arc quenching and high current limitation
THE INDUSTRY’S MOST POPULAR FUSE FOR
MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION.

Tri-onic® SmartSpot® fuses now provide a visual open
fuse indicator. With advanced material technology
added to the existing product the TR and TRS
current limiting time delay fuses are engineered for
overcurrent protection of motors and transformers,
service entrance equipment, feeder and branch
circuits. Tri-onic proven time delay characteristic
safely handles harmless starting currents and inrush
currents associated with today’s motors and
transformers.
® UL Listed to
Standard 248-12
® CSA Certified to
Standard C22.2
No. 248.12
® DC Listed to
UL Standard 198L
Approvals
APPLICATIONS:
® Motor Circuits
® Mains
® Feeders
® Branch Circuits
® Transformers
® Service Entrance
Equipment
® General-purpose
Protection
HIGHLIGHTS:
® Time Delay
® Current Limiting
® AC & DC Rated
_Ferraz
Shawmut
Cross Reference RA Part Number 25183-161-34

B 3
TIME DELAY / CLASS RK5 FUSES TR & TRS
TRI-ONIC®
Ampere Catalog Number Ampere Catalog Number Ampere Catalog Number Rating 250V 600V Rating 250V 600V Rating 250V 600V
1/10 TR1/10R TRS1/10R 3-1/2 TR3-1/2R TRS3-1/2R 50 TR50R TRS50R 15/100 TR15/100R TRS15/100R 4 TR4R TRS4R 60 TR60R TRS60R 2/10 TR2/10R TRS2/10R 4-1/2 TR4-1/2R TRS4-1/2R 70 TR70R TRS70R 3/10 TR3/10R TRS3/10R 5 TR5R TRS5R 75 TR75R TRS75R
4/10 TR4/10R TRS4/10R 5-6/10 TR5-6/10R TRS5-6/10R 80 TR80R TRS80R 1/2 TR1/2R TRS1/2R 6 TR6R TRS6R 90 TR90R TRS90R
6/10 TR6/10R TRS6/10R 6-1/4 TR6-1/4R TRS6-1/4R 100 TR100R TRS100R 8/10 TR8/10R TRS8/10R 7 TR7R TRS7R 110 TR110R TRS110R
1 TR1R TRS1R 8 TR8R TRS8R 125 TR125R TRS125R
1-1/8 TR1-1/8R TRS1-1/8R 9 TR9R TRS9R 150 TR150R TRS150R 1-1/4 TR1-1/4R TRS1-1/4R 10 TR10R TRS10R 175 TR175R TRS175R 1-4/10 TR1-4/10R TRS1-4/10R 12 TR12R TRS12R 200 TR200R TRS200R 1-6/10 TR1-6/10R TRS1-6/10R 15 TR15R TRS15R 225 TR225R TRS225R 1-8/10 TR1-8/10R TRS1-8/10R 17-1/2 TR17-1/2R TRS17-1/2R 250 TR250R TRS250R 2 TR2R TRS2R 20 TR20R TRS20R 300 TR300R TRS300R
2-1/4 TR2-1/4R TRS2-1/4R 25 TR25R TRS25R 350 TR350R TRS350R 2-1/2 TR2-1/2R TRS2-1/2R 30 TR30R TRS30R 400 TR400R TRS400R 2-8/10 TR2-8/10R TRS2-8/10R 35 TR35R TRS35R 450 TR450R TRS450R 3 TR3R TRS3R 40 TR40R TRS40R 500 TR500R TRS500R
3-2/10 TR3-2/10R TRS3-2/10R 45 TR45R TRS45R 600 TR600R TRS600R Standard Fuse Ampere Ratings, Catalog Numbers

AMPERE A B C D E
RATING In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
250V-TR FUSES
0-30 2 51 9/16 14 - - - - - -
31-60 3 76 13/16 21 - - - - - -
61-100 5-7/8 149 1-1/16 27 1/8 3 3/4 19 1 25
101-200 7-1/8 181 1-9/16 40 3/16 5 1-1/8 28 1-3/8 35
201-400 8-5/8 219 2-1/16 53 1/4 6 1-5/8 41 1-7/8 48
401-600 10-3/8 264 2-9/16 66 1/4 6 2 51 2-1/4 57
600V-TRS FUSES
0-30 5 127 13/16 21 -- - - - -
31-60 5-1/2 139 1-1/16 27 - - - - - -
61-100 7-7/8 200 1-5/16 34 1/8 3 3/4 19 1 25
101-200 9-5/8 244 1-13/16 46 3/16 5 1-1/8 28 1-3/8 35
201-400 11-5/8 295 2-9/16 66 1/4 6 1-5/8 41 1-7/8 48
401-600 13-3/8 340 3-1/8 80 1/4 6 2 51 2-1/4 57
Dimensions
Fuse Catalog Number
Ampere 250V 600V
Rating 1 Pole 3 pole 1 pole 3 pole
0-30 20306R 20308R 60306R 60308R
31-60 20606R 20608R 60606R 60608R
61-100 21036R 21038R 61036R 61038R
101-200 22001R 22003R 62001R 62003R
201-400 24001R 24003R 64001R 64003R
401-600 2631R 2633R 6631R 6633R
Recommended Fuse Blocks With
Box Connectors For Tri-onic
¤
Class RK5 Fuses
0-60A
61-600A
B
•
•
~ -m I A j
I I I
I l I l J I
I I
I l l l
Ferraz ~shawmut

B 4
Time in Seconds
Current in Amperes
Time in Seconds
Current in Amperes
TIME DELAY / CLASS RK5 FUSES TR & TRS
TRI-ONIC®
TR1/10 to 12
Melting Time — Current Data, 250V Fuses
TR15 to 600
Melting Time — Current Data, 250V Fuses
1000 700 500
I
300
lA
200
8 -A 10
JOO
t=
!A
70R
z
30 I-
20 >------
.lA 10 l._A 10
\
\ \ I
---r---1-
~\\\t
m
~
ffl
~
50 tj
TcjA
81 ~
~
,or k [jf
I
II 11181
t
l.!.A 4
t-+-
6 110
A
2A
S:
1 -2;;/•
~ t-+-
-3A -4A
t-+-
ksA
S:
6A
~
~BA
~
~
10A
rT
r--
12A
!llilllll
1111111[
ltllM
Kl 1111111
!!111111111

IIIIIIIINIIIII
•
••
•
•
•
··
-
NWUl-...J,-..

NWVl-...J-
NWUl
000
.......

NWUl-...J
O
00000
000
WU1-...J
O
ooo
1000 700 500 300 • 200 100 70 so 30 20 10 7 s 3 2 1 .7 .5 .3 .2 . 1 .07 .OS .03 .02 .01_ 0 \ \\
N
W
0 0
••
~
••
• •
I
\
,
\ \
\
-15A
\
\
---
20A
\
\ I
n-
~
~
,J
.. .-
30A
\-::
~
~)
r1
~
.,...i..-1..-
40A
~
I-
L..--
~
_i..,..1...-
50A 60A
.
~
BOA
T-.-
•
,_
. ·-
·-
-
100A
,~
'!\
\
'--
'I
....
i--
."'
---
,
\\_
w
,_I..-
150A
\\
~
..
..l-\
H
L,...
....
i--
200A
~
\
\'
~ ,,
~
............

1..-
300A
-
c..1..-
400A
l,...L.,....
600A
':.
.
~
I
• •
•
I
, ,
\ \
\
\
\
\
'
\
I
l
''
\ \ \
1'
\\
\ \
'
':.
~ •
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
I I
,, '
\
\
, \
\ ,
\ \
\
I
\
'
I
'
\
.
.
..
' ..

I •
•
'\
'\
"
\
I
1 '
I
'
I\'\
\
1\1'
1,
~\\,
\
1\1\
I'
~~
~ ''
~ \
Vl
-..J
-
000
0 N
W
0 0 0 0
Vl
-..J
-
000 0 0 0
N
W
0 0 0 0 0 0
Vl
-..J
-
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
N 0 0 0 0
I
ri ii
1 Publication 2100-PA001B-EN-P—October 2001
Renewal Parts Information
Control Circuit Transformers and Fusing
Control circuit transformers (CCTs) are used to provide a reduced voltage for control circuits in motor control center (MCC) units. CCTs require primary protection per the National Electrical Code (Article 430-72[c]) and UL Safety Standard 845. This is accomplished through the use of two (2) Class CC time delay fuses of the proper voltage and ampere ratings. Dual-element time delay fuses are offered for protecting the secondary side of control circuit transformers.

Table 1 Control Circuit Transformer for Bulletin 2100 and 2400 MCC Units Primary Voltage
Continuous
VA
208V-60Hz
Part Number
240V-60Hz
Part Number
480V-60Hz
Part Number
600V-60Hz
Part Number
220/230V-50Hz
Part Number
380/400/
415V-50Hz
Part Number
50 — 25636-167-02 25636-167-01 25636-167-03 25636-167-07 40121-463-01 75 — 25636-169-02 25636-169-01 25636-169-03 25636-169-07 40121-464-01 80 1497-B-HXDX-0-N 1497-B-BASX-0-N 1497-B-CXSX-0-N 1497-B-BASX-0-N 1497-B-M4-0-N 130 1497-C-HXDX-0-N 1497-C-BASX-0-N 1497-C-CXSX-0-N 1497-C-BASX-0-N 1497-C-M4-0-N 200 1497-D-HXDX-0-N 1497-D-BASX-0-N 1497-D-CXSX-0-N 1497-D-BASX-0-N 1497-D-M4-0-N 250 1497-E-HXDX-0-N 1497-E-BASX-0-N 1497-E-CXSX-0-N 1497-E-BASX-0-N 1497-E-M4-0-N 350 1497-F-HXDX-0-N 1497-F-BASX-0-N 1497-F-CXSX-0-N 1497-F-BASX-0-N 1497-F-M4-0-N 500 1497-G-HXDX-0-N 1497-G-BASX-0-N 1497-G-CXSX-0-N 1497-G-BASX-0-N 1497-G-M4-0-N 750 1497-H-HXDX-0-N 1497-H-BASX-0-N 1497-H-CXSX-0-N 1497-H-BASX-0-N 1497-H-M4-0-N 1000 1497-K-HXDX-0-N 1497-K-BASX-0-N 1497-K-CXSX-0-N 1497-K-BASX-0-N 1497-K-M4-0-N

www.rockwellautomation.com
Corporate Headquarters
Rockwell Automation, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1400, Milwau kee, WI 53202-5302 USA, Tel: (1) 414.212.5200, Fax: (1) 414.2 12.5201 Headquarters for Allen-Bradley Products, Rockwell Software Products, and Global Manufacturing Solutions Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milw aukee, WI 53204-2496 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382-2000, Fax: (1) 414.382. 4444 Europe: Rockwell Automation SA/NV, Vortstlaan/Boulevard du Souverain 36-BP 3A/B, 1170 Brussels, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, 27/F Citicorp Centre, 18 Wh itfield Road, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846 Headquarters for Dodge and Reliance Electric Products
Rockwell Automation, 6040 Ponders Court, Greenville, SC 29615-4617 USA, Tel: (1) 864.297.4800, Fax: (1) 864.281.2433 Publication 2100-PA001B-EN-P—October 2001
Supercedes Publication 2100-PA001A-EN-P—June 2001 © 2001 Rockwell Automation. All rights reserved. Printed in USA.

Table 2 Primary Fusing for Bulletin 2100 and 2400 MCC Units Primary Voltage
Contin-
uous
VA
208V-60Hz 240V-60Hz 480V-60Hz 600V-60Hz 220/230V-50Hz 380/400/415V-50Hz Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number
50 — — 0.50A (2) 25183-273-09 0.50A (2) 25183-273-09 0.40A (2) 25183-273-08 0.50A (2) 25183-273-09 0.50A (2) 25183-273-09 75 — — 0.75A (2) 25183-273-11 0.75A (2) 25183-273-11 0.50A (2) 25183-273-09 0.75A (2) 25183-273-11 0.75A (2) 25183-273-11 80 0.75A (2) 25183-273-11 0.75A (2) 25183-273-11 0.75A (2) 25183-273-11 0.50A (2) 25183-273-09 0.75A (2) 25183-273-11 0.75A (2) 25183-273-1 1 130 1.00A (2) 25183-273-13 1.00A (2) 25183-273-13 1.00A (2) 25183-273-13 1.00A (2) 25183-273-13 1.00A (2) 25183-273-13 1.00A (2) 25183-273- 13 200 2.00A (2) 25183-273-20 2.00A (2) 25183-273-20 2.00A (2) 25183-273-20 1.00A (2) 25183-273-13 2.00A (2) 25183-273-20 2.00A (2) 25183-273- 20 250 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 2.00A (2) 25183-273-20 2.00A (2) 25183-273-20 2.00A (2) 25183-273-20 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 2.00A (2) 25183-273- 20 350 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 3.50A (2) 25183-273-26 2.00A (2) 25183-273-20 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 2.00A (2) 25183-273- 20 500 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 3.50A (2) 25183-273-26 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 5.00A (2) 25183-273- 29 750 7.50A (2) 25183-273-34 7.50A (2) 25183-273-34 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 7.50A (2) 25183-273-34 5.00A (2) 25183-273- 29 1000 7.50A (2) 25183-273-34 7.50A (2) 25183-273-34 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 5.00A (2) 25183-273-29 7.50A (2) 25183-273-34 5.00A (2) 25183-273 -29 Table 3 Secondary Fusing for Bulletin 2100 and 2400 MCC Units Contin-
uous
VA
Bulletin 2100 Units Bulletin 2400 Units
Secondary Voltage Secondary Voltage
120V-60Hz 110/115V-50Hz 220/230/240V-50Hz 120V-60Hz 110/115V-50Hz 220/230/240V-50Hz Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number Fuse
Rating
Part Number
50 — — — — — — 0.50A 25183-174-06 0.50A 25183-174-06 0.30A 25183-174-04 75 1.00A X-276126 1.00A X-276126 0.50A X-276119 1.00A 25183-174-09 1.00A 25183-174-09 0.50A 25183-174-06 80 1.00A X-276126 1.00A X-276126 0.50A X-276119 1.00A 25183-174-09 1.00A 25183-174-09 0.50A 25183-174-06 130 1.25A X-276120 1.25A X-276120 0.60A X-276125 1.25A 25183-174-10 1.25A 25183-174-10 0.60A 25183-174-07 200 1.80A X-276132 2.00A X-276121 1.00A X-276126 2.00A 25183-174-14 2.00A 25183-174-14 1.00A 25183-174-09 250 2.25A X-276133 2.50A X-276128 1.25A X-276120 3.00A 25183-174-17 3.00A 25183-174-17 1.25A 25183-174-10 350 3.20A X-276122 3.20A X-276122 1.80A X-276132 3.20A 25183-174-18 5.00A 25183-174-20 2.00A 25183-174-14 500 5.00A X-276123 5.00A X-276123 2.50A X-276128 — — — — — — 750 6.25A X-276129 8.00A X-276130 5.00A X-276123 — — — — — — 1000 10.00A X-276131 10.00A X-276131 5.00A X-276123 — — — — — — C4
Applications:
• Small motors
• Small transformers
• Lighting circuits
• Control circuits
TRM Time-Delay Midget Fuses
Tri-Onic® TRM time-delay midget fuses are rated 250 volts AC and are offered in ampere ratings from 1/10 to 30A. They have 12 seconds time-delay at 200% rating to provide supplemental protection of small motors, small transformers and other high inrush loads, plus many other 250 volt applications. (Not for Branch Circuit Protection).

Ratings:

Volts : 250VAC
Amps : 1/10 to 30A
I.R. : 10kA I.R.

Features/Benefits:
• Numerous ratings for a wide variety of applications
• 250VAC rating in all sizes up to 30A
• Time-delay for circuits with high inrush currrent
• Can be used with UltraSafe TM fuse holders
• 1 1/2" x 13/32" (10mm x 38mm) dimensions
Approvals:
• UL listed to standard 248-14
File E33925
• CSA Certified to Standard
C22.2 No. 248.14
Highlights:
• Time-delay
Recommended Fuse Blocks for Midget
(10x38mm) Fuses
Catalog Number
Number of
Poles
UltraSafeTM
Indicating
Fuse Holder
Screw
Connector
Pressure
Plate
Connector
Copper Box
Connector
Adder 30310 30320 30350
1 USM1I 30311 30321 30351
2 USM2I 30312 30322 30352
3 USM3I 30313 30323 30353
3 USFM10I
Catalog Numbers (amps)
TRM1/10 TRM6/10 TRM1-6/10 TRM3 TRM5-6/10 TRM10
TRM15/100 TRM8/10 TRM1-8/10 TRM3-2/10 TRM6 TRM12
TRM2/10 TRM1 TRM2 TRM3-1/2 TRM6-1/4 TRM15
TRM1/4 TRM1-1/8 TRM2-1/4 TRM4 TRM7 TRM20
TRM3/10 TRM1-1/4 TRM2-1/2 TRM4-1/2 TRM8 TRM25
TRM4/10 TRM1-4/10 TRM2-8/10 TRM5 TRM9 TRM30
TRM1/2
•
@usTED ~
M ens erJ
Cross Reference RA Part Number X-276122

Lighting Control

Rockwell Automation / Allen-Bradley 1

Product Details and Certifications
Product: 25111-030-01
Description: Lighting Panel 1PH 3 W AL 16CKT

Representative Photo Only (actual product may vary based on configuration selections)

Data

Number of 1 pole circuits available 16
Panel Bus Material Al
Cutler-Hammer Style Ref. Number SL1A132C1A

Certifications and Approvals
UL Panel boards: UL 67
Cabinets and boxes: UL 50
NEMA PB 1
Federal Specification W-P-115c: Circuit Breakers – Type I Class I Fusible Switch – Type II Class I

Operator Devices
Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 800H-AR2D2 F
Product: 800H-AR2D2
Description:

PUSH BUTTON DATA
Hazardous Location No
Finger Safe Guards No Guards
Operator Type Flush Head
Cap/Button Color Black
Block Type Standard
Contact Blocks 1 N.C.

ASSEMBLY
Factory or User Assembled? Factory Assembled

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL Listed E14840, E10314; Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL Certifications Directory: http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
800H-N144 LOCKING RING
800H-N146 THRUST WASHER
800H-N148 TRIM WASHER
F-14963 GASKET

30.5mm Type 4/4X/13 Mom. ContactPB, Non-Illum., Black,
Flush Hd, 1 NC
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
10-9
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are BOLD. Publication A117-CA001"-EN-P
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Push Button Operators
Momentary Contact Push Button Devices, Non-Illuminated
Flush Head Unit
Cat. No. 800T-A1A
Extended Head Unit
Cat. No. 800T-B6A
Booted Unit
Cat. No. 800H-R2A
Bootless Flush Head Unit
Cat. No. 800H-AR1A
Contact Type
Button
Color
Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13
Flush Head Extended Head Booted1
Bootless
Flush Head
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

No Contact
Green 800T -A1 800T -B1 800H-R1 800H-AR1
Black 800T -A2 800T -B2 800H-R2 800H-AR2
Red 800T -A6 800T -B6 800H-R6 800H-AR6
1 N.O.

Green 800T -A1D1 800T -B1D1 800H-R1D1 800H-AR1D1
Black 800T -A2D1 800T -B2D1 800H-R2D1 800H-AR2D1
Red 800T -A6D1 800T -B6D1 800H-R6D1 800H-AR6D1
1 N.C.

Green 800T -A1D2 800T -B1D2 800H-R1D2 800H-AR1D2
Black 800T -A2D2 800T -B2D2 800H-R2D2 800H-AR2D2
Red 800T -A6D2 800T -B6D2 800H-R6D2 800H-AR6D2
1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Green 800T -A1A 800T -B1A 800H-R1A 800H-AR1A
Black 800T -A2A 800T -B2A 800H-R2A 800H-AR2A
Red 800T -A6A 800T -B6A 800H-R6A 800H-AR6A
800 –
a b c d e f
a
Protection Rating
Code Description
T Metal, Type 4/13
H Plastic, Type 4/4X/13
b
Finger-Safe Guards
Code Description
Blank No guards
C Guards on terminals
c
Operator Type
800T
Type
4/13 Description
800H
Type
4/4X/13
Code Code
A Flush head AR
B Extended head BR
D Mushroom head DR
DX Mushroom head
less color cap DRX
— Bootless
guarded head GR
— Booted head R1
d
Color Cap
Code Description
Blank Used only when ordering
Operator Type DX/DRX
1 Green
2 Black
3 Orange/snowflake
d (cont'd)
Color Cap
Code Description
4 Grey /snowflake
5 White /snowflake
6 Red
7 Blue
9 Yellow
e
Special Mushroom Head
Code Description
J§ Jumbo mushroom head —
plastic
L§ Jumbo mushroom head —
metal
f
Contact Block(s)
Code Description
Blank No contacts
Standard
D1 1 N.O.

D2 1 N.C.

D3 1 N.O.E.M.

D4 1 N.C.L.B.

D5 1 N.O. (Mini)
D6 1 N.C. (Mini)
A1 1 N.C.L.B. - 1 N.O.

A2 2 N.O.‡
A4 2 N.C.

A7 1 N.C.L.B. - 1 N.C.

A 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

B 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
f (cont'd)
Contact Block(s)
Code Description
PenTUFF (Low Voltage)
D1V 1 N.O.

D2V 1 N.C.

D3V 1 N.O.E.M.

D4V 1 N.C.L.B.

AV 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

BV 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.

Time Delay
T
1 N.O.

Depress close, delayed
opening
S
1 N.C.

Depress open, delayed
closure
Snap Action
M 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

N 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.

Class 1, Div. 2/Zone 2
Logic Reed
D1R 1 N.O.

D2R 1 N.C.

A2R 2 N.O.‡
A4R 2 N.C.

AR 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

BR 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
f (cont'd)
Contact Block(s)
Code Description
Class 1, Div. 2/Zone 2
Sealed Switch
D1P 1 N.O.

D2P 1 N.C.

AP 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

BP 2 N.O. - 2 N.C
Stackable Sealed Switch
D1Y 1 N.O.

D2Y 1 N.C.

A2Y 2 N.O.

A4Y 2 N.C.

AY 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

BY 2 N.O. - 2 N.C
Time Delay Contacts
Series C field installable kits can
only be used with Series T or later
operators. Adjustable
range of 0.5
to 15 s + 25%. Maximum
continuous current Ith 5 A.

Snap Action Contacts
Snap-action contacts feature a
quick make, quick break snap-
action mechanism that is only
available
on factory assembled
units. Maximum continuous current
Ith 10 A.
1Underlying operators are "flush head" type, except red which are "extended head". Boot material is chlorosulfonated polyethylene.
/snowflakeNot available for booted operators.
‡ A2 and
A2R contact blocks cannot be stacked upon, but can stack on other contact blocks.
§ Jumbo mushroom heads not available in white color.

Note: Special mushroom
head
options only apply to
mushroom head operator
type code D/DR (Table c).

H AR 2 D2
2 <>------1 ~
~
bold

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 800H-HR2A F
Product: 800H-HR2A
Description:

SELECTOR SWITCH DATA
Hazardous Location No
Finger Safe Guards No Guards
Knob Insert or Metal Wing Lever Color White
Operator Function Maintained, 2 Position
Block Type Standard
Contact Blocks 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

ASSEMBLY
Factory or User Assembled? Factory Assembled

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
800H-N145F LOCKING RING
800H-N146 THRUST WASHER
800H-N148 TRIM WASHER
F-14963 GASKET

30.5mm Type 4/4X/13 2 Pos Sel. Switch-Non-Illum., White, Std. Knob Maint., 1 NO-1 NC
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
10-12
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are BOLD. Publication A117-CA001"-EN-P
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Selector Switches
2-Position Selector Switch Devices, Non-Illuminated
Standard Knob Operator
Cat. No. 800T-H2A
Knob Lever Operator
Cat. No. 800T-H17A
Standard Knob Operator
Cat. No. 800H-HR2A
Contact
Type Side Contact
Operator Position
M = Maintained
S = Spring Return
Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13
Standard
Knob Knob Lever
Standard
Knob
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

No Contacts — — — —
M M 800T -H2 800T -H17 800H-HR2
S→M 800T-H4 800T-H18 800H-HR4
M←S 800T -H5 800T-H19 800H-HR5
1 N.O. White A O X
M M 800T -H2D1 800T -H17D1 800H-HR2D1
S→M 1 800T -H4D1 800T-H18D1 800H-HR4D1
M←S 800T -H5D1 800T-H19D1 800H-HR5D1
1 N.O. -
1 N.C. White A
B
O
X
X
O
M M 800T -H2A 800T -H17A 800H-HR2A
S→M 1 800T -H4A 800T -H18A 800H-HR4A
M←S 800T -H5A 800T -H19A 800H-HR5A
Note: X = Closed/O = Open
1Target tables are reversed fr
om those shown.
800 – 2 A
a b c d e
a
Protection Rating
Code Description
T Metal, Type 4/13
H Plastic, Type 4/4X/13
b
Finger-Safe Guards
Code Description
Blank No guards
C Guards on terminals
c
Knob Insert Colors
800T
Type
4/13 Description
800H
Type
4/4X/13
Code Code
H White HR
HX Packet of colored inserts /snowflakeHRX
Metal Wing Lever Colors §
Code Color Code
HA Red —
HG Grey —
d
Operator Type and Function
Standard Knob
Code Operator Function
2 Maintained
4 Spring return from left‡
5 Spring return from right
Knob Lever §
Code Operator Function
17 Maintained
18 Spring return from left‡
19 Spring return from right
Metal Wing Lever §
Code Operator Function
11 Maintained
15 Spring return from left‡
16 Spring return from right
Coin Slot§
Code Operator Function
6 Maintained
7 Spring return from left
8 Spring return from right
e
Contact Block(s)
Code
Description
Contact
Configuration
2-Position
Blank No contacts — —
Standard
D1 1 N.O. O X
D2 1 N.C. X O
A 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. O X
X O
B 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.

O X
X O
O X
X O
Max Duty (Horsepower Rated) ♣
D1M 1 N.O.

D2M 1 N.C.

PenTUFF (Low Voltage) ♣
D1V 1 N.O.

D2V 1 N.C.

AV 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

BV 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.

Class1, Div. 2/Zone 2
Logic Reed♣
D1R 1 N.O.

D2R 1 N.C.

AR 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

BR 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.

Sealed Switch ♣
D1P 1 N.O.

D2P 1 N.C.

AP 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

BP 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.

Stackable Sealed Switch♣
D1Y 1 N.O.

D2Y 1 N.C.

AY 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

BY 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
/snowflakeOne insert of each color (blue, green, orange, red, and yellow). ‡ Target tables are reversed from those shown.
§ Only
available on Bul.
800T, Type 4/13 operators.
♣ Contact target tables same as those listed for standard contact blocks. ++5
2 ~ · ~
(9 0 -
'
'
-
,________/'~
o------{ _,
~
-
ffl -
. _1==---
•I
I I
-
'
T
~
-;:
~
T
I
~
I
(S) 0
- -
- -
- - -
" -
~
" I - l
I
I I
7 r
I I
~
~ -
-
-
-
'
bold

SELECTOR SWITCH DATA
Hazardous Location No
Finger Safe Guards No Guards
Knob Insert or Metal Wing Lever Color White
Operator Function Maintained, 3 Position
Target Table Selections Cam and Contact Blocks
Contact Blocks 2 N.O. - 2 N.C.

ASSEMBLY
Factory or User Assembled? Factory Assembled

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
800H-N145F LOCKING RING
800H-N146 THRUST WASHER
800H-N148 TRIM WASHER
F-14963 GASKET

30.5mm Type 4/4X/13 3 Pos. Sel. Switch-Non-Illum., White, Std. Knob Maint.

Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 '

Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
10-14
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are BOLD. Publication A117-CA001"-EN-P
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Selector Switches
3-Position Selector Switch Devices, Non-Illuminated
Standard Knob Operator
Cat. No. 800T-J2A
Knob Lever Operator
Cat. No. 800T-J17A
Standard Knob Operator
Cat. No. 800H-JR2A
Contact Type
Operator
Position
M = Maintained
S = Spring Return
Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13
Standard Knob Knob Lever Standard Knob
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

No Contacts — — —
M M M 800T-J2 800T-J17 800H-JR2
S→M M 800T-J4 800T-J18 800H-JR4
M M←S 800T-J5 800T-J19 800H-JR5
S→M←S 800T-J91 800T-J20 800H-JR91
O
X
O
O
X
O
M M M 800T-J2A 800T-J17A 800H-JR2A
S→M M 800T-J4A 800T-J18A 800H-JR4A
M M←S 800T-J5A 800T-J19A 800H-JR5A
1 N.O. - 1 N.C. S→M←S 800T-J91A 800T-J20A 800H-JR91A
Note: X = Closed/O = Open
Contact
Block
Suffix
Code
Contact
Block
Side
Circuits
Cam Codes
KB7
(Std.) KA1 KA7 KC1 KC7 KD7 KE7 KQ1 KQ7 KR1 KR7 KT1 KT7 KU7 White A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O X O X X O X X O X X O X O O X X O O X O O

B O O X O X O O X O O X O O X O O X O O X X O X O O X O O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O Black A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X

B O O X O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O X X O O X O O X O X X O O X X X X O O X X X X O White A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O X O X X O X X O X X O X O O X X O O X O O

B O O X O X O O X O O X O O X O O X O O X X O X O O X O O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O Black A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X

B O O X O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O X X O O X O O X O X X O O X X X X O O X X X X O a
Protection Rating
Code Description
T Metal, Type 4/13
H Plastic, Type 4/4X/13
b
Finger-Safe Guards
Code Description
Blank No guards
C Guards on terminals
c
Knob Insert Colors
800T
Type
4/13 Description
800H
Type
4/4X/13
Code Code
J White JR
JX Packet of
colored inserts1 JRX
Metal Wing Lever Colors /snowflake
Code Color Code
JA Red —
JG Grey —
800 –
a b c d e f
d
Knob/Lever Type Operators
Standard Knob
Code Operator Function
2 Maintained
4 Spring return from left
5 Spring return from right
91 Spring return from both
Knob Lever /snowflake
Code Operator Function
17 Maintained
18 Spring return from left
19 Spring return from right
20 Spring return from both
Metal Wing Lever /snowflake
Code Operator Function
11 Maintained
15 Spring return from left
16 Spring return from right
141 Spring return from both
Coin Slot/snowflake
Code Operator Function
10 Spring return from both
e
Cam Option‡♣
Code Description
Blank KB7 cam (std.)
KA1 KA1 cam
KA7 KA7 cam
e (cont'd)
Cam Option‡♣
Code Description
KC1 KC1 cam
KC7 KC7 cam
KD7 KD7 cam
KE7§ KE7 cam
KQ1 KQ1 cam
KQ7 KQ7 cam
KR1§ KR1 cam
KR7§ KR7 cam
KT1§ KT1 cam
KT7§ KT7 cam
KU7§ KU7 cam
f
Contact Blocks
Code Description
Blank No contacts on operator
Standard
A 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XA on white side
B
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XAs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
PenTUFF (Low
Voltage)
AV 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XAVon white side
BV
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XAVs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
f (cont'd)
Contact Blocks♣
Code Description
Blank No contacts
Class 1, Div. 2/Zone 2
Logic Reed
AR 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XAR on white side
BR
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XARs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
Sealed Switch
AP 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XAP on white side
BP
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XAPs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
Stackable Sealed
Switch
AY 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XAYon white side
BY
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XAYs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
1One insert of each color (blue,
green, orange, red, and yellow).
/snowflakeOnly available on Bul. 800T, T ype
4/13
operators.
‡ If an overlapping cam
is required,
consult your local distributor.
§ Not available with wing levers.
♣ See T able 1
for cam selections
and associated targets.Table 1.

Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table
Note: X =
Closed/O = Open
2 H JR 2
B
B
• 1------L....-I _ ----------'--II
•I ------'------- ~----r--_ -==--==
bold

Front
Left Right
Back
White Actuator Side Black Actuator Side
Operator
Pos.1 Pos. 2
Pos. 3 Pos. 4
Positions Diagram
3 t
Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 800H-JR2KC1ANAX F
Product: 800H-JR2KC1ANAX
Description: 30.5mm Type 4/4X/13 3 Pos. Sel. Switch-Non-Illum., White, Standard Knob Maint., 1 NO-1 NC & 1 NC-1 NC & 1 NO-1 NC
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

SELECTOR SWITCH DATA
Hazardous Location No
Finger Safe Guards No Guards
Knob Insert or Metal Wing Lever Color White
Operator Function Maintained
Target Table Selections Cam and Contact Blocks
Contact Block- Position 1- First Level 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Contact Block- Position 2- First Level 1 N.C. - 1 N.C.

Contact Block- Position 3- Second Level 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Contact Block- Position 4- Second Level None

ASSEMBLY
Factory or User Assembled? Factory Assembled

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL Listed E14840, E10314: Guide #NKCR, NOIV
CSA LR1234, LR11924, 22.2 #14
CE 60947-5-1
For UL Certifications Directory: http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
800T-N229
800T-N293
800T-N292
800T-N19
① Locking Ring repair parts are for Series N and later devices. For illuminated selector switches, see footnote 2. ② Locking Ring repair parts are for Series U units only. For Series T units, replace the entire device.

Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
10-14
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Selector Switches
3-Position Selector Switch Devices, Non-Illuminated
Standard Knob Operator
Cat. No. 800T-J2A
Knob Lever Operator
Cat. No. 800T-J17A
Standard Knob Operator
Cat. No. 800H-JR2A
Contact Type
Operator Position
M = Maintained
S = Spring Return
Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13
Standard Knob Knob Lever Standard Knob
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

B OOXOXOOXOOXOOXOOXOOXXOXOOXOOXOOXOX OOOO XOXO
Black A XOOXOOOOXOOX XOOXOOOOXOOX XOOOOX XOOOOX XOOOOX

B OOXOXOOXOXOOOOXOXOX XOOXOOXOX XOO XXXXO OXXXXO
White A XOOXOOOOXOOX XOOOOX XOOXOX XOX XOX XOXOOXXOOXOO

B OOXOXOOXOOXOOXOOXOOXXOXOOXOOXOOXOX OOOO XOXO
Black A XOOXOOOOXOOX XOOXOOOOXOOX XOOOOX XOOOOX XOOOOX

B OOXOXOOXOXOOOOXOXOX XOOXOOXOX XOO XXXXO OXXXXO
a
Protection Rating
Code Description
T Metal, Type 4/13
H Plastic, Type 4/4X/13
b
Finger-Safe Guards
Code Description
Blank No guards
C Guards on terminals
c
Knob Insert Colors
800T
Type
4/13 Description
800H
Type
4/4X/13
Code Code
J White JR
JX Packet of
colored inserts1 JRX
Metal Wing Lever Colors/snowflake
Code Color Code
JA Red —
JG Grey —
800 T – J 2 C
abcde f
d
Knob/Lever Type Operators
Standard Knob
Code Operator Function
2 Maintained
4 Spring return from left
5 Spring return from right
91 Spring return from both
Knob Lever/snowflake
Code Operator Function
17 Maintained
18 Spring return from left
19 Spring return from right
20 Spring return from both
Metal Wing Lever/snowflake
Code Operator Function
11 Maintained
15 Spring return from left
16 Spring return from right
141 Spring return from both
Coin Slot/snowflake
Code Operator Function
10 Spring return from both
e
Cam Option‡♣
Code Description
Blank KB7 cam (std.)
KA1 KA1 cam
KA7 KA7 cam
e (cont'd)
Cam Option‡♣
Code Description
KC1 KC1 cam
KC7 KC7 cam
KD7 KD7 cam
KE7§ KE7 cam
KQ1 KQ1 cam
KQ7 KQ7 cam
KR1§ KR1 cam
KR7§ KR7 cam
KT1§ KT1 cam
KT7§ KT7 cam
KU7§ KU7 cam
f
Contact Blocks
Code Description
Blank No contacts on operator
Standard
A 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XA on white side
B
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XAs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
PenTUFF (Low Voltage)
AV 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XAVon white side
BV
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XAVs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
f (cont'd)
Contact Blocks♣
Code Description
Blank No contacts
Class 1, Div. 2/Zone 2
Logic Reed
AR 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XAR on white side
BR
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XARs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
Sealed Switch
AP 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XAP on white side
BP
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XAPs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
Stackable Sealed Switch
AY 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
1-800T-XAYon white side
BY
2 N.O. - 2 N.C.
2-800T-XAYs —
1 on white side/1 on black
side
1 One insert of each color (blue,
green, orange, red, and yellow).
/snowflakeOnly available on Bul. 800T, Type
4/13 operators.
‡ If an overlapping cam is required,
consult your local distributor.
§ Not available with wing levers.
♣ See Table 1 for cam selections
and associated targets.

Table 1. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table
Note: X = Closed/O = Open
(9 CD 0
o---------1~
~
,___
I I I
ttt ,.._ H_
.,_ ~
!
@ Allen-Bradley
H JR 2
NOTE: See page 3 for more options

Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
10-19
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Selector Switches
3-Position Knob/Lever Type Selector Switch Devices, Illuminated Standard Knob Operator
Cat. No. 800T-16JR2KB7AX
Standard Knob Operator
Cat. No. 800H-16JRR2KB7AX
Type Lamp Type Volts Color
Operator Position
M = Maintained
S = Spring Return
Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13
Standard Knob Standard Lever
Cat. No. Cat. No.

Operator Only1 No Contacts M M M 800T-00JX2KB7 —
Full Voltage Incandescent 24V AC/DC Red
X
O
O
O
O
X
M M M 800T-24JR2KB7AX 800H-24JRR2KB7AX
S→M M 800T-24JR4KB7AX 800H-24JRR4KB7AX
M M←S 800T-24JR5KB7AX 800H-24JRR5KB7AX
No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Knob M M M 800T-25JXN2KB7AX —
Universal LED 12…130V AC/DC Red
M M M 800T-2JRH2KB7AX 800H-2JRRH2KB7AX
S→M M 800T-2JRH4KB7AX 800H-2JRRH4KB7AX
M M←S 800T-2JRH5KB7AX 800H-2JRRH5KB7AX
Transformer
Incandescent
120V AC 50/60 Hz Red X
O
O
O
O
X
M M M
800T-16JR2KB7AX 800H-16JRR2KB7AX
S→M M 800T-16JR4KB7AX 800H-16JRR4KB7AX
M M←S 800T-16JR5KB7AX 800H-16JRR5KB7AX
LED
M M M 800T-16JRH2KB7AX 800H-16JRRH2KB7AX
S→M M 800T-16JRH4KB7AX 800H-16JRRH4KB7AX
M M←S 800T-16JRH5KB7AX 800H-16JRRH5KB7AX
No Lamp No Knob M M M 800T-16JXN2KB7AX —
Note: X = Closed/O = Open
1 Operator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. 1st Level 2nd Level 800 T – 16 J R 2 KB7 A X
abcde fgh i j
a
Protection Rating
Code Description
T Metal, Type 4/13
H Plastic, Type 4/4X/13
b
Finger-Safe Guards
Code Description
Blank No guards
C Guards on terminals
c
Power Module Type and Voltage
Full Voltage — Incandescent
Code Description
12 12V AC/DC
24 24V AC/DC
48 48V AC/DC
Universal — LED
2 12…130V AC/DC
Transformer
16 120V AC 50/60 Hz
26 240V AC 50/60 Hz
For other voltages, please contact
your local Rockwell Automation
sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor.
d
No. of Positions
800T
Type
4/13 Description
800H
Type
4/4X/13
Code Code
J 3-position JR
e
Knob Color
Code Color
A Amber
B Blue
C Clear
G Green
RR ed
W White
X No knob
f
Illumination Options
Code Description
Blank Incandescent
HL ED‡
g
Operator Function and Knob Type
Standard Knob or No Knob
Code Operator Function
2 Maintained
4 Spring return from left
5 Spring return from right
91 Spring return from both
Knob Lever
Code Operator Function
17 Maintained
18 Spring return from left
19 Spring return from right
20 Spring return from both
/snowflakeLED only.
‡ LEDs available in red, green, amber, blue, and white. White LEDs only available in 6V, 24V, 120V, and 130V full voltage and all transformer units. LED color matches lens color, except clear lens supplied with white LED and white lens supplied with amber LED. All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. § Contact blocks used on white side only.
h
Cam Options
3-Position
Code Operator Function
KB7 B7 cam
KC1 C1 cam
KC7 C7 cam
KE7 E7 cam
KQ1 Q1 cam
KT1 T1 cam
i, j
Contact Blocks§
Code Description
Blank
(both
pos.)
No contacts
i, j (cont'd)
Contact Blocks§
Code Description
Standard
A 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

X No contacts in this position
PenTUFF (Low Voltage)
F 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Class 1, Div. 2/Zone 2
Logic Reed
T 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Sealed Switch
P 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Stackable Sealed Switch
7 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Table 1. Selector Switch Cam Targets
Target Cam Description (3-Position)
KB7 KC1 KC7 KE7 KQ1 KT1

XOO D, H,
V, R, 5 — D, H,
V, R, 5 D, H, V — E, U,
W, S, 6
OXO — E, U,
W, S, 6
E, U,
W, S, 6 — E, U,
W, S, 6 —

OOX E, U,
W, S, 6
D, H,
V, R, 5 ——— D, H,
V, R, 5
X X O G, I J, Q — — — J, Q
O X X J,Q — J,Q E, U,
W, S, 6 ——
X O X — G,I G,I — D, H,
V, R, 5 —
N N. . - N.C.1 1 C
~ CD 0
I I
I I
I l---+---------1 I-----,---- l--------'----------1
I l--------+---------1 1----------+--- 1--------1----------1 ~----.11 11 ,
(S) CD 0
R I I
~ Allen-Bradley
KC1 AN AX
{
NOTE: See previous page to complete this catalog number

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-99808
Product: 800H-PRTH16G
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

PUSH BUTTON DATA
Hazardous Location
Finger Safe Guards
Power Module Type
Lamp Test Options
Illumination Options
Voltage
Block Type
Contact Blocks
Lens Color
No
No Guards
Transformer
Push-to-Test
LED
120V AC 50/60 Hz
Standard
1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Standard with Push-to-Test)
GREEN

ASSEMBLY
Factory or User Assembled? Factory Assembled

30.5mm Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to-Test,
LED, GREEN, 120V AC 50/60 Hz, 1 NO-1 NC
tt

Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
10-20
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Pilot Lights
(Push-to-Test)
800 T – P T 16 AR
abcde fg h
a
Protection Rating
Code Description
T Metal, Type 4/13
H Plastic, Type 4/4X/13
b
Finger-Safe Guards
Code Description
Blank No guards
C Guards on terminals
c
Power Module Type
800T
Type
4/13 Description
800H
Type
4/4X/13
Code Code
P Transformer
(or dual input) PR
Q Full voltage/
Universal QR
d
Lamp Test Options
Code Description
Blank No test option
T Push-to-test
D Dual input — diode♣
DT Dual input — transformer
relay
Note: Push-to-test supplied with
factory jumpered contact block.
e
Illumination Options
Code Description
Blank Incandescent
H LED1
g
Lens Color
f
Voltage
Transformer
Code Description
16 120V AC 50/60 Hz
26 240V AC 50/60 Hz
46 480V AC 50/60 Hz
56 600V AC 50/60 Hz
Full Voltage — Incandescent
12 12V AC/DC
24 24V AC/DC
48 48V AC/DC
10 120V AC/DC
20 240V AC/DC
Universal — LED
2 12…130V AC/DC
Dual Input
16 120V AC
24 24V AC/DC
(Dual input diode only)
Code Color
Glass
Code
♠
Blank No lens Blank
A Amber D
B Blue E
C Clear F
G Green H
RR ed J
W White K
h
Contact Blocks
(Push-to-test units only)
Code Description
Standard
Blank 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

PenTUFF (Low Voltage)
AV 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Class 1, Div. 2/Zone 2
Logic Reed
AR 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Sealed Switch
AP 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Stackable Sealed Switch
AY 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Transformer Type Pilot Light
Cat. No. 800T-P16R
Push-to-Test Pilot Light
Cat. No. 800T-PT16R
Type Lamp Type Volts Color
Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13
Pilot Light Push-to-Test1 Pilot Light Push-to-Test1
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

Operator Only/snowflake 800T-S00 800T-SB00XX 800H-SR00 800H-SRB00XX Full Voltage‡ Incandescent 24V AC/DC
Red 800T-Q24R 800T-QT24R 800H-QR24R 800H-QRT24R
Green 800T-Q24G 800T-QT24G 800H-QR24G 800H-QRT24G
Amber 800T-Q24A 800T-QT24A 800H-QR24A 800H-QRT24A
No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Lens 800T-QN25 800T-QTN25 — —
Universal‡ LED 12…130 V AC/DC
Red 800T-QH2R 800T-QTH2R 800H-QRH2R 800H-QRTH2R
Green 800T-QH2G 800T-QTH2G 800H-QRH2G 800H-QRTH2G
Amber 800T-QH2A 800T-QTH2A 800H-QRH2A 800H-QRTH2A
Transformer‡
Incandescent
120V AC,
50/60 Hz
Red 800T-P16R 800T-PT16R 800H-PR16R 800H-PRT16R
Green 800T-P16G 800T-PT16G 800H-PR16G 800H-PRT16G
Amber 800T-P16A 800T-PT16A 800H-PR16A 800H-PRT16A
LED
Red 800T-PH16R 800T-PTH16R 800H-PRH16R 800H-PRTH16R
Green 800T-PH16G 800T-PTH16G 800H-PRH16G 800H-PRTH16G
Amber 800T-PH16A 800T-PTH16A 800H-PRH16A 800H-PRTH16A
No Lamp No Lens 800T-PN16 800T-PTN16 — —
1 Includes one standard Cat. No. 800T-XA (1 N.O. - 1 N.C.) contact block. For typical pilot light wiring diagrams, see page 10-65. /snowflakeOperator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. ‡ All pilot lights except push-to-test without sealed contacts and dual input transformer relay, are rated for Class 1, Division 2 applications.

Pilot Light Devices1
1 LED illumination option is not available with diode type dual input. ♣ Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs.
♠ Glass lens available on 800T pilot lights only. Not available on push-to-test units.

I I
I 1-----1-------------j
I I I L________,
1---
I I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
~ Allen-Bradley "lli:IIII"
H PR T H 16 G

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-99809
Product: 800H-PRTH16R

PUSH BUTTON DATA

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
800H-N142
800H-N146
800H-N148
F-14963

LOCKING RING

THRUST WASHER

TRIM WASHER
GASKET
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 Description: 30.5mm Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to- Test, LED, Red, 120V AC 50/60 Hz, 1 NO-1 NC
800H-PRTH16R
Description: 800H Standard, Push-To-Test, Dual Input

ASSEMBLY

FACTORY OR USER ASSEMBLED
Factory Assembled

PUSH BUTTON DATA

FINGER SAFE GUARDS
No Guards

POWER MODULE TYPE
Transformer

LAMP TEST OPTIONS
Push-to-Test

ILLUMINATION OPTIONS
LED

VOLTAGE
120V AC 50/60 Hz

LENS COLOR
Red

BLOCK TYPE, FIRST LEVEL
Standard

CONTACT BLOCKS
1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Standard with Push-to-Test)
tt

Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
10-20
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
800 –
a b c d e f g h
a
Protection Rating
Code Description
T Metal, Type 4/13
H Plastic, Type 4/4X/13
b
Finger-Safe Guards
Code Description
Blank No guards
C Guards on terminals
c
Power Module Type
800T
Type
4/13 Description
800H
Type
4/4X/13
Code Code
P Transformer
(or dual input) PR
Q Full voltage/
Universal QR
d
Lamp Test Options
Code Description
Blank No test option
T Push-to-test
D Dual input — diode ♣
DT Dual input — transformer
relay
Note: Push-to-test supplied with
factory jumpered contact block.
e
Illumination Options
Code Description
Blank Incandescent
H LED 1
g
Lens Color
f
Voltage
Transformer
Code Description
16 120V AC 50/60 Hz
26 240V AC 50/60 Hz
46 480V AC 50/60 Hz
56 600V AC 50/60 Hz
Full Voltage — Incandescent
12 12V AC/DC
24 24V AC/DC
48 48V AC/DC
10 120V AC/DC
20 240V AC/DC
Universal — LED
2 12…130V AC/DC
Dual Input
16 120V AC
24 24V AC/DC
(Dual input diode only)
Code Color
Glass
Code
♠
Blank No lens Blank
A Amber D
B Blue E
C Clear F
G Green H
R Red J
W White K
h
Contact Blocks
(Push-to-test units only)
Code Description
Standard
Blank 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

PenTUFF (Low Voltage)
AV 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Class 1, Div. 2/Zone 2
Logic Reed
AR 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Sealed Switch
AP 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Stackable Sealed Switch
AY 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Operator Only /snowflake 800T-S00 800T -SB00XX 800H-SR00 800H-SRB00XX Full Voltage‡ Incandescent 24V AC/DC
Red 800T -Q24R 800T -QT24R 800H-QR24R 800H-QRT24R
Green 800T -Q24G 800T -QT24G 800H-QR24G 800H-QRT24G
Amber 800T -Q24A 800T -QT24A 800H-QR24A 800H-QRT24A
No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Lens 800T-QN25 800T-QTN25 — —
Universal‡ LED 12…130 V AC/DC
Red 800T -QH2R 800T -QTH2R 800H-QRH2R 800H-QRTH2R
Green 800T -QH2G 800T -QTH2G 800H-QRH2G 800H-QRTH2G
Amber 800T -QH2A 800T -QTH2A 800H-QRH2A 800H-QRTH2A
Transformer‡
Incandescent
120V AC,
50/60 Hz
Red 800T -P16R 800T -PT16R 800H-PR16R 800H-PRT16R
Green 800T -P16G 800T -PT16G 800H-PR16G 800H-PRT16G
Amber 800T -P16A 800T -PT16A 800H-PR16A 800H-PRT16A
LED
Red 800T -PH16R 800T -PTH16R 800H-PRH16R 800H-PRTH16R
Green 800T -PH16G 800T -PTH16G 800H-PRH16G 800H-PRTH16G Amber 800T -PH16A 800T -PTH16A 800H-PRH16A 800H-PRTH16A No Lamp No Lens 800T-PN16 800T-PTN16 — —
1Includes one standard Cat. No. 800T-XA (1 N.O. - 1 N.C.) contact block. For typical pilot light wiring diagrams, see page 10-65.
/snowflakeOperator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks.
‡ All pilot lights except push-to-test without sealed contacts and dual input transformer relay, are rated for Class 1, Division 2 applications.

Pilot Light Devices1
1LED illumination option is not available with diode type dual input. ♣ Diode type dual input provides circuit
isolation via opposing diodes. Not
recommended for use with solid-state outputs.
♠ Glass
lens available on 800T pilot lights only. Not available on push-to-test units.
2 H PR T H 16 R

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-99810
Product: 800H-PRTH16W
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

ASSEMBLY
Factory or User Assembled? Factory Assembled

30.5mm Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light, Xfmr, Push-to-Test,
WHITE, 120V AC 50/60 Hz, 1 NO-1 NC
tt

Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
10-20
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Pilot Lights
(Push-to-Test)
800 T – P T 16 G AR
abcde fg h
a
Protection Rating
Code Description
T Metal, Type 4/13
H Plastic, Type 4/4X/13
b
Finger-Safe Guards
Code Description
Blank No guards
C Guards on terminals
c
Power Module Type
800T
Type
4/13 Description
800H
Type
4/4X/13
Code Code
P Transformer
(or dual input) PR
Q Full voltage/
Universal QR
d
Lamp Test Options
Code Description
Blank No test option
T Push-to-test
D Dual input — diode♣
DT Dual input — transformer
relay
Note: Push-to-test supplied with
factory jumpered contact block.
e
Illumination Options
Code Description
Blank Incandescent
H LED1
g
Lens Color
f
Voltage
Transformer
Code Description
16 120V AC 50/60 Hz
26 240V AC 50/60 Hz
46 480V AC 50/60 Hz
56 600V AC 50/60 Hz
Full Voltage — Incandescent
12 12V AC/DC
24 24V AC/DC
48 48V AC/DC
10 120V AC/DC
20 240V AC/DC
Universal — LED
2 12…130V AC/DC
Dual Input
16 120V AC
24 24V AC/DC
(Dual input diode only)
Code Color
Glass
Code
♠
Blank No lens Blank
A Amber D
B Blue E
C Clear F
G Green H
RR ed J
W White K
h
Contact Blocks
(Push-to-test units only)
Code Description
Standard
Blank 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

PenTUFF (Low Voltage)
AV 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Class 1, Div. 2/Zone 2
Logic Reed
AR 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Sealed Switch
AP 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

Stackable Sealed Switch
AY 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

I I
I 1-----1-------------j
I I I L________,
1---
I I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
~ Allen-Bradley "lli:IIII"
H PR T H 16 G

Power Supplies
Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 1497-F-BASX-3-N A
Product: 1497-F-BASX-3-N
Description: 1497 - CCT Standard Transformer, 350VA, 240/480V 60Hz / 220/440V 50Hz Primary, 110V 50Hz / 120V 60Hz Secondary, 2 Pri - 1 Sec Fuse Blocks, No Cover/ No Sec. Fuse Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

TRANSFORMER DATA
Bulletin Number 1497 CCT Transformer
Continuous VA ( Transformer Rating) 350 VA
Primary Voltage 220/440V 50Hz, 240/480V 60Hz
Secondary Voltage 110V 50Hz, 120V 60Hz
Fuse Block 2 Pri - 1 Sec
Factory Installed Options No Cover / No Sec. Fuse

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL
EN
CSA
cULus
CE
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Technical Data
Control Circuit Transformers
Bulletin Numbers 1497, 1497A, 1497B, 1497D
Additional Resources
These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation.

Y ou can view or download publications at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/literature/. T o order paper copies of technical documentation, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.

Topic Page
1497 Control Circuit Transformer 4
1497A Machine Tool Transformer 9
1497B Control Power Transformer 14
1497D General Purpose Transformer 19
Resource Description
Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1 Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system.

Product Certifications website, http://www.ab.com Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and other certification details. ■
GD Allen-Bradley
Rockwell
~ Allen-Bradley • Rockwell Software Automation
3Rockwell Automation Publication 1497-TD001A-EN-P
1497 Control Circuit Transformers Specifications
Transformers
Bulletin 1497 1497A 1497B 1497D
Type Control Circuit Transformer Machine Tool Transformer Control Power Transformer General Purpose Transformer Features
/circle4Single, dual, and multi-tap
primary voltages
/circle4Single phase
/circle4EN 60-529 finger-safe
protection
/circle4RoHS compliant
/circle450/60 Hz, 50 Hz, or 60 Hz
/circle4Optional Fusing
/circle4Dual/Multi-tap
/circle4RoHS compliant
/circle4Single phase
/circle450/60 Hz
/circle4Optional Fusing
/circle4Dual/Multi-tap
/circle4RoHS compliant
/circle4Single phase
/circle460 Hz only
/circle4Optional Fusing
/circle4Indoor/outdoor non-ventilated
enclosure
/circle4Single phase
/circle4Exceeds requirements of the
Uniform Building Code (UBC)
and California Code Title 24
/circle4Copper windings provided for
all transformers rated 2 kVA
and below
/circle4Aluminum windings provided
for all transformers rated 2 kVA
and above
/circle4NEMA Type 3R rated
enclosures
/circle450/60 HZ or 60 Hz
Output Power 63…2000VA 50…3000VA 50…3000VA 0.05…25 kVA
Input Voltage/
Primary Voltage
208…600V
220…550 (50 Hz) 208…575V (50/60 Hz) 120…600V 208…600V
Output Voltage/
Secondary Voltage
24…120V
24…230V (50 Hz) 24…120V (50/60 Hz) 24…240V 120…240V
Insulation 63…2000VA — Class 130 °C
(55…80 °C temp. rise)
50…150VA — Class 105 °C (55 °C temp. rise)
200…1500VA — Class 130 °C (80 °C temp. rise)
2000…3000VA — Class 180 °C (100 °C temp. rise)
Class 180 °C (115 °C temp. rise)
Certifications cULus, CE cULus cULus UL, CSA
Standards CSA C22.2 No. 66.1, EN 61558,
UL 5085-1, 5085-2
CSA C22.2 No. 66.1,
UL 5085-1, 5085-2
CSA C22.2 No. 66.1,
UL 5085-1, 5085-2
CSA C22.2 No. 47 — M90,
UL 1561
Page Page 4 Page 9 Page 14 Page 19

4 Rockwell Automation Publication -1497-TD001A-EN-P
1497 Control Circuit Transformers Specifications
Cat. No. 1497-B-HXJX-3-N
Control Circuit Transformer, 3-
pole
Fuse Block with Optional
Cat. No. 1491-R150 Fuse Cover
Cat. No. 1497-C-BASX-0-N
Control Circuit Transformer,
Non-Fused
Bulletin 1497 — Global Control Circuit Transformers
Bulletin 1497 Global Control Circuit Transformers are designed to reduce supply voltages to control circuits. The complete line of transformers is available with optional factory-installed or panel-mount primary and secondary fuse block. A dual primary and secondary fuse block is pre-wired and mounted on top of the transformer up to 500VA.
/circle463…2000VA
/circle4Single, dual, and multi-tap primary voltages
/circle4Single phase
/circle4EN 60-529 finger-safe protection
/circle4RoHS compliant
Standards Compliance
UL 5085-1, UL 5085-2
EN61558
CSA C22.2 No. 66.1
Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E52057;
Guide No. XPTQ, XPTQ7)
CE
Catalog Number Explanation
Bulletin 1497 Multi-Tap Transformers
1497 –A– M1 –3–N
abcd
a
VA Rating
Code Description [VA]
A 63
B 80
C 130
D 200
E 250
F 350
G 500
H 750
J 800
K 1000
L 1600
M 2000
b
Primary and Secondary Voltage
Code Primary Secondary
M1 240V, 208V 120V (60 Hz)
M2 240V, 208V 24V (60 Hz)
M3 240V, 208V 24V, 120V (60 Hz)
M4 415V, 400V, 380V 115X230V (50 Hz)
M5 415V, 400V, 380V 24V (50 Hz)
c
Fuse Block Options §
Code Block Options
0 0 Primary, 0 Secondary
1 0 Primary, 1 Secondary
2 2 Primary, 0 Secondary
3 2 Primary, 1 Secondary
d
Factory Installed Options
Code Description
N No Fusing, No Cover
a
VA Rating
Code Description [VA]
A 63
B 80
C 130
D 200
E 250
F 350
G 500
H 750
J 800
K 1000
L 1600
M 2000
b
Primary and Secondary Voltage
Code Primary Secondary
HX 208V (60 Hz) —
AX 240V (60 Hz),
220V (50 Hz) —
BA 1 240X480V (60 Hz),
220X440V (50 Hz) —
CX/snowflake600V (60 Hz),
550V (50 Hz) —
DX‡ — 120V (60 Hz)
JX — 24V (60 Hz)
SX — 120V (60 Hz),
110V (50Hz)
JK — 24V (50 Hz),
26V (60 Hz)
c
Fuse Block Options §
Code Block Options
0 0 Primary, 0 Secondary
1 0 Primary, 1 Secondary
2 2 Primary, 0 Secondary
3 2 Primary, 1 Secondary
d
Factory Installed Options
Code Description
N No Fusing, No Cover
Bulletin 1497 Transformers
1497 –A– BADX –3–N
abc d
1 When the primary voltage code BA is selected and a 120V AC secondary is desired, the secondary voltage code SX should be selected. /snowflakeVA rating codes G, H, or J with primary voltage over 500V have only cULus approval. ‡ Not available for use with primary voltage code BA.
§ VA rating codes H…M are only available with no fuse block option (0).

I
l-----+-----------1 f---------+------+--------1 t----+-1 -- F - BASX - 3 - N

5Rockwell Automation Publication 1497-TD001A-EN-P
1497 Control Circuit Transformers Specifications
Selecting a Control Circuit Transformer
For proper transformer selection, three characteristics of the load circuit must be determined in addition to the minimum voltage required to operate the circuit. These are total steady-state (sealed) VA, total inrush VA, and inrush load power factor.
/circle4Total steady-state (sealed) VA is the volt-amperes that the transformer must deliver to the load circuit for an extended period of time — the amount of current required to hold the contact in the circuit.
/circle4Total inrush VA is the volt amperes that the transformer must deliver upon initial energization of the control circuit. Energization of electromagnetic devices takes 30…50 milliseconds. During this inrush period, the electromagnetic control devices draw many times normal current — 3…10 times normal is typical.
/circle4Inrush load power factor is difficult to determine without detailed vector analysis of all the load components. Such an analysis is generally not feasible. Therefore, a safe assumption is 40% power factor.

Selection Process

1. Determine the total inrush VA of the control circuits from the table below. Do not neglect the current requirements of indicating lights and other devices that do not have an inrush VA but are re- energized at the same time as the other components in the circuit. Their total VA should be added to the total inrush VA.

2. Refer to the table below, Regulation Data — Inrush VA. If the supply circuit voltage (Step 1) is reasonably stable and fluctuates not more than ± 5%, refer to the 90% secondary voltage column.

If it fluctuates as much as ± 10%, refer to the 95% secondary voltage column. Go down the column selected until at the inrush VA closest to, but not less than, the inrush VA of the control circuit.

3. Read to the far left side of the chart. The transformer’s continuous nominal VA rating is now selected. The secondary voltage that will be delivered under inrush conditions will be either 85%, 90%, or 95% of the rated secondary voltage, depending on the column selected from the table below, Regulation Data — Inrush VA. The total sealed VA of the control circuit must not exceed the nominal VA rating of the transformer selected from the table below, Typical Magnetic Motor Starter and Contactor Data 60 Hz, 120 Volt, 3-Pole .

4. Refer to the specification tables on the following pages to select a transformer according to the required continuous nominal VA, and primary and secondary voltage combinations.

Regulation Data — Inrush VA
Inrush VA at 40% Power Factor
Power Factor
Adjustments
Nominal
VA Rating 85% 90% 95%
Power
Factor Multiply By
63 347 289 216 100% 0.64
80 338 290 229 90% 0.67
130 907 745 541 80% 0.71
200 1267 1039 754 70% 0.78
250 1394 1116 781 60% 0.82
350 2870 2298 1584 50% 0.91
500 3786 3013 2065 40% 1.00
750 7360 5763 3786 30% 1.11
800 7360 5763 3786 20% 1.29
1000 8837 6785 4329 10% 1.50
1600 14921 11328 7070 ——
2000 20500 14850 9100 ——
Typical Magnetic Motor Starter and Contactor Data 60 Hz, 120 Volt, 3-Pole
Contactor
NEMA Size
0 12345
Bulletin 500
192 192 240 660 1225 1490 VA
Inrush
29 29 29 45 69 96 VA
SealedI I I I I
6 Rockwell Automation Publication -1497-TD001A-EN-P
1497 Control Circuit Transformers Specifications
Fuse Sizing Charts
Important: Select the fuse to protect the control circuit conductors in accordance with the National Electrical Code.

Primary Fuse Sizing Chart (When Only Primary Protection is Used) Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Fuses Based on Transformer Primary Voltage and the National Electrical Code VA 208V 220V 240V 277V 347V 380V 400V 415V 440V 480V 500V 550V 600V 690V 63 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 80 111 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.25
130 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.25 11 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5 200 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 111 0.75
250 333 2.5 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.25 1.25 1
350 54433 2.5 2.5 2.5 222 1.5 1.5 1.5
500 43354333333 2.5 2.5 2
750 65543555544433
800 66543335554443
1000 87664444333554
1600 12 12 11 97766655443
2000 12 11 13 12 9888766654
Primary Fuse Sizing Chart (When Primary and Secondary Protection is Used) Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Fuses Based on Transformer Primary Voltage and the National Electrical Code VA 208V 220V 240V 277V 347V 380V 400V 415V 440V 480V 500V 550V 600V 690V 63 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 80 1.5 1.5 1.5 1111 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5
130 3 2.5 2.5 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 11 0.75
200 4443 2.5 2.5 2.5 2222 1.5 1.5 1
250 65543333 2.5 2.5 2.5 22 1.5
350 877654443333 2.5 2.5
500 65597666555443
750 98765999877665
800 99875558888765
1000 12 10 10 97666555887
1600 15 15 15 12 11 10 10 9988765
2000 20 20 20 18 14 12 12 12 10 10 10 987
Secondary Fuse Sizing Chart
Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Fuses Based on the National Electrical Code VA 24V 110V 115V 120V 230V
63 4 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.4
80 5111 0.5
130 9 1.8 1.8 1.8 0.9
200 13 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.25
250 15 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.5
350 20 4.5 4.5 4.5 2.5
500 30 6.25 6.25 6.25 3
750 45 999 4.5
800 45 999 4.5
1000 60 12 12 12 6
1600 100 20 20 20 10
2000 — 25 25 25 12
I
I
7Rockwell Automation Publication 1497-TD001A-EN-P
1497 Control Circuit Transformers Specifications
Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Transformer without Fusing Transformer with Fuse Holder and Covers

VA ABCDEFGHJK
Approximate Shipping Wt. — lb (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
63 3-7/8
(98.00)
3-1/4
(82.55)
3-1/8
(79.38)
3-1/2
(88.90)
7/32
(5.54)
22/32
(18.29)
2-27/32
(72.39)
2-3/8
(73.91)
4-5/64
(103.51)
3-57/64
(99.01)
4-1/2
(2.04)
4-4/5
(2.18)
80 3-7/8
(98.00)
3-1/4
(82.55)
3-1/8
(79.38)
3-1/2
(88.90)
7/32
(5.54)
22/32
(18.29)
2-27/32
(72.39)
2-3/8
(73.91)
4-5/64
(103.51)
3-57/64
(99.01)
4-1/2
(2.04)
4-4/5
(2.18)
130 3-7/8
(98.00)
3-1/4
(82.55)
3-1/8
(79.38)
3-1/2
(88.90)
7/32
(5.54)
22/32
(18.29)
3-3/8
(85.60)
3-13/32
(86.61)
4-45/64
(119.5)
4-35/64
(115.44)
6-7/10
(3.04)
7-3/20
(3.24)
Transformer with Fuse Holder and Covers Transformer without Fusing

VA ABCDEFGHJK
Approximate Shipping Wt. — lb (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
200 4-7/8
(123.95)
4-7/16
(112.78)
3-3/4
(95.25)
4-1/2
(114.30)
7/32
(5.59)
1-1/8
(28.70)
3-3/8
(85.60)
3-29/32
(86.61)
5-21/64
(135.26)
5-11/64
(131.44)
8-2/5
(3.81)
8-7/10
(3.95)
250 4-7/8
(123.95)
4-7/16
(108.20)
3-3/4
(95.25)
4-1/2
(114.30)
7/32
(5.59)
1-1/8
(28.70)
3-7/8
(98.30)
3-29/32
(98.30)
5-21/64
(135.26)
5-11/64
(131.44)
10-2/5
(4.72)
10-4/5
(4.90)
350 4-7/8
(123.95)
4-7/16
(108.20)
3-3/4
(95.25)
4-1/2
(114.30)
7/32
(5.59)
1-1/8
(28.70)
3-7/8
(98.30)
3-29/32
(98.30)
5-21/64
(135.26)
5-11/64
(131.44)
13-2/5
(6.08)
13-4/5
(6.26)
C
E
\)~07
,J_J
[g}f7 ~ ==='====~_l
E~ f---
' r~ ~ ~ ~ ii
7 M~ 7 H 1--
I
H 1--
A
B
u~J ~~I 1-d ~ _J ~ l I
'. D ~
1 ~~
J
K
L]____________L j
_J L j 7
~ L~J

8 Rockwell Automation Publication -1497-TD001A-EN-P
1497 Control Circuit Transformers Specifications
Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Transformer without Fusing Transformer with Fuse Holder and Covers

VA ABCDEFGHJK
Approximate Shipping Wt. — lb (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
500 5-1/4
(133.35)
4-33/64
(114.81)
4-3/8
(111.25)
5-1/4
(133.35)
5/16
(7.87)
45/64
(18.03)
4-17/32
(114.81)
5-1/2
(139.70)
6-3/16
(156.97)
5-15/16
(150.62)
17-3/5
(7.98)
17-19/20
(8.14)

VA ABCDEFGH
Approximate Shipping Wt. — lb (kg)
Without Top-Mounted Fuse Block
750 5-3/4
(146.05)
5 (127.51)
4-3/8
(111.25)
5-1/4
(133.35)
5/16
(7.87)
45/64
(18.03)
4-9/16
(114.81)
5-19/32
(137.41)
21-1/2
(9.75)
800 5-3/4
(146.05)
5 (127.51)
4-3/8
(111.25)
5-1/4
(133.35)
5/16
(7.87)
45/64
(18.03)
4-9/16
(114.81)
5-19/32
(137.41)
21-1/2
(9.75)
1000 6-3/8
(161.92)
5-3/8
(136.53)
5-5/16
(134.94)
6-3/8
(161.92)
5/16
(7.87)
45/64
(18.03)
5-33/64
(140.21)
6-1/2
(162.56)
37-1/5
(16.87)
1600 8-1/2
(215.90)
7-1/4
(184.15)
5-3/4
(143.76)
6-3/4
(171.45)
7/16
(10.92)
45/64
(18.03)
5-3/4
(146.05)
7-1/16
(168.66)
50-4/5
(23.04)
2000 9-1/2
(241.30)
8-1/4
(209.55)
5-3/4
(143.76)
6-3/4
(171.45)
7/16
(10.92)
45/64
(18.03)
5-11/64
(149.86)
7-1/16
(172.47)
61 (27.67)
Transformer without Fusing
1J
CROSS

REFERENCE
TO

ROCKWELL
PART
NUMBER
40121-518-01
10-32 PHIL-SL □ T-5/16 '

11.50 [292]
r

6.00*
[153]

8.75 [222]

PRIMAR Y S IDE
I
IH CH Ztl ,ei
I
L><_J
1,-,"'.- 1 1,.;, J
PRIMARY IDENTIFICATI □ N LABEL

MAIN PRODUCT
IDENTIFICATI □ N LABEL

INDUSTRIAL CONTR OL TRANSFORM ER
CAT $lll K.W.A.
2,-618.{)1 IA l ~i ..
~=v l~v ~~
l120X240 I 60Hz l ~
GP Allen-Bradley ,@ ... ~o!~ 0 ~6323u 1;.,,

SECONDARY IDENTIFICATION LABEL
I
1'""'.'"'1 1' ';;'1 I . f"X7, .
0 PRIMARY IDENTIFICATI □ N LABEL
(H £H ZH l>H
~
I . .:, .J

SECONDARY IDENTIFICATION LABEL
X4 X2 X3 X1

MAIN PRODUCT

IDENTIFICATIDN LABEL

INDUSTRIA L CONTROL TRANSFORMER
CAT. SER K .V.A.
140121-618-01 I A I~ :Z
PRIM"AKY TEMP.CL. •c ~ ~
l240X480 I ~ 9 ~
SECONOARY FREQUENCY ~ l!l
I 120X240 II 60Hz I tll
...... MADE
~ Allen-Bradley , @ us ~~~:•0 E46323u1;~

0.44 [llJ TYP.
4 PLACES

TORQUE LABEL
USE MIN 105°C INSULATED WIRE
TORQUE TERMINALS TO 30 LB-IN
SECONDARY SIDE 0.69 [18] TYP.

10.00 [254]
7, 0
TORQUE LABEL [191]
0 ----------ti.OD [203]
--------9 ,0 0 [ 2 2 9 J
- 2.0 [51]

SECONDARY SIDE
4 PLACES

SECONDARY
SIDE
A~
-
I
J
-l 0.38 I-
I ClOl I __j_
w~, _0 .. 50
LIJ [13]

0.062 '
THICK
I 0.19
[5]

TERMINAL DETAIL
-
~
~
Tro.nsforMer Specifico. tions
PRIMARY V OL TAGE(S) 240 x 480
SECONDARY V OL TAGE(S) 120x240
RATED V .A. 5000
RATED FREQUENCY 60
IN S ULATI □ N CLASS 180

AGENCY APPROV ALS UL, CUL
ESTIMATED \J EIGHT 112.5 LB S

TEST REQUIREMENTS
\o/ INDING H4-H3 H2-Hl X 4- X3 X2- Xl
□ .C. V DL TS 240 240 124.1 llE 124.1 llE
LOAD V OLTS 240 240 120 120
F.L. AMPS 11.342 11.342 20.83 20.83
HI-PDT 4800 V 3000 V
EXCITING AMPS 3.91AMPS MA X le' 240 V OL TS, 60HZ
EXCITING \o/ ATTS 168.0 MA X
llE V OLTAGE TOLERANCE IS 123.2 to 125.0 V OL TS
H4 0 120 Xl
H2 X3
H3 X2
H 1 __ ___, ~- X 4

CONNECTION DIAGRAM
NOTE•
I. ALL MEASURMENTS IN INCHES <MM)
,. TOLERANCE ON CORE STACK I S -0.0625 / +0.18 7 5
IMMEDIATELY AFTER FIN AL TEST:
-ATTACH ONE END OF JUMPERS 491-3004 ( 2 REQ,)
TD TERMINAL ' H2 '
-ATTACH ONE END OF JUMPERS 491-3004 ( 2 REQ,)

TD TERMINAL

PRIMARY
SIDE
A~
·x2 ·
NOTES AS APPLICABLE•
1) DD N □ T SCALE DRAl,IING
2) UNLESS □ THER IJ ISE SPECIFIED,

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, AND
TOLERANCES ARE•

FRACTIONS DECIMALS ANGLES
! 1/ 32 .xx .020 + 1120 .xxx .010 -
ADD MICRON PART fl TD LABEL PJA 2/ 07 / 12
C UPDATE DRA\JING, AN004728 J .V 1/ 12/ 11
B CHANGE CUSTOMER P / N AN04316 RN 3 / 15/ 10
A NE\J J .V 12/ 4/ 09
ECL RE V ISI □ N S BY DATE

PAC KAGED ACCESSORIES
~

MICRON INDUSTRIES CORPOR ATION
1211 'w',22rict STREET , Sult • 200, CAK BROCK, ILL .

M{£ 1-1. <800)664-4660 , <630):116-leee Fox <630):116-18.!0 TRANSF'ORMER www.Hlc r"Or'IPOw• r",COfl
12/ 4/ 09 DUWN J.G.V CHtclCl:D
~.m0:_• R □ CK 'v/ ELL fl40121-518-0t
E5K0-0482-3CR306BO
o """ ESK0-0482-3

Relays & Timers
Technical Data
Regulating and Monitoring
FT 011 Tamperproof Thermostat
||
FT011/06-08/US
Specifications are subject to change without notice. Suitability of this product for its intended use and any associated risks must be determined by the end customer/ buyer in its final application.

STEGO, Inc. · 1395 South Marietta Parkway · Building 800 · Marietta, GA 30067 · Tel: (770) 984-0858 · Fax: (770) 984- 0615 Toll free: 1-888-783-4611 (US & Canada only) · www.stegousa.com Compact design
Fixed setpoints
Color coded modules
DIN rail mountable
Tamperproof (Pre-set) Thermostat FTO 011
NC / opens on temperature rise (red module housing) - for regulating heaters or for switching signal devices when temperature has fallen below the minimum value.

Tamperproof (Pre-set) Thermostat FTS 011
NO / closes on temperature rise (blue module housing) - for regulating filter fans, heat exchang- ers, cooling devices or for switching signal devices when temperature limit has been exceeded.

Sensor element thermostatic bimetal
Contact type snap-action contact
Contact resistance < 20m˜
Service life > 100,000 cycles
Max. switching capacity 10A resistive / 2A inductive @ 120VAC 5A resistive / 1.6A inductive @ 240VAC
DC 30W
Max. inrush current AC 10A
EMC acc. to EN 55014-1-2, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3
Connection 2-pole terminal for AWG 14 max. (2.5mm²), torque 0.8Nm max.

Housing plastic, UL 94V-0, light grey
Mounting clip for 35mm DIN rail, EN 60 715
Mounting position vertical
Operating temperature -4 to +176°F (-20 to +80°C)
Storage temperature -49 to +176°F (-45 to +80°C)
Dimensions 1.85 x 1.3 x 1.3” (47 x 33 x 33mm)
Weight approx. 0.8 oz. (23g)
Protection type IP20
Approvals UL File No. E164102, VDE
Part No. Contact Switch-off temperature Switch-on temperature 01160.0-00 NC - open on rise 59°F / 15°C (± 9°F / 5K tolerance) 41°F / 5°C (± 9°F / 5K tolerance) 01160.0-01 NC - open on rise 77°F / 25°C (± 9°F / 5K tolerance) 59°F / 15°C (± 9°F / 5K tolerance) Switch-on temperature Switch-off temperature
01161.0-00 NO - close on rise 122°F / 50°C (± 11°F / 6K tolerance) 104°F / 40°C (± 12.6°F / 7K tolerance) 01161.0-01 NO - close on rise 140°F / 60°C (± 11°F / 6K tolerance) 122°F / 50°C (± 12.6°F / 7K tolerance) 01161.0-02 NO - close on rise 95°F / 35°C (± 11°F / 6K tolerance) 77°F / 25°C (± 12.6°F / 7K tolerance) 12 1.3” (33 mm)

1.85” (47 mm)

1.3” (33 mm)
NC (red) NO (blue)
Wiring examples
FTO 011 ThermostatHeater FTS 011 Thermostat e.g. Fan FTS 011 Thermostat e.g. Signal Device i. - ·:
i ·--~!
.I
1 2
N
J~ 50°C
NO 122°F
,·-·:
i -~!
.I
1 2
N
Cross Reference RA Part 25325-010-01

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 700-AR2 B
Product: 700-AR2
Description: 700-A RC Surge Suppressor, 110...240V AC/DC (Pkg. Qty. 10) Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

ACCESSORY SELECTION
Bulletin Number 700-H General Purpose Accessories
Accessory Selection Individual Accessory Selection

SELECTION
Bulletin 700-H Accessories

Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
9-21
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Accessories
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Diode Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…220V DC used with 700-HN153 socket 10 700-ADR Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC used with 700-HN153 socket 10
700-ADL1R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC used with 700-HN153 socket 10
700-ADL2R
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC used with 700-HN153 socket 10 700-ADL3R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC used with 700-HN153 socket 10
700-AV1R
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC used with 700-HN153 socket 10 700-AV3R
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC used with 700-HN153 socket 10 700-AR1
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC used with 700-HN153 socket 10 700-AR2
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range:
12…24V AC/DC used with sockets that accept
plug-in accessory modules.
t
U (A1/A2)

LED & R
t
U (A1/A2)

LED & R
On-Delay
One-Shot
1 700-AT3
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range:
110…125V AC used with sockets that accept
plug-in accessory modules.
700-AT3A1
Timing Module
On-Delay or One-Shot selectable voltage range:
230…240V AC used with sockets that accept
plug-in accessory modules.
700-AT3A2
Multi-Function Multi-Range Time Module
Voltage range 12…240V AC 50/60 Hz and 12…240V DC, with a voltage variation of 85…110%.

Repeat accuracy of ±1%. Reset time <50 ms. For use with 700-HN153 socket. Refer to page 9-23 for Specifications.
1 700-HT3
Eight Timing Modes
Seven Timing Ranges:

1. 1 s 0.05 s…1 s

2. 10 s 0.5 s…10 s

3. 100 s 5 s…100 s

4. 10 min. 0.5 min…10 min

5. 100 min. 5 min…100 min

6. 10 hours 0.5 hr…10 hr
Cat. No. 700-HT3 7. 100 hours 5 hr…100 hr

8. LED Indicator
Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Guarded Terminal Construction 11-blade socket for use with Bulletin 700-HB relays. This socket has coil and contact separation as well as the ability to use optional plug-in modules ( 700-A__ accessories, LED, surge suppression, timing modules).
10 700-HN153
Cat. No. 700-HN153
Screw Terminal Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Open Style Construction 11-blade for use with Bulletin 700-HB relays. 10
700-HN154
Cat. No. 700-HN154
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m 10
199-DR1
Cat. No. 199-DR1
Retainer Clip for Cat. No. -HN154 open terminal socket with 700-HB relays 11 Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10. 10 700-HN156 Sample Retainer Clips Retainer Clip for Cat. No. 700-HN153 Sockets with 700-HB Relays1. Secures relay in socket.

Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10. 10 700-HN158 1 See Bulletin 700-HB square base relay socket and retainer clip reference chart (see page 9-22). _________.,
:'~ .
1~--1-·-
iiiiiri'
~ L
@
'f\ui I-...;;;;;:!
1!111111 -f IBIII
" l!!liil!!IIII
1111111
liil!IIII
liil!liill
liililllll
-~-!-!
... -.-.-.
- -
_,:..
, . .
ii Ill'
ii - - --- -
·=-,
\jW)
~ Allen-Bradley "'11111111"'

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 700-CF310D A
Product: 700-CF310D
Description:

CONTROL RELAY DATA
Relay Coil Voltaje 4-Pole AC Coil Voltage
Terminal Type Screw Terminals
Contact Type Standard Contacts
Contact Configuration 3 N.O. / 1 N.C.

Control Voltage 110V 50Hz / 120V 60Hz

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
cULus
CE
CSA

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
TA473 110V 50Hz/120V 60Hz Coil
MCS-CF Control Relay, 3 N.O. / 1 N.C. , 110V 50Hz / 120V 60Hz
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Product Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 700-CF — Control Relay
/circle4IEC industrial relays
/circle4Mechanically linked contact performance per IEC 60947-5-1 /circle4Gold plated, bifurcated version for low level switching applications /circle4Master control relay version rated 15 A (AC-15) /circle4Solid-state and pneumatic timing modules
/circle44-…10 Poles Standards Compliance
Certifications
4-Pole AC Coil Voltage (Ratings for 700-CF Only)
AC-12 AC-15
Connection
Diagrams
Contacts
Standard
Contacts
Cat. No./snowflake
Gold Plated
Bifurcated
Contacts
Cat. No.1
Master
Contacts
Cat. No.1
Ith [A] Ie [A]
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V 120V 240V 400V 500V 600V 690V N.O. N.C. 20 20 10 10 10 6 2.5 1 1
22 700-CF220⊗ 700-CFB220⊗ 700-CFM220⊗⊗
31 700-CF310⊗ 700-CFB310⊗ 700-CFM310⊗
40 700-CF400⊗ 700-CFB400⊗ 700-CFM400⊗
11 12
21 22
31 32
41 42
04 700-CF040⊗ 700-CFB040⊗ —
/snowflakeFor spring clamp terminals, insert R after 700-C. Example: Cat. No. 700-CRF220D. ⊗ AC Coil Voltage Code
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 700-CF220⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-CF220D for 120V, 60 Hz
[V] 12 24 32 36 42 48 100
100
...
110 110 120 127 200
200
...
220 208
208
...
240
220
...
230 230
230
...
240 240 277 347 380
380
...
400 400
400
...
415 440 480 500 550 600
50 Hz R K V W X Y KP — D P S KG L — — F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C — 60 Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG H L — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C 50/60 Hz — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG KL — — KL KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — — 4-Pole DC Coil Voltage (Ratings for 700-CF Only)
AC-12 AC-15
Connection
Diagrams
Contacts
Standard
Contacts
Cat. No.‡
Gold Plated
Bifurcated
Contacts
Cat. No.1
Master
Contacts
Cat. No.1
Ith [A] Ie [A]
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V 120V 240V 400V 500V 600V 690V N.O. N.C. 20 20 10 10 10 6 2.5 1 1
22 700-CF220⊗ 700-CFB220⊗ 700-CFM220⊗⊗
31 700-CF310⊗ 700-CFB310⊗ 700-CFM310⊗
40 700-CF400⊗ 700-CFB400⊗ 700-CFM400⊗
‡For spring clamp terminals, insert R after 700-C. Example: Cat. No. 700-CRF220ZJ. ⊗ DC Coil Voltage Code§
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. example: Cat. No. 700-CF220⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-CF220ZJ for 24V DC
[ V ] 9 1 22 43 64 8

48...
72 60 64 72 80 110
110...
125 115 125 220
220...
250 230 250
Standard ZR ZQ ZJ ZW ZY — ZZ ZB ZG ZE ZD — ZP ZS ZA — ZF ZT Standard diode — — DJ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Electronic with diode — EQ EJ — — EY — — — — — ED — — — EA — — § When ordering DJ coil with built-in surge suppression, the DJ is not polarity sensitive. Drop out time: 14…20 ms.

UL 508
CSA C22.2 No. 14
EN/IEC 60947-1, -5-1
Meets the material restrictions
for European Directive
2002/95/EC - EU-RoHS
Table of Contents
Product Selection......this page
Accessories..................9-150
Specifications..............9-154
Approximate
Dimensions...................9-156
cULus Listed (File No. E14840, Guide NKCR/NKCR7)
CE Marked
CCC Certified
1 Ratings for Bulletin 700-CFB and 700-CFM are on page 9-159 www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
2 ~ r
c€ I"~' f;' 1
43 ~
Kl A2·t ·~- ~- ~144
c€.1''~'1"'1"
",.,\.,,U,
c€ 1"1" 103 143
Kl .,tt tt
.,~rrll
-~ - ◄ -·-
~ r
c€
113 ~1 ~1 143
K1 A2t~- ~~- :t
c€
113~1133143
K
1 A2-1~-~- :\~~144
c€
1'3123133143
K1 A2-y1-~l~~\~l44

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
G> Allen-Bradley

Bulletin 700-CF
IEC Industrial Control Relays
Specifications
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Control Circuit General
Cat. No. 700-CF
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
IEC 690V
UL; CSA 600V
Rated Impulse StrengthUimp 6 kV
High Test Voltage
1 minute (per IEC 60947-4) 2500V
Rated Voltage Ue
AC 115, 230, 400, 500, 690V
DC 24, 48, 110, 220, 440V
Short-Circuit Protection gG Fuse 10 A
Rated Frequency 50/60 Hz, DC
Ambient Temperature
Storage –55…+80 °C (–67…176 °F)
Operation at nominal current –25…+60 °C (–13…140 °F)
15% current reduction
for AC-12 at > 60 °C –25…+70 °C (–13…158 °F)
Corrosion Resistance
humid-alternating climate, cyclic,
per IEC 60068-2-30 and
DIN 50 016, 56 cycles
Altitude 2000 m above mean sea level, per
IEC60 947-4
Type of Protection
IP2X (IEC 60529 and DIN 40050) in connected state
Shock Resistance IEC 60068-2: Half sinusoidal shock
11 ms, 30 G (in 3 directions)
Vibration Resistance IEC 60068-2: Static >2 G, in normal position no malfunction <5 G
Verification of Making and Breaking Capacities of Switching Elements Under Normal Conditions Corresponding to the Utilization Categories/snowflake
Utilization
Category
Normal Condition of Use
Make‡ Break‡ Number and Rate of Making and Breaking
operations
I/Ie U/Ue cos ψ I/Ie U/Ue cos ψ No. operating
cycles§
Operating cycles per
minute ON time [s]®
AC-12/command 1 1 0.9 1 1 0.9 6050 6 0.05
AC-13/command 2 1 0.65 1 1 0.65 6050 6 0.05
AC-14/command 6 1 0.3 1 1 0.3 6050 6 0.05
AC-15/command 10 1 0.3 1 1 0.3 6050 6 0.05
DC —— T0.95 —— T0.95 ———
DC-12 1 1 1 ms 1 1 1 ms 6050 6 0.05 ®
DC-13 1 1 6 x P♣ 11 6 x P♣ 6050 6 0.05®
DC-14/command 10 1 15 ms 1 1 15 ms 6050 — 0.05®
Ie Rated operational current, I Current to be made or broken Ue Rated operational voltage, U Voltage before make
PUeIe Steady-state power consumption (W)
T0.95 Time to reach 95% of the steady-state current (ms) /snowflakeSee sub-clause 8.3.3.5.2.
‡ For tolerances on test quantities, see sub-clause 8.3.2.2. § The first 50 operating cycles shall be run at U/U e=1.1 with the loads set at U e. ♣ The value “6 x P” results from an empirical relationship which is found to represent most DC magnetic loads to an upper limit of P = 50 W, e.g., 6 x P= 300 W. ® The ON time shall be at least equal to T 0.95.
/commandWhere the break current differs from the make current value, the ON time refers to the make current value after which the current is reduced to the break current value for a suitable period e.g., 0.05 s.

Utilization Category Table from EN 60947-5-1
Cat. No. 700-CF
Operating Voltage
AC 50/60 Hz
Pickup [x Us] 0.85…1.1
Dropout [x Us] 0.3…0.6
DC1
Pickup [x Us] 0.8…1.1
Dropout [x Us] 0.1…0.6
Coil Consumption
AC 50/60 Hz Inrush [VA/W] 70/50
Seal [VA/W] 8/2.6
DC (conventional) Inrush/Seal [W] 6.5
DC (electronic)
Inrush (avg./
peak) [W] 10/17
Seal [W] 1.7
Operating Times
AC 50/60 Hz Pickup Time [ms] 15…30
Dropout Time [ms] 10…60
DC (conventional) Pickup Time [ms] 40…70
Dropout Time [ms] 7…15
DC (electronic) Pickup Time [ms] 25…50
Dropout Time [ms] 25…50
Min OFF time [ms] 200
Max. ripple ± 15%
Latch Attachment Release, 100-FL
Coil Consumption AC [VA/W] 45/40
DC [W] 25
Contact Signal Duration [min./max] 0.03…15 s
Timing Attachment
Reset Time, 100-
ETA, 100-ETB
at min. time
setting [ms] 10
at max. time
setting [ms] 70
Repeat Accuracy ± 10%
1 For 9V DC, code ZR, use operating voltage 0.65…1.3 x U s.

For 24V DC, code ZJ, DJ, or EJ use operating voltage 0.7…1.25 x U s.

For 110V DC, code ED use operating voltage 0.7…1.25 x U s. www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
3 ============::== ======~======
t t
--------,---L_ -_ -_ ---r-+--_ -_ -----r-+ -_ -_ -_ -__ -_ -_ -_ -_ -+ +_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ - -------+-L_ -_ -_ -++--_ -_ '-----t--_ -_ -_ -----+---
---------,-----L -_ -_ ~---+---_ -_ ----i--+ -_ -__ - -----+--- ------+-L -- -_ ++-- _ - _ -----t-+ -_ -_ -_ -----+---
~ Allen-Bradley "'llimJ"

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 700-HA33A1 D
Product: 700-HA33A1
Description: 700-HA General Purpose Tube Base Relay, 10 Amp Contact, 3PDT, 120V 50/60 Hz
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

CONTROL RELAY DATA
Bulletin Number 700-HA General Purpose Tube Base Relay
Contact Rating 10A Standard Contact
Contact Configuration 3PDT Contact Arrangement
Coil Voltage 120V 50/60 Hz
Relay Option No Additional Options

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL
CE
cULus
cURus
IMQ
ABS
CSA
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Bulletin No. 700-HA 700-HB 700-HD 700-HF
Type General-Purpose Relay General-Purpose Relay General-Purpose Relay General-Purpose Relay Features
/circle4Pin-style terminals
/circle4Standard ON/OFF flag
indicator
/circle4Electrical schematic on face
/circle4Clear cover for visual
inspection
/circle4Optional Push-to-test and
manual override
/circle4Optional LED
/circle4Blade-style quick connect
terminals
/circle4Standard ON/OFF flag
indicator
/circle4Electrical schematic on face
/circle4Clear cover for visual
inspection
/circle4Optional push-to-test and
manual override
/circle4Optional LED
/circle4Flange-mounted
/circle4Blade-style quick connection
terminals
/circle4Clear cover for visual
inspection
/circle4Square-base
/circle4Plug-in quick connect solder
terminals
/circle4Optional push-to-test and LED
Contact Ratings
Contact Form DPDT, 3PDT DPDT, 3PDT DPDT, 3PDT DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT Contact Type Single Single Single Single
Contact Material AgNi, AgNi + Gold AgCdO AgCdO AgCdO
Max. operating
current under
resistive load
700-HA: 10 A
-HAX: 6 A 15 A 15 A 10 A
Min. permissible
load
700-HA 10V 5 mA
700-HAB 5V 5 mA
700-HAX 6V 1mA
10V 10 mA 10V 10 mA 5V 100 mA
Coil Ratings
Coil Voltage
AC: 6, 12, 24, 48, 110, 120, 208,
230, 240, 277V
DC: 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 80,
110, 125, 140, 220V
AC: 6, 12, 24, 120, 240V
DC: 6, 12, 24, 48, 110V
AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 208V,
240V
DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V
AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 240V
DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V
Permissible Coil
Voltage Variation
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
85…110% of Nominal
Voltage at 50 Hz
85…110% of Nominal
V
oltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal
Voltage at DC
Electrical Ratings
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
Pole-to-pole: 2000V
Contact-to-coil: 2000V
Contact-to-frame: 2000V
Pole-to-pole: 2500V
Contact-to-coil: 4000V
Contact-to-frame: 2500V
Pole-to-pole: 2500V
Contact-to-coil: 4000V
Contact-to-frame: 2500V
Pole-to-pole: 1500V AC
Contact-to-coil: 1500V AC
Contact-to-frame: 1500V AC
Electric Service
Life (cycles) 100 000 minimum 100 000 minimum 100 000 minimum 200 000 minimum, 500 000 minimum (DPDT)
Reference
Certifications CE, cULus, cURus, CSA, Lloyds CE, cULus, cURus, CSA, Lloyds CE, UR, CSA, Lloyds CE, UR, CSA Socket Cat. No(s).
700-HN100, 700-HN101, 700-
HN125, 700-HN126, 700-HN204,
700-HN205
700-HN153,
700-HN154 — 700-HN116, 700-HN138, 700-
HN139
Page Number page 9-9 page 9-20 page 9-26 page 9-29
Bulletin 700
Relays, Timers & Temperature Controllers
9-3
Product Overview
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P~ Allen-Bradley "'11111111"'

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
9-9
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Product Overview/Product Selection
/circle410 A contact rating
/circle4DPDT, 3PDT
/circle4Pin-style terminals
/circle4Standard ON/OFF flag indicator
/circle4Options: LED, push-to-test and manual override, socket-mounted surge suppressor module, or multi-function timer
/circle4Contact choices: standard silver nickel, bifurcated silver nickel, or bifurcated with gold plating
Table of Contents
Product Selection......this page
Accessories..................9-11
Specifications.............. 9-9
Approximate
Dimensions...................9-17
Description Contact Rating
Wiring Diagrams
Coil Voltage Cat. No./snowflake‡§U.S./Canada International DPDT
2-pole
2 Form C
Single AgNi Contact 10 A
B300
Input
6V AC 700-HA32A06
12V AC 700-HA32A12
24V AC 700-HA32A24
120V AC 700-HA32A1
240V AC 700-HA32A2
277V AC 700-HA32A27®
6V DC 700-HA32Z06
12V DC 700-HA32Z12
24V DC 700-HA32Z24
36V DC 700-HA32Z36
48V DC 700-HA32Z48
60V DC 700-HA32Z60
80V DC 700-HA32Z80
110V DC 700-HA32Z1
125V DC 700-HA32Z01
Sockets 700-HN125 700-HN100
700-HN204
140V DC
700-HA32Z3
220V DC 700-HA32Z2®
3PDT
3-pole
3 Form C
Single AgNi Contact 10 A
B300
Input
6V AC 700-HA33A06
12V AC 700-HA33A12
24V AC 700-HA33A24
120V AC 700-HA33A1
240V AC 700-HA33A2
6V DC 700-HA33Z06
12V DC 700-HA33Z12
24V DC 700-HA33Z24
48V DC 700-HA33Z48
60V DC 700-HA33Z60
80V DC 700-HA33Z80
110V DC 700-HA33Z1
125V DC 700-HA33Z01
Sockets 700-HN126 700-HN101
700-HN205
140V DC
700-HA33Z3
220V DC 700-HA33Z2®
1 For Time Module and Surge Suppressor Module, see page 9-12. /snowflakeLED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC Units, add (-4L). ‡ Push-to-test, Manual Override, and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L). § Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA relay. ® LED not available for 220V DC and 277V AC coils.

Product Selection
Bulletin 700-HA Tube Base Relay with PIN Terminals (Single Contact) — Mechanical ON/OFF Indicator included1
Bulletin 700-HA — Tube Base Relay
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P~ Allen-Bradley

Cat. No. 700-HA…
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating/snowflake NEMA B300
Rated Thermal
Current (Ith )
HA = 10 A – 120V, 240V
HAX = 6 A – 120V, 240V
Rated Insulation Voltage (U
i) 250V IEC – 300V UL/CSA
Contacts
Inductive Make Break Hp
120V AC 30 A 3 A 1/3
240V AC 15 A 1.5 A 1
General Purpose 10 A, 240V AC
Resistive 10 A, 30V DC
Min. Low Energy Permissible Load HA = 10V, 5 mA
HAX = 5V, 2 mA
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation
Pickup: 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Coil Consumption ±10%
AC Coils 50 Hz 60 Hz
Inrush 3.3 VA 2.85 VA
Sealed 2.2 VA 1.9 VA
DC Coils 1.3 W
Must Dropout Voltage 20% of nominal V AC
10% of nominal V DC
Max. Contact Resistance 50 MΩ (700-HA and 700-HAB)
30 MΩ (700-HAX)
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Electrical
Pole-to-Pole 1000V
Contact to Coil 3600V
Contact to Frame 4000V
Electrical Life (Operating) 100 000 min.

Mechanical
Degree of Protection
(Open Type) IEC 529 IP 40
Mechanical Life Cycles (AC/DC) > 20 x 10 6/ 50 x 106
Switching Frequency Operations 3600/HR
Coil Voltages See Product Selection
Operating Time Max. Pickup 10 ms
Max. Dropout 10 ms
Maximum Operating Rate 4 Ops/s
Vibration Endurance 5 G
Operational 2.5 G
Shock Endurance 50 G
Operational 9 G
Environmental
Temperature Operating AC/DC –40…+70 °C
Storage AC/DC –40…+100 °C
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material Molded High-Dielectric Material
Enclosure Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material 700-HA: 10 A– AgNi
700-HAX: 6 A–Bifurcated/Gold Plating AgNi
Terminal Markings on Socket In accordance with EN50 0005 Sockets 8-Pin Socket — 700-HN100, -HN125, -HN204
11-Pin Socket — 700-HN101, -HN126, -HN205
Certifications
cURus Recognized (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX2/NLDX8), cULus Listed when used with Bulletin 700-HN sockets noted above (File No. E3125, Guide NLDX/NLDX7), CE Marked, CSA Certified, UR Certified (File 229473)
Standards UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 61810-1, EN 60255-23 1 Performance Data – See this catalog, Important- 3.
/snowflakeNEMA Rating Chart is in publication 700-SG003* 13 12
11 10
9 8
7 6
5 4
3 2
1 0
Specifications
9-14
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
►][◄ ◄][►
I
I
~ Allen-Bradley "lli:IIII"

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 700-HN101 D
Product: 700-HN101
Description: 700-HN 11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe Terminal Construction
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

ACCESSORY SELECTION
Bulletin Number 700-H General Purpose Accessories
Accessory Selection Individual Accessory Selection

SELECTION
Bulletin 700-H Accessories

Accessories
Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal Construction. 8-Pin for use with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays, -HX Timing Relays, -HT (On-Delay) and -HRM, -HRC and -HV (Repeat Cycle) Timing Relays.
10 700-HN100
Cat. No. 700-HN100
Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open Style Construction. 8- Pin for use with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays, -HT (On-Delay) and -HRM, -HRC, and -HV (Repeat Cycle) Timing Relays. No retainer clip required.
10 700-HN125
Cat. No. 700-HN125
Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal Construction. 11-pin for use with 3PDT 700-HA relays. 10 700-HN101
Cat. No. 700-HN101
Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open Style Terminal Construction. 11-pin for use with 3PDT 700-HA relays. No retainer clip required. 10 700-HN126
Cat. No. 700-HN126
8-Pin Socket — Can Be Used With or Without Timing Attachment or Surge Suppressor Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — panel or DIN Rail mounting. Guarded terminal construction.

Used with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays.
10 700-HN204
11-Pin Socket — Can Be Used With or Without Timing Module or Surge Suppressor. Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — panel or DIN Rail mounting. Guarded terminal construction.

Used with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HA relays.
10 700-HN205
Cat. No. 700-HN205
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m 10
199-DR1
Cat. No. 199-DR1
13 12
11 10
9 8
7 6
5 4
3 2
1 0
Accessories
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
2~ Allen-Bradley "'llimJ"

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 700-HN131 B
Product: 700-HN131
Description:

General Purpose Accessories
Retainer Clip for 700-HR Relay (Pkg. Qty. 10)
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
Retainer Clip for 700-HR Relay (Pkg. Qty. 10)
1 ACCESSORY ITEMS

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Description
Pkg.

Quantity Cat. No.

Frame Adapter
For flush or door mounting of all Bulletin 700-HR and -HX timers. 1 700-HN130 Cat. No. 700-HN130
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN100 and -HN101 Sockets with all 700-HR Timing Relays
Secures timer in socket.

Note: Not required for installation
10 700-HN131
Sample Retainer Clips
Protective Cover
Helps prevent tampering of timing and mode settings. Provides a degree of protection against water and dirt from entering the front of the relay. For use with all Bulletin 700- HRs and -HX timing relays.
1 700-HN132
Cat. No. 700-HN132
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags.

Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F , R, 1S, and 117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays. 10 700-N40
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification tags for customer specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
10 700-N41
Bulletin 700-HR Multi-function, Multi-Range Dial Timing Relay, Socket, Retainer Clip Reference Chart Timer Type
Socket Cat.

No. Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HR52, -HRT6, -HRV, -HRQR
/snowflake700-HN101 700-HN131
/snowflake700-HN126 Not Required1
/snowflake700-HN129 Not Applicable
700-HRS, -HRT4, -HRP , -HRC, -HRM, -HRF , -HRY , -HRQN
‡ 700-HN100 700-HN131(See note above)
‡ 700-HN108 Not Applicable
‡ 700-HN125 Not Required1
1 Design of these sockets holds the timing relays securely and does not require retainer clips. /snowflake11 pins.
‡ 8 + pins.
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
2 -~~~
'(\vi/
LJ
. . . . . . -:. .. , . .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . : .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. : .. .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. . ' .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . ' .. .. ' ':. . -: . . : .
' - ' . -
G> Allen-Bradley

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 700-HN157 A
Product: 700-HN157
Description:

General Purpose Accessories Retainer Clip for 700-HA Relay (Pkg. Qty. 10) Retainer Clip for 700-HA Relay (Pkg. Qty. 10)
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration selections)
1 ACCESSORY ITEMS
'
s:J
::::

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN100, -HN101, -HN204, and -HN205 Sockets with Bulletin 700-HA Relays 1
Secures relay in socket.
10 700-HN157
Sample Retainer Clips
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers‡
Snap-in markers fit on top of product covers. Squares slip into molded slot on top of product cover.
5 1492-MS5X12
1492-MS6X9
1492-MS6X12
1492-MS8X9
1492-MS8X12
1492-MP-Blank
Snap-in markers
Pre-Printed Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F , R, 1S, and 117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.
10 700-N40
Blank Identification Tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification tags for customer specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays. 10 700-N41
1 See Bulletin 700-HA Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference Chart below. ‡ For pre-printed marker cards, turn to the following 1492 sections (tab 12, under IEC Terminal Block Accessories): 1492-SM5X12_, 1492-SM6X9_,1492- SM8X9_,1492-SM8X12_,1492-MP_.

Relay Type Socket Retainer Clip
700-HA32
700-HAB2
700-HAX2
700-HN100
700-HN125
700-HN204
700-HN200
700-HN157
Not Required§
700-HN157
700-HN157
700-HA33
700-HAB3
700-HAX3
700-HN201
700-HN101
700-HN126
700-HN205
700-HN157
700-HN157
Not Required§
700-HN157
§ Design of these sockets holds the relays securely and does not require retainer clips. 13 12
11 10
9 8
7 6
5 4
3 2
1 0
Accessories
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
2~ Allen-Bradley "'llimJ"

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 700-HN205 A
Product: 700-HN205
Description: 700-HN 11-Pin Tube Base Socket, Screw Terminals, Guarded Touch Safe Terminal Construction with Optional Timing Attachment Space Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

ACCESSORY SELECTION
Bulletin Number 700-H General Purpose Accessories
Accessory Selection Individual Accessory Selection

SELECTION
Bulletin 700-H Accessories
Ser
A
-
. ......... 11.J
Made In Italy
-

Accessories
Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Used with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HA relays.
10 700-HN205
Cat. No. 700-HN205
DIN (#3) symmetrical hat rail
35 x 7.5 x 1 m 10
199-DR1
Cat. No. 199-DR1
13 12
11 10
9 8
7 6
4 3
2 1
0 Accessories
Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
2~ Allen-Bradley "'llimJ"

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 700-HR52TA17 C
Product: 700-HR52TA17
Description: 700-HR General Purpose Dial Timing Relay, Multi-Function, 2 Timed Contacts w/ No Voltage Inputs, Multi-Mode (6 Functions), 0.05 seconds to 300 hours, DPDT Timed, 100...240V AC 50/60Hz / 100...125V DC Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

CONTROL RELAY DATA
Bulletin Number 700-HR Multi-Function Timing Relay
Type of Timer Multi-Function, 2 Timed Contacts w/ No Voltage Inputs Timing Mode Multi-Mode (6 Functions)
Contact Configuration DPDT Timed Contact Arrangement
Timing Range 0.05 seconds to 300 hours
Coil Voltage 100...240V AC 50/60Hz / 100...125V DC

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL
CSA
CE
EN
C-Tick
EN
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Bulletin No. 700-FE 700-FS
700-HR52, -HRP ,
-HRS, -HRT, -HRV 700-HRM/-HRC 700-HRF
Type DIN Rail Timer DIN Rail Timer Multifunction Timer On-Delay Timer Twin Timer Features
/circle4Only 17.5 mm wide
/circle45 A contact rating
/circle4Multifunction or single
function
/circle4No additional socket
required
/circle4Only 22.5 mm wide
/circle48 A contact rating
/circle4Multifunction or single
function
/circle4No additional socket
required
/circle4Optional:
/circle4Star-delta timing
function
/circle4True off-delay timing
function
/circle4Hazardous location
certification
/circle4Dial timing relays
/circle45 A contact rating
/circle4Multiple programmable
timing ranges
/circle4Tube base pin style
terminals
/circle4Multi-voltage inputs
/circle4Timed contacts and
instantaneous contacts
/circle4Transistor outputs
/circle4Single function and
multi-function
/circle47 different operating
modes
/circle4Dial timing relays
/circle45 A contact rating
/circle4Multiple programmable
timing ranges
/circle4Tube base pin-style
terminals
/circle4Multi-voltage inputs
/circle4Timed contacts and
instantaneous contacts
/circle4Transistor outputs
/circle4Single function and
multi-function
/circle4Independent ON and
OFF settings
/circle414 time ranges
/circle48-pin models available
/circle4Dial timing relays
/circle4UL508
Control Outputs:

Time Limit
Instantaneous
1 N.O. or SPDT timed SPDT or DPDT or
2 N.O. + 1 common
DPDT Timed, Transistor
SPDT
Timed/Instantaneous
DPDT Timed, Transistor
SPDT
Timed/Instantaneous
DPDT Timed
Operation Modes:

On-delay
Off-delay
One shot
Repeat cycle-pulse
Fleeting off-delay
Pulse converter
11 Different timing modes
On-Delay
Off-Delay
One Shot
Repeat Cycle Of
f Start
Repeat Cycle On Start
Signal On/Off-Delay
On-Delay One Shot
On-Delay Repeat Cycle Off Start
Repeat Cycle On Start
Time Range 0.05 s…10 hr 0.05 s…60 hr 0.05 s…300 h 0.05 s…300 h 0.05 s…300 h Supply Voltage
24V AC/DC
110…240V AC
24…48V AC/DC
24…240V AC
12V DC
24V…48V DC
24V…240V AC
12…48V DC
24…48V AC
100…240V AC
100…125V DC
12…48V DC
24…48V AC
100…240V AC
100…125V DC
12V DC
24V AC/DC
48…125V DC
100…240V AC
Contact Rating at
120V AC 5 A8 A5 A5 A5 A
Certifications CE, cULus CE, cULus cURus, CE, C-Tick cURus, CE, C-Tick cURus, CE, C-Tick Socket Cat. No(s). DIN Rail or panel mount DIN Rail or panel mount 700-HN100 OR 700-
HN101
700-HN125 OR 700-
HN126
700-HN100
700-HN125
700-HN100
700-HN125
Page Number page 9-62 page 9-66 page 9-84 page 9-84 page 9-84 13 12
11 10
9 8
7 6
5 4
3 2
1 0
Product Overview
9-6
Bulletin 700
Relays, Timers, & Temperature Controllers
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P @ Allen-Bradley

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
9-84
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Product Overview/Product Selection
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Bulletin 700-HR — Dial Timing Relay
/circle4Socket- or panel-mounted
/circle45 A contact ratings or transistor outputs
/circle4Single- or Multi-Function
/circle4Timing range from 0.05 s…300 hr
/circle4Multi-voltage inputs
Table of Contents
Product Selection......this page
Accessories..................9-87
Specifications..............9-89
Approximate
Dimensions...................9-95
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
Product Selection
Bulletin 700 Multi-Function Timing Relays with Trigger and Reset Switch Options Bulletin 700 Multi-Function Timing Relays with Power On Trigger /circle4Socket or Panel Mounted
/circle4Timing Range From 0.05 s…300 hr
/circle411-pin base for socket cat. nos. 700-HN101, -HN126, -HN129 /circle4Trigger: Power on or optional trigger signal
/circle4Reset: Power off or optional reset signal
Timing Mode Supply Voltage Trigger Options Reset Options Outputs Cat. No.

On-Delay (A)
OFF-Delay (D)
One Shot (E)
Repeat cycle OFF-Start (B)
Repeat Cycle ON-Start
(B2)
Signal ON/OFF-delay (C)
24…48V AC
12…48V DC

1. Power On

2. Start Signal
- contact closure (zero
volts)
- NPN transistor

3. Gate Signal (pause)

1. Power Off

2. Reset Signal
- contact closure (zero
volts)
- NPN transistor
DPDT 700-HR52TU24
Transistor 1 700-
HRT6TTU24

1. Power On

2. Start Signal
- contact closure (voltage)
- NPN transistor
- PNP transistor
Power Off DPDT 700-HRV52TU24
100…240V AC
100…125V DC

1. Power On

2. Start Signal
- contact closure (zero
volts)

3. Gate Signal (pause)

1. Power Off

2. Reset Signal
- contact closure (zero
volts)
DPDT 700-HR52TA17

1. Power On

2. Start Signal
- contact closure (voltage)
Power Off DPDT 1 700-HRV52TA17
/circle4Socket or Panel Mounted
/circle4Timing Range From 0.05 s…300 hr
/circle48-pin base for socket cat. nos. 700-HN100, -HN125, -HN108 /circle4Trigger: Power on
/circle4Reset: Power off
Timing Mode Supply Voltage Trigger Options Reset Options Outputs Cat. No.

ON-Delay (A)
One Shot (E)
Repeat Cycle ON-Start
(B2)
Delayed One Shot (J)
24…48V AC
12…48V DC Power On Power Off
DPDT 700-HRS42TU24
Transistor 1 700-
HRT4TTU24
24…48V AC/DC Power On Power Off SPDT Timed +
Instantaneous Contact 1 700-HRP42TU24
100…240V AC
100…125V DC Power On Power Off
SPDT Timed +
Instantaneous Contact 700-HRP42TA17
DPDT 700-HRS42TA17
1 Voltage input connection to high signal instead of OV signal.

See Specification table in this
section, page 9-89
I
~ Allen-Bradley "lli:IIII"

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
9-89
Specifications
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
700-HR, -
HRS, -HRV 700-HRP 700-HRC 700-HRM 700-HRF 700-HRY 700-HRQ 700-HRT
(Transistor
Outputs)
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating NEMA B300 —
Thermal Current (Ith) 5 A 100 mA @ 30V
DC max.
120V AC 30 A —
Make 240V AC 15 A —
120V AC 3 A —
Break 240V AC 1.5 A —
Hp at 120V 1/6 Hp (0.12
kW) 1/4 Hp (0.18 kW) 1/6 Hp (0.12 kW) 1/4 Hp (0.18
kW)
1/6 Hp (0.12
kW) —
Hp at 240V 1/3 Hp (0.25 kW) —
Resistive Load 5 A at 250V AC/30V DC
Inductive Load AC-15 @ 250V AC, 3 A/DC-13 @ 30V DC, 0.5 A Accuracy of Operating Time ±0.2 % FS max. (±0.2 % ±10 ms max. in a range of 1.2 s) Setting Error ±5 % FS ±50 ms (The value is ±5 % FS +100 ms to -0 ms max. when the C or D mode signal of the 700-HRVs are OFF .) Influence of Voltage ±0.2 % FS max. (±0.2 % ±10 ms max. in a range of 1.2 s) Influence of Temperature ±1 % FS max. (±1 % ±10 ms max. in a range of 1.2 s) Permissible Leakage Current
Power Consumption -HR52, -HRS -HRV -HRP, -HRC -HRM -HRF -HRY -HRQ -HRT 240V AC, Output ON 2.1 VA 2.5 VA 2.0 VA 2.1 VA 10 VA 12 VA 0.4 VA — 240V AC, Output OFF 1.3 VA 1.8 VA 2.0 VA 1.3 VA 10 VA 12 VA 0.4 VA — 24V DC, Output ON 0.8 W 0.9 W 0.9 W 0.8 W 1.0 W — 0.2 W 0.3 W 24V DC, Output OFF 0.2 W 0.3 W 0.9 W 0.2 W 1.0 W — 0.2 W 0.2 W Design Specifications
Dielectric Strength
2000V AC (1000V AC for 700-HRT), 50/60 Hz for 1 min (contact to frame) 2000V AC (1000V AC for 700-HRT), 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between control output terminals and operating circuit) 2000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (pole-to-pole)
1000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (between contacts not located next to each other) 2000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (contact to coil)
Mechanical
Vibration Resistance Malfunction: 10…55 Hz with 0.5 mm double amplitude each in three directions for ten minutes each Shock Resistance Malfunction: 100 m/s 2 (10 G) 98 m/s2
(10 G)
294 m/s2
(10 G)
98 m/s2
(10 G)
100 m/s2
(10 G)
Environmental
Noise Immunity ±1.5 kV for ±600V DC ±400V for 12V DC ±1kV for 48V DC
±1.5 kV for
±600V DC
Static Immunity Malfunction: 8 kV
Ambient Temperature Operating: -10…55 °C (with no icing) Storage: -25…65 °C (with no icing)
Ambient Humidity Operating: 35…85 %
Construction
Life Rxpectancy
(Min. Operations)
Mechanical:20 000 000. (under no load at 1800 operations/h) Electrical: 100 000 (5 A at 250V AC, resistive load at 1800 operations/h) Mech: 10
7 Electrical: 104
EMC
(EMI) EN50081-2
Emission Enclosure:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Emission AC Mains: EN55011 Group 1 class A
(EMS) EN50082-2
Immunity ESD:EN61000-4-2:4 kV contact discharge (level 2) 8 kV air discharge (level 3)
Immunity RF-interference from AM Radio Waves: ENV50140:10 V/m (80 MHz…1 GHz) (level 3) Immunity RF-interference from Pulse-modulated Radio Waves:ENV50204:10 V/m (900 ±5 MHz) (level 3) Immunity Conducted Disturbance:ENV50141:10 V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3) Immunity Burst:EN61000-4-4:2 kV power-line (level 3)
Immunity Surge:EN61000-4-52 kV I/O signal-line (level 4) 1 kV line to line
2 kV line to ground (level 3)
Degree of Protection IP40 (panel surface)
Weight Approx. 90 g
Certifications CSA Certified (File No. 70751), UL Recognized (File No. E14843 Guide No. NRNT2), CE Marked, C-Tick Marked Standards UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 61812-1, EN 61000-6-2, -6-4 www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
I I
►][◄
◄)[►

I I I I

I I I I
I
~ Allen-Bradley "'11111111"'

MiniCAS II, 24 VAC/DC, 120 VAC and
230 VAC Supervision relay
Technical
specification
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-183463

Mfr Part Number: 40-501098

F ~
Fl~
F ~
n~
((
MINI
'f}F.

MINI • S,O!

CONTROL
.,~

CONTROL
-AND AND ""' .. ...

STATUS
STATUS
II [l'li'tlf'..c
II ~:IJl,-f , ... ,,:_·.·:;;·
,,;·:.· J..'Pf1 '.II
.,.,-: :
120VAC ¥!_~: .. ~
24VAC/DC 1_:·.· ..
·:·.·--1· (i) LEAKAGE ..

LEAKAGE ,o~·
~ TEMPERATURE ~;;
TEMPERATURE ~~
fr~-- SUPPLY
SUPPLY
a xylem brand

TECHNICAL DATA
Technical data
Xylem Flygt MiniCAS II is a supervision relay for temperature and leakage sensors. It is designed for the 3000 series pumps up to model 3301 and for the mixer program.

A number of condition monitoring sensors are available for the Xylem FLYGT pump range. • Thermal switches for stator overtemperature.
• CLS for water in oil detection.
• FLS for detection of liquid in the stator housing.
• FLS10 for detection of liquid in the inspection chamber in the new midrange pump series, eg 3153, 3171, 3202 and 3301.

The sensors can be used in any desired combination.

For "Ex" certified pumps only combinations involving thermal switches, FLS and FLS10 may be used.

On the front, there are three indication lamps, one for supply, one for temperature alarm and one for leakage alarm. For the communication between the pump and the MiniCAS II, only two wires are needed. The MiniCAS II is designed to be connected to a standard 11- pin socket.

MiniCAS II is interchangeable with the original version of MiniCAS.

Operational principle: Current Sensing
Approvals: CE, C-UR (covering USA and Canada) and CSA
Environment: -25 to +60°C. maximum 90% relative humidity Supply voltage 24 VAC/DC: 24 VAC, -17% –+25% (50-60Hz)
24 VDC, -2% –+25%
Supply voltage 120 VAC: 120 VAC, -15% –+15% (50-60 Hz)
Supply voltage 230 VAC: 230 VAC, -15% –+15% (50-60 Hz)
Relay contact rating: 250 VAC / 5A
Voltage to sensor: 12 V DC +/–5%
Values of operation: 3 mA < I < 22 mA = OK condition
I < 3 mA = High Temperature (or interruption)
I > 22 mA = Leakage (or short circuit), delay 10 sec.
(I = current measured by MiniCAS II)
Power supply required: 5 VA

OPERATION
Leakage: Changeover contacts 11–8 Normally closed for Interlock 11–9 Normally open, closes for
Alarm
Automatic reset
Red LED for indication – follows the
relay
Red indication lamp on: Leakage

TECHNICAL DATA
2 MiniCAS II, 24 VAC/DC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC Supervision relay Technical specification

Red indication lamp off: No leakage
Temperature: Changeover contacts 1–3 Normally open, closes for Interlock
1–4 Normally closed for Alarm
Manual reset (see below)
Red Indication lamp on: Overtemperature
Red Indication lamp off: Normal temperature
Reset of temperature alarm: External reset is possible either by connecting terminals 6 - 7 with an
external push button or by
interrupting the supply voltage.

Note, in the 24 V version, Reset is
also possible between 6-2.

Supply: Yellow indication lamp on: Supply on
Yellow indication lamp off: Supply off
DIMENSIONS (WxHxD) 33 mm x 79 mm x 75 mm
PART NOS: 83 58 57 (24 VAC/DC)
40 501098 (120 VAC)
40 501560 (230 VAC)

CONNECTIONS
Leakage alarm will stop the pump
This installation can be used if the leakage alarm shall stop the pump.

It is recommended if the FLS sensor is used. The FLS is detecting liquid in the stator housing, which is critical and requires a quick stop of the pump.

RESET
(+)
HIGH STATOR TEMP.

LEAKAGE ALARM

PUMP MAIN SUPPLY
(+)CONTROL

CIRCUIT

LEAKAGE
10 S
AUX. RELAY

HIGH TEMP

PUMP CONTACTOR
(-)
12 VDC
T2
T1

SENSORS
+
-

POWER SUPPLY
I (mA)
2 (+)
10 (+) (+)
(-)
6 7
5 1
11 4
3 9
8 ~~
Cicuits shown
de-energised
* 1 kohm
MiniCASII
~
24 V AC/DC 120 V AC
and 230 V AC
Circuits shown
de-energized
*) Fit resistor to avoid short circuit if only thermal contacts are Figure 1
Note, in the 24 V version RESET is also possible between 6-2.

Leakage alarm will not stop the pump (only warning)

TECHNICAL DATA
MiniCAS II, 24 VAC/DC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC Supervision relay Technical specification 3 --~-__...r~~~1-=-------6<:f---_J
~=O -----<>{.;
~

This installation can be used if the leakage alarm shall not stop the pump but give a warning on the MiniCASII.

It is recommended if FLS10 in inspection chamber or CLS is used. These sensors detect liquid in the inspection chamber (FLS10) and water in the oil (CLS), which is less critical than water in the stator housing.

FLS10 is used in the new midrange pump series, eg 3153, 3171, 3202 and 3301.

LEAKAGE
10 S

HIGH TEMP

POWER SUPPLY
24 V AC/DC 120 V AC
and 230 V AC
(+)
HIGH STATOR TEMP.

LEAKAGE ALARM

PUMP MAIN SUPPLY

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

PUMP CONTACTOR
(-)
T2
T1

SENSORS
AUX. RELAY
12 VDC
+
-
RESET
10 S
10 (+)
(-)
2 6
7 5
11 1
9 8
4 3
+
-
MiniCASII
Circuits shown
de-energised
* 1 kohm
Circuits shown
de-energized
*) Fit resistor to avoid short circuit if only thermal contacts are Figure 2

TECHNICAL DATA
4 MiniCAS II, 24 VAC/DC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC Supervision relay Technical specification 0------..----
o---{::J--+---
-----o.!.;=() -----<>{.;
~
Replacement parts and Hardware kits
MATERIAL:COPPER CELL: PUR TOLERANCES-UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 2 PL
. DEC.
3 PL. DEC.
±.015
±.015
TRUE C.L.

ANGLES
±.015
±1
DRAWN BY:

DATE
:

SCALE:

SIZE:

DW
10/23/2012 B
N/A
DWG. NO.

SHEET OF
REV. DESCRIPTION
B
CORP.

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED WITHIN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPRIETARY TO ILSCO AND MAY NOT BE DISCLOSED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT PLAT
ING: STUFFER SHT.:

MARKING:

TIN PLATE FORM192
SCREW:

CAT. NO.:

MASS:

SURFACE AREA:

N/A
N/A
N/A²
ECN 30954 CLH 02-18-13

MULTIPLE CHANGES SEE ECN
1 1
G
F ±.031
Wire SizeStud Size R # ILSCO Part #KST Part # A +/- B +/- C D +/- E F G H Marking 8 #10 R2318C00A CBX-8-10 RNBM8-5 0.283 0.012 0.177 0.012 0.209 0.472 0.008 .937 0.335 .366 0.047 K.S, 8 AWG, 8-5S 8 1/4" R2319C00A CBX-8-14 RNBS8-6 0.283 0.012 0.177 0.012 0.252 0.472 0.008 0.917 0.335 0.366 0.047 K.S, 8 AWG, 8-6S 8 5/16" R2320C00A CBX-8-516 RNB8-8 0.283 0.012 0.177 0.012 0.331 0.591 0.008 1.15 0.335 0.535 0.047 TBD 8 3/8" R2321C00A CBX-8-38 RNB8-10 0.283 0.012 0.177 0.012 0.413 0.591 0.008 1.15 0.335 0.535 0.047 TBD 6 #10 R2322C00A CBX-6-10 RNB14-5 0.354 0.012 0.228 0.008 0.209 0.472 0.008 1.15 0.413 0.524 0.059 K.S, 6 AWG, 14-5 6 1/4" R2323C00A CBX-6-14 RNBS14-6 0.354 0.012 0.228 0.008 0.252 0.472 0.008 1.15 0.413 0.524 0.059 K.S, 6 AWG, 14-6S 6 5/16" R2324C00A CBX-6-516 RNB14-8 0.354 0.012 0.228 0.008 0.331 0.63 0.008 1.28 0.413 0.559 0.059 K.S, 6 AWG, 14-8 6 3/8" R2325C00A CBX-6-38 RNB14-10 0.354 0.012 0.228 0.012 0.413 0.63 0.008 1.28 0.413 0.559 0.059 K.S, 6 AWG, 14-10 6 1/2" R2326C00A CBX-6-12 RNB14-12 0.354 0.012 0.228 0.012 0.512 0.866 0.008 1.614 0.413 0.78 0.059 TBD 4 #10 R2327C00A CBX-4-10 RNBS22-5 0.453 0.012 0.303 0.012 0.209 0.48 0.008 1.307 0.465 0.594 0.067 K.S, 4 AWG, 22-5S 4 1/4" R2328C00A CBX-4-14 RNBS22-6 0.453 0.012 0.303 0.012 0.252 0.48 0.008 1.299 0.465 0.594 0.067 K.S, 4 AWG, 22-6S 4 5/16" R2329C00A CBX-4-516 RNB22-8 0.453 0.012 0.303 0.012 0.331 0.65 0.008 1.319 0.465 0.531 0.067 K.S, 4 AWG, 22-8 4 3/8" R2330C00A CBX-4-38 RNB22-10 0.453 0.012 0.303 0.012 0.413 0.65 0.008 1.319 0.465 0.531 0.067 K.S, 4 AWG, 22-10 4 1/2" R2331C00A CBX-4-12 RNB22-12 0.453 0.012 0.303 0.012 0.512 0.866 0.008 1.673 0.465 0.776 0.067 K.S, 4 AWG, 22-12 2 #10 R2332C00A CBX-2-10 RNB38-5 0.524 0.012 0.37 0.012 0.209 0.602 0.008 1.535 0.551 0.685 0.071 K.S, 2 AWG, 38-5 2 1/4" R2333C00A CBX-2-14 RNBS38-6 0.524 0.012 0.37 0.012 0.252 0.602 0.008 1.535 0.551 0.685 0.071 TBD 2 5/16" R2334C00A CBX-2-516 RNBS38-8 0.524 0.012 0.37 0.012 0.331 0.602 0.008 1.535 0.551 0.685 0.071 K.S, 2 AWG, 38-8S 2 3/8" R2335C00A CBX-2-38 RNBS38-10 0.524 0.012 0.37 0.012 0.413 0.602 0.008 1.535 0.551 0.689 0.071 K.S, 2 AWG, 38-10S 2 7/16" R2336C00A CBX-2-716 RNB38-11 0.524 0.012 0.37 0.012 0.453 0.866 0.008 1.681 0.551 0.697 0.071 K.S, 2 AWG, 38-11 2 1/2" R2337C00A CBX-2-12 RNB38-12 0.524 0.012 0.37 0.012 0.512 0.602 0.008 1.535 0.551 0.685 0.071 K.S, 2 AWG, 38-12 1/0 1/4" R2338C00A CBX-1/0-14 RNB60-6 0.61 0.02 0.449 0.016 0.252 0.866 0.008 1.957 0.709 0.807 0.071 K.S, 1/0 AWG, 60-6 1/0 5/16" R2339C00ACBX-1/0-516 RNB60-8 0.606 0.02 0.449 0.016 0.331 0.866 0.008 1.957 0.709 0.807 0.071 K.S, 1/0 AWG, 60-8 1/0 3/8" R2340C00A CBX-1/0-38 RNB60-10 0.606 0.02 0.449 0.016 0.413 0.866 0.008 1.957 0.709 0.807 0.071 K.S, 1/0 AWG, 60-10 1/0 1/2" R2341C00A CBX-1/0-12 RNB60-12 0.606 0.02 0.449 0.016 0.512 0.866 0.008 1.957 0.709 0.815 0.071 TBD 2/0 1/4" R2342C00A CBX-2/0-14 RNB70-6 0.689 0.023 0.516 0.016 0.252 0.945 0.016 1.969 0.693 0.787 0.079 K.S, 2/0 AWG, 70-6 2/0 5/16" R2343C00A CBX-2/0-516 RNB70-8 0.689 0.023 0.516 0.016 0.331 0.945 0.016 1.969 0.693 0.787 0.079 K.S, 2/0 AWG, 70-8 2/0 3/8" R2344C00A CBX-2/0-38 RNB70-10 0.689 0.02 0.516 0.016 0.413 0.945 0.008 1.969 0.693 0.787 0.079 K.S, 2/0 AWG, 70-10 2/0 1/2" R2345C00A CBX-2/0-12 RNB70-12 0.689 0.02 0.516 0.016 0.512 0.945 0.016 1.969 0.693 0.787 0.079 K.S, 2/0 AWG, 70-12 3/0 1/4" R2346C00A CBX-3/0-14 RNB80-6 0.768 0.02 0.571 0.016 0.252 1.063 0.012 2.134 0.787 0.815 0.091 K.S, 3/0 AWG, 80-6 3/0 5/16" R2347C00A CBX-3/0-516 RNB80-8 0.768 0.02 0.571 0.016 0.331 1.063 0.012 2.134 0.787 0.815 0.091 K.S, 3/0 AWG, 80-8 3/0 3/8" R2348C00A CBX-3/0-38 RNB80-10 0.768 0.02 0.571 0.016 0.413 1.063 0.012 2.134 0.787 0.815 0.091 K.S, 3/0 AWG, 80-10 3/0 1/2" R2349C00A CBX-3/0-12 RNB80-12 0.768 0.02 0.571 0.016 0.512 1.063 0.012 2.134 0.787 0.815 0.091 K.S, 3/0 AWG, 80-12 4/0 1/4" R2350C00A CBX-4/0-14 RNB100-6 0.878 +0.028 ,-0.02 0.646 0.02 0.252 1.122 0.016 2.189 0.827 0.803 0.106 K.S, 100-6 4/0 5/16" R2351C00A CBX-4/0-516 RNB100-8 0.878 +0.028 ,-0.02 0.646 0.02 0.331 1.122 0.016 2.189 0.827 0.803 0.106 K.S, 100-8 4/0 3/8" R2352C00A CBX-4/0-38 RNB100-10 0.878 +0.028 ,-0.02 0.646 0.02 0.413 1.122 0.016 2.189 0.827 0.803 0.106 K.S, 100-10 4/0 1/2" R2353C00A CBX-4/0-12 RNB100-12 0.878 +0.028 ,-0.02 0.646 0.02 0.512 1.122 0.016 2.189 0.827 0.803 0.106 K.S, 100-12 A
B
E ±.039
H
D
C +.016/-.000

BRAZED SEAM

SEE CHART
R2318 - R2353
7r I I II II I I 111111111111111
.,✓✓ :; , ,
Cross Reference RA Part Number PN-106806

MATERIAL:COPPER CELL: PUR TOLERANCES-UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 2 PL
. DEC.
3 PL. DEC.
±.015
±.015
TRUE C.L.

ANGLES
±.015
±1
DRAWN BY:

DATE
:

SCALE:

SIZE:

DW
10/23/2012 B
N/A
DWG. NO.

SHEET OF
REV. DESCRIPTION
B
CORP.

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED WITHIN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPRIETARY TO ILSCO AND MAY NOT BE DISCLOSED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT PLAT
ING: STUFFER SHT.:

MARKING:

TIN PLATE FORM192
SCREW:

CAT. NO.:

MASS:

SURFACE AREA:

N/A
N/A
N/A²
ECN 30954 CLH 02-18-13

BRAZED SEAM

SEE CHART
R2318 - R2353
7r I I II II I I 111111111111111
.,✓✓ :; , ,
Cross Reference RA Part Number PN-106807

Catalog Number Product
Number
Label Size
(W x H)
US List
Price UOM Qty Discount
Group
THT-59-533-2.5-SC 139548 1.000" W x 0.500" H $ 47.99 Roll 2,500 A THT-59-533-10 139549 1.000" W x 0.500" H $ 159.70 Roll 10,000 A THT-5-533-10 139550 1.000" W x 0.500" H $ 174.35 Roll 10,000 A THT-19-533-1 139551 3.000" W x 2.000" H $ 161.03 Roll 1,000 A THT-18-533-3 139552 3.000" W x 1.000" H $ 241.04 Roll 3,000 A THT-17-533-3 139553 2.000" W x 1.000" H $ 150.03 Roll 3,000 A THT-17-533-1.5-SC 139554 2.000" W x 1.000" H $ 90.03 Roll 1,500 A THT-12-533-10 139555 0.500" W x 0.437" H $104.66 Roll 10,000 A

B-533 is designed for use in a variety of OEM and general industrial applications and by users in many different markets. Examples include in-process electronic component marking and general purpose temporary identification in PCB Manufacturing and Consumer Electronics. The material is also great for applications requiring traceability and clean removability.

• Technical Data Sheet on www.bradyid.com
• CleanLift® Sample Pack

PACKAGING / PART # / BRADY MATERIAL # / PRICING / DISCOUNT

PROMOTIONAL TOOLS / PROGRAMS

TARGET MARKETS / USERS & APPLICATIONS
c+J
WHEN PER FORMANCE MATTERS MOST'"
I NEWPRODUCTtt
LAUNCH~
_L.,.._ ________________ _
Understanding Label Part Numbers
Most label part numbers can be broken down in
the following manner by the label's components .

Example :

THT
7 Techno logy :

Thermal Transfer
17 - 533 - 3
T\
----..:::::

Quantity :
3,000
Die Cut : Material Number :
#17, 2.000" x 1.000" B-533, White, Polyester
_L.,.._ ________________ _
■I.....-----------
Cross Reference RA Part Number PN-333689
THT 19 533 1
#19, 3.000"x2.000"
1,000

Soft Starters
Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number:150-F43NBDB B
Product: 150-F43NBDB
Description: SMC-Flex, Solid State Controller, Open, 43 A, 7.5…30Hp @ 460V AC, Input Volt: 200…480V, Control Volt: 100...240V AC, Pump Control Option
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

CONTROLLER DATA
Bulletin Number 150-F Solid State Controller
Enclosure Type Open
Input Line Voltage 200…480V AC, 50/60Hz
Control Voltage 100...240V AC
Phase 3 PH
Amperage Rating 43 A

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL
CSA
EEC
CE

OPTIONS
Control Options Pump Control
• • •

Bulletin 150
SMC™ Flex Smart Motor Controllers
6 www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 150-SG009F-EN-P
Bulletin 150 — SMC™ Flex Smart Motor Controller
The SMC Flex controller provides microprocessor controlled starting for standard 3-phase squirrel-cage induction or Wye-Delta (6-lead) motors. Seven standard modes of operation are available within a single controller.
/circle41…1250 A Range
/circle4Seven Standard Start Modes
/circle4Options Include Pump Control and Braking Control Features
/circle4Built in SCR Bypass/Run
Contactor
/circle4Built in Electronic Motor Overload
Protection
/circle4CT on each Phase
/circle4Metering
/circle4DPI Communication
/circle4LCD Display
/circle4Keypad Programming
/circle4Four Programmable Auxiliary
Contacts
The SMC Flex controller is available for motors rated 1…1250 A; 200…480V AC, 200…600V AC, or 230…690V AC, 50/60 Hz. In
addition to motors, the SMC Flex controller can be used to control resistive loads.

This catalog is based on the minimum information needed to select an SMC soft starter for applications with low starting torque requirements. For product selection involving loads with high starting torque requirements (large fan, rock crusher, chipper, etc.), use of the free tools available from the Rockwell Automation Website is recommended:
http://www.ab.com/industrialcontrols/products/solid-state_motor_control/software/ Table of Contents
Features......................... this page
Cat. No. Explanation 8
Product Selection...... 9
Options .......................... 19
Accessories.................. 20
Specifications.............. 22
Approx. Dims. ............. 27
Standards Compliance
UL 508
CSA C22.2 No.14
EN/IEC 60947-1
EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Certifications
cULus Listed (Open Type) (File No. E96956, Guides NMFT, NMFT7) CSA Certified (File No. LR 1234)
CE Marked
CCC Certified
Modes of Operation
The SMC Flex controller provides the following modes of operation as standard:
/circle4Soft Start /circle4Full Voltage Start
/circle4Selectable Kickstart /circle4Linear Speed Acceleration /circle4Current Limit Start /circle4Preset Slow Speed
/circle4Dual Ramp Start /circle4Soft Stop
Optional Modes of Operation
Pump Control
/circle4Start and Stop
Braking Control
/circle4SMB ⎯ Smart Motor Braking /circle4Accu-Stop
/circle4Slow Speed with Braking
Note: For detailed information about the different modes of operation, see page 4.

Description of Features
Electronic Motor Overload Protection
The SMC Flex controller incorporates, as standard, electronic motor overload protection. This overload protection is accomplished electronically with an I
2t algorithm.

When coordinated with the proper short-circuit protection, overload protection is intended to protect the motor, motor controller, and power wiring against overheating caused by excessive overcurrent.

The SMC Flex controller meets applicable requirements as a motor overload protective device.

The controller’s overload protection is programmable, providing the user with flexibility. The overload trip class consists of either OFF , 10, 15, 20, or 30 protection. The trip current is programmed by entering the motor full-load current rating, service factor, and selecting the trip class.

Thermal memory is included to accurately model motor operating temperature. Ambient temperature insensitivity is inherent in the electronic design of the overload.

Undervoltage Protection
The SMC Flex controller’s undervoltage protection will halt motor operation if a drop in the incoming line voltage is detected.

The undervoltage trip level is adjustable as a percentage of the programmed line voltage, from 0…99%. To eliminate nuisance trips, a programmable undervoltage trip delay time of 0…99 seconds can also be programmed. The line voltage must remain below the undervoltage trip level during the programmed delay time.

Overvoltage Protection
If a rise in the incoming line voltage is detected, the SMC Flex controller’s overvoltage protection will halt motor operation.

The overvoltage trip level is adjustable as a percentage of the programmed line voltage, from 0…199%. To eliminate nuisance trips, a programmable overvoltage trip delay time of 0…99 seconds can also be programmed. The line voltage must remain above the overvoltage trip level during the programmed delay time.

Overview
~ Allen-Bradley ....

Bulletin 150
SMC™ Flex Smart Motor Controllers
7 www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 150-SG009F-EN-P
Stall Protection and Jam Detection
Motors can experience locked-rotor currents and develop high torque levels in the event of a stall or a jam. These conditions can result in winding insulation breakdown or mechanical damage to the connected load. The SMC Flex controller provides both stall protection and jam detection for enhanced motor and system protection. Stall protection allows the user to program a maximum stall protection delay time from 0…10 seconds. The stall protection delay time is in addition to the programmed start time and begins only after the start time has timed out. If the controller senses that the motor is stalled, it will shut down after the delay period has expired. Jam detection allows the user to determine the motor jam detection level as a percentage of the motor’s full-load current rating. To prevent nuisance tripping, a jam detection delay time, from 0.0…99.0 seconds, can be programmed. This allows the user to select the time delay required before the SMC Flex controller will trip on a motor jam condition. The motor current must remain above the jam detection level during the delay time. Jam detection is active only after the motor has reached full speed.

Underload Protection
Utilizing the underload protection of the SMC Flex controller, motor operation can be halted if a drop in current is sensed.

The SMC Flex controller provides an adjustable underload trip setting from 0…99% of the programmed motor full-load current rating with an adjustable trip delay time of 0…99 seconds.

Voltage Unbalance Protection
Voltage unbalance is detected by monitoring the 3-phase supply voltage magnitudes in conjunction with the rotational relationship of the three phases. The controller will halt motor operation when the calculated voltage unbalance reaches the user-programmed trip level.

The voltage unbalance trip level is programmable from 0…25% unbalance.

Excessive Starts Per Hour
The SMC Flex controller allows the user to program the allowed number of starts per hour (up to 99). This helps eliminate motor stress caused by repeated starting during a short time period.

Metering
Power monitoring parameters include:
/circle43-phase current /circle4Power Factor
/circle43-phase voltage /circle4Motor thermal capacity usage /circle4Power in kW or MW /circle4Elapsed time
/circle4Power usage in kWH or MWH
Note: The motor thermal capacity usage allows the user to monitor the amount of overload thermal capacity usage before the SMC Flex controller’s built-in electronic overload trips.

Built-in DPI Communication Capabilities
A serial interface port is provided as standard, which allows connection to a Bulletin 20 Human Interface Module and a variety of Bulletin 20-COMM Communication Modules. This includes Allen- Bradley Remote I/O, DeviceNet, ControlNet, Ethernet, ProfiBUS, Interbus, and RS485-DF1.

LCD Display
The SMC Flex controller’s three-line 16-character backlit LCD display provides parameter identification using clear, informative text. Controller set up can be performed quickly and easily without the use of a reference manual. Parameters are arranged in an organized four-level menu structure for ease of programming and fast access to parameters.

Keypad Programming
Programming of parameters is accomplished through a five-button keypad on the front of the SMC Flex controller. The five buttons include up and down arrows, an Enter button, a Select button, and an Escape button. The user needs only to enter the correct sequence of keystrokes for programming the SMC Flex controller.

Auxiliary Contacts
Four fully programmable hard contacts are furnished as standard with the SMC Flex controller:

Aux #1, Aux #2, Aux #3, Aux #4
/circle4N.O./N.C.
/circle4Normal/Up-to-Speed/External Bypass/Fault/Alarm/Network Network I/O
The SMC Flex can have up to two inputs and four outputs controlled via a communication network. The output contacts use the auxiliary contacts.

Ground Fault Input
The SMC Flex can monitor for ground fault conditions. An external core balance current transformer is required for this function. See SMC Flex User Manual for additional information.

Tach Input
A motor tachometer is required for the Linear Speed Start mode.

Please see the Specifications section on page 22 for tachometer characteristics.

PTC Input
A motor PTC input can be monitored by the SMC Flex. In the event of a fault, the SMC Flex will shut down and indicate a motor PTC fault.

Overview
~ Allen-Bradley ....

Bulletin 150
SMC™ Flex Smart Motor Controllers
8 www.ab.com/catalogs
Publication 150-SG009F-EN-P
Open and Non-Combination
150 – F135 F B D B – 8L
abc d efg
a
Bulletin Number
Code Description
150 Solid-State Controller
150B Enclosed Solid-State Controller with
Isolation Contactor
b
Controller Ratings
Code Description
F5 5 A, 3 Hp @ 460V AC
F25 25 A, 15 Hp @ 460V AC
F43 43 A, 30 Hp @ 460V AC
F60 60 A, 40 Hp @ 460V AC
F85 85 A, 60 Hp @ 460V AC
F108 108 A, 75 Hp @ 460V AC
F135 135 A, 100 Hp @ 460V AC
F201 201 A, 150 Hp @ 460V AC
F251 251 A, 200 Hp @ 460V AC
F317 317 A, 250 Hp @ 460V AC
F361 361 A, 300 Hp @ 460V AC
F480 480 A, 400 Hp @ 460V AC
F625 625 A, 500 Hp @ 460V AC
F780 780 A, 600 Hp @ 460V AC
F970 970 A, 800 Hp @ 460V AC
F1250 1250 A, 1000 Hp @ 460V AC
c
Enclosure Type
Code Description
F NEMA Type 4/12 (IP65)
(Non-Combination Only)
J NEMA Type 12 (IP54)
N Open
d
Input Line Voltage
Open Type
Code Description
B 200…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
C 200…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
Z 230…690V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
(Open Only, 108 A and above)
Non-Combination Enclosed Only
H 200…208V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
A 230V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
B 400…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
C 500…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
e
Control Voltage
Code Description
D 100…240V AC (5…480 A units)
R 24V AC/DC (5…480 A units) (Open Only)
E 110/120V AC (625…1250 A units)
A 230/240V AC (625…1250 A units)
f
Options (Select Only One)
Code Description
Blank Standard
B Pump Control
D Braking Control
g
Options (Non-Combination only)
(see page 19 for a full listing)
Code Description
8L Line-Mounted Protective Module
(enclosed only)
8M Load-Mounted Protective Module
(enclosed only)
8B Line- and Load-Mounted Protective
Modules (enclosed only)
Load-side MOVs are not available with Pump
and Braking options, or on delta-connected
motors. MOVs can be field installed for open
type units.

Combination
152H – F480 F BD B – 59 – 8B
ab c d e f g
a
Bulletin Number
Code Description
152H Solid-State Controller with Fusible
Disconnect
152B Solid-State Controller with Fusible
Disconnect and Isolation Contactor
153H Solid-State Controller with Circuit Breaker
153B Solid-State Controller with Circuit Breaker
and Isolation Contactor
b
Controller Ratings
Code Description
F5 5 A, 3 Hp @ 460V AC
F25 25 A, 15 Hp @ 460V AC
F43 43 A, 30 Hp @ 460V AC
F60 60 A, 40 Hp @ 460V AC
F85 85 A, 60 Hp @ 460V AC
F108 108 A, 75 Hp @ 460V AC
F135 135 A, 100 Hp @ 460V AC
F201 201 A, 150 Hp @ 460V AC
F251 251 A, 200 Hp @ 460V AC
F317 317 A, 250 Hp @ 460V AC
F361 361 A, 300 Hp @ 460V AC
F480 480 A, 400 Hp @ 460V AC
F625 625 A, 500 Hp @ 460V AC
F780 780 A, 600 Hp @ 460V AC
c
Enclosure Type
Code Description
F NEMA Type 4/12 (IP65)
J NEMA Type 12 (IP54)
d
Line Voltage, 120V AC Control Voltage
Code Description
HD 200…208V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
AD 230V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
BD 400…460V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
CD 500…575V AC, 3-phase, 50 and 60 Hz
e
Control Options
Code Description
Blank Standard
B Pump Control
D Braking Control
f
Horsepower
Cat.

No.

Hp
Rating
Cat.

No.

Hp
Rating
Cat.

No.

Hp
Rating
Cat.

No.

Hp
Rating
Cat.

No.

Hp
Rating
33 0.5 39 5 46 40 52 150 60 450
34 0.75 40 7.5 47 50 54 200 61 500
35 1 41 10 48 60 56 250 62 600
36 1.5 42 15 49 75 57 300 63 700
37 2 43 20 50 100 58 350 65 800
38 3 44 25 51 125 59 400 67 1000
—— 45 30 —— —— ——
g
Options (see page 19 for a full listing)
Code Description
8L Line-Mounted Protective Module
8M Load-Mounted Protective Module
8B Line- and Load-Mounted Protective
Modules
Load-side MOVs are not available with Pump
and Braking options, or when used with inside-
the-delta connections.

Catalog Number Explanation
I I I
I I
tr=====~ 1-----------+------------i 1----------L-------------i ~ Allen-Bradley ....

F43 N B D B

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number:150-F84 A
Product: 150-F84
Description: SMC-Flex, Protective Module, 480V, 5…85A
Current Rating
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

ACCESSORY SELECTION
Bulletin Number 150-F Smart Motor Controllers Accessories Accessory Selection Individual Accessory Selection

SELECTION
Accessories (1) Protective Module, 480V, 5…85A Current Rating I ~ MOOULE t1M.
-·
C( I'-. , - - -•
VAC

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 55 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Accessories
Protective Modules
The same protective module mounts on the line or load side of the SMC Flex controller. Use of protective modules is highly recommended. For applications that require both line and load side protection, you must order two protective modules. • Note: You must not place protective modules on the load (motor) side of an SMC Flex controller when using an inside-the-delta connection or with pump or braking control options.

Terminal Lug Kits
IEC Line or Load Terminal Covers
Current Rating [A] Description Cat. No.
5…85 480V Protective Module 150-F84
108…1250 150-F84L
5…85 600V Protective Module 150-F86
108…1250 150-F86L
Current Range [A](1)
(1) 5…85 A units have box lugs standard. No additional lugs are required.

Wire Size Range Total No. of Terminal Lugs Possible Each Side Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.Line Side Load Side 108…135(2)
(2) When a multi-conductor lug is required, refer to the User Manual for appropriate lug catalog number. #6…250 MCM AWG
16 mm2…120 mm2
33 3 199-LF1201…251(2) 66 3
317…480(2) #4…500 MCM AWG
25 mm2…240 mm2 66 3 199-LG1
625…780 2/0…500 MCM 6 6 3 100-DL630
970 4/0…500 MCM 3 3 3 100-DL860
1250(3)
(3) The 1250 A device requires (1) 100 -DL630 and (1) 100-DL860 per connection. 2/0…500 MCM 3 3 3 100-DL630
4/0…500 MCM 3 3 3 100-DL860
Description(1)
(1) 5…85 A units have terminal guards as standard. No additional terminal guards are required.

Current Range [A] Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 250 MCM cable
108…135 1 150-TC1
201…251 1 150-TC2
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 500 MCM cable 317…480 1 150-TC3 I~\,,, ... .. .... . .... . , . •.•• ~--=--
1! (1(1 (1(1 (1(1

I II I I II I I II I

Terminal Blocks and Wiring Systems
Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-D165232
Product: 1489-M1C020
Description: Bulletin 1489 Miniature Circuit Breaker, Standard Configuration, AC, 1 Pole Configuration, Trip C, 2.0 Amps
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number 1489 Miniature Circuit Breaker
Voltage Type Standard Configuration, AC
Number of Poles 1 Poles Configuration
Trip Curve Trip Curve C
Rated Current (A) 2.0 Amps

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL
CSA
EN IEC
CE
VDE
CCC
RoHS
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

1489-M Circuit Breakers
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG123D-EN-P — March 20146 a
Voltage Type
Code Description
M AC Circuit Breaker
b
Poles
Code Description
1 1-Pole
2 2-Pole
3 3-Pole
c
Trip Curve
Code Trip Curve
C Trip Curve C
D Trip Curve D
d
Rated Current (In)
Code Current [A]
005 0.5
010 1
016 1.6
020 2
030 3
040 4
050 5
060 6
070 7
080 8
100 10
130 13
150 15
160 16
200 20
250 25
300 30
320 32
350 35
400 40
500 50
600 60
630 63
1489 - M 1 C 005
abcd
Catalog Number Explanation
Note: Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number.

I I
M 1 C 020

1489-M Circuit Breakers
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG123D-EN-P — March 2014 7 1-Pole Circuit Breakers
Photo/Wiring Diagram UL/CSA Max. Voltage IEC/EN Max. Voltage Continuous Current Rating
(In) [A]
Trip Curve C
Inductive

5...10 In
Cat. No.

Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive

10...20 In
Cat. No.
277V AC,
48V DC
230V AC

0.5 1489-M1C005 1489-M1D005
1 1489-M1C010 1489-M1D010

1.6 1489-M1C016 1489-M1D016
2 1489-M1C020 1489-M1D020
3 1489-M1C030 1489-M1D030
4 1489-M1C040 1489-M1D040
5 1489-M1C050 1489-M1D050
6 1489-M1C060 1489-M1D060
7 1489-M1C070 1489-M1D070
8 1489-M1C080 1489-M1D080
10 1489-M1C100 1489-M1D100
13 1489-M1C130 1489-M1D130
15 1489-M1C150 1489-M1D150
16 1489-M1C160 1489-M1D160
20 1489-M1C200 1489-M1D200
25 1489-M1C250 1489-M1D250
1 1-pole
2 30 1489-M1C300 1489-M1D300
32 1489-M1C320 1489-M1D320
35 1489-M1C350 1489-M1D350
C Curve: 277V AC, 48V DC
D Curve: 240V AC, 48V DC 40 1489-M1C400 1489-M1D400
240V AC, 48V DC
50 1489-M1C500 1489-M1D500
60 1489-M1C600 1489-M1D600
63 1489-M1C630 1489-M1D630
Product Selection

1489-M Circuit Breakers
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG123D-EN-P — March 201410 Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Poles 1, 2, 3
Tripping characteristics C, D
Rated current (In) 0.5...63 A
Rated frequency [f] 50/60 Hz
Rated insulation voltage Ui per IEC/EN 60664-1 250V AC (phase to ground) 440V AC (phase to phase)
Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 3
Data per UL/CSA
Rated
voltage
AC
1-pole
C Curve 0.5...40 A 277V AC

50...63 A 240V AC
D Curve 0.5...35 A 277V AC

40...63 A 240V AC
2-, 3-pole
C Curve 0.5...40 A 480Y/277V AC

50...63 A 240V AC
D Curve 0.5...35 A 480Y/277V AC

40...63 A 240V AC
DC 1-pole 48V DC
2-pole 96V DC (2-pole in series)
Rated interrupting capacity per UL 489 10 kA
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics 40 °C Electrical endurance
6,000 operations
(AC and DC);
1 cycle (1s - ON, 9s - OFF)
Data per IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated operational
voltage (Ue)
1-pole 230V AC
2-, 3-pole 400 V AC
Highest supply or
utilization voltage
(Umax)
AC 1-pole 253/440V AC
2-, 3-pole 440V AC
DC /pentastar21-pole 48V DC
2-pole 96V DC
Min. operating voltage 12V AC, 12V DC
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity (Icu) 15 kA Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity ( Ics) ≤40 A: 11.25 kA >40 A: 7.5 kA
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. (1.2/50μs) 4 kV (test voltage 6.2kV at sea level, 5kV at 2,000m)
Dielectric test voltage 2 kV (50/60Hz, 1 min.)
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics 30 °C Electrical endurance
1 cycle (2s - ON, 13s - OFF , In ≤ 32A),
1 cycle (2s - ON, 28s - OFF ,In > 32A)
In < 30A :20,000 ops.(AC)
In ≥ 30A:10,000 ops. (AC)
1,000 ops. (DC)
/pentastar2Self-declared IEC DC ratings.

Mechanical Data
Housing Insulation group II, RAL 7035
Indicator window red ON/green OFF
Protection degree per EN 60529 IP20, IP40 in enclosure with cover Mechanical endurance 20,000 operations
Shock resistance per IEC/EN 60068-2-27 25 g - 2 shocks - 13 ms Vibration resistance per IEC/EN 60068-2-6 5g - 20 cycles at 5...150...5 Hz with load 0.8 In
Environmental
Environmental conditions (damp heat)
per IEC/EN 60068-2-30
28 cycles with 55°C/90-96% and
25°C/95-100%
Ambient temperature/pentastar2 -25...+55 °C
Storage temperature -40...+70 °C
Installation
Terminal Dual terminal
Cross-section of conductors♣ –
solid, stranded (front/back terminal
slot)
mm2 35/35 mm2
AWG 18...4/18...10 AWG
Cross-section of conductors – ﬂexible mm 2 25/10 mm2
Multi-wire rating per UL, CSA AWG 1 wire, 18...4 AWG
AWG 2 wires‡, 18...10 AWG
Cross-section of bus bars (back
terminal slot) mm2 10 mm2
Tightening torque
N•m 2.8 N•m
in•lb
AWG 18...16: 8.85 in•lb,
AWG 14...10: 17.7 in•lb,
AWG 8...4:39.8 in•lb
Screwdriver No. 2 Pozidrive
Mounting DIN Rail (EN 60715, 35 mm) with fast
clip
Mounting position Any
Supply Optional
Approximate Dimensions and Weight
Pole dimensions (H x D x W) 111 x 69 x 17.5 mm (4.37 x 2.72 x .69")
Pole weight 125 g (4.4 oz.)
Combination with Auxiliary Elements
Auxiliary contact Yes
Signal contact Yes
Shunt trip Yes
♣ 35 mm self-declared, not included in IEC/EN approval. /pentastar2Refer to the ambient temperature derating tables. ‡ Wires must be of like size and stranding. Only one wire per terminal slot.

1489-M Circuit Breakers
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG123D-EN-P — March 2014 11 Note: Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Approximate Dimensions
Power Loss Due to Current
Rated Current [A]
Power Loss Per
Pole [W] Rated Current [A]
Power Loss Per
Pole [W]

0.5 1.4 15 2.4
1 1.4 16 2.5

1.6 1.8 20 2.5
2 1.8 25 3.2
3 1.6 30 3.5
4 1.8 32 3.7
5 1.9 35 4.1
6 2.0 40 4.5
7 1.1 50 4.5
8 1.5 60 4.9
10 2.1 63 5.4
13 2.3 — —

17.5 mm
(0.69”)
67 mm
(2.6”)

84.8 mm
(3.34”)
111 mm
(4.37”)
74 mm
(2.9”)
1-Pole

35.0 mm
(1.38”)

52.5 mm
(2.06”)
69 mm
(2.7”)

84.8 mm
(3.34”)
111 mm
(4.37”)
75 mm
(3.0”)
2-, 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
1-Pole
Zero-stack Derating
The installation of several miniature circuit breaker side by side with rated current on all poles requires a correction factor to the rated current (not required if spacers are used).

No. of Adjacent Devices Factor
11 2,3 0.9
4,5 0.8
≥ 6 0.75

1489-M Circuit Breakers
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG123D-EN-P — March 201414 Ambient Temperature Derating
Reference temperature = 40 °C
Temperature Derating, UL

Bulletin 1489-M
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1 1.0 0.9

1.6 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.5
2 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.1 2 1.9 1.9
3 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3 2.9 2.8
4 5.0 4.9 4.7 4.6 4.4 4.3 4.1 4 3.9 3.8
5 6.2 6.1 5.9 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.2 5 4.8 4.7
6 7.4 7.3 7.1 6.9 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.8 5.7
7 8.7 8.6 8.3 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.3 7 6.7 6.6
8 9.9 9.8 9.5 9.2 8.9 8.6 8.3 8 7.7 7.6
10 12.4 12.2 11.9 11.5 11.1 10.7 10.4 10 9.6 9.4
13 16.1 15.9 15.4 14.9 14.4 14.0 13.5 13 12.5 12.3
15 18.6 18.3 17.8 17.2 16.7 16.1 15.6 15 14.4 14.2
16 19.8 19.6 19.0 18.4 17.8 17.2 16.6 16 15.4 15.1
20 24.8 24.4 23.7 23.0 22.2 21.5 20.7 20 19.3 18.9
25 31.0 30.6 29.6 28.7 27.8 26.9 25.9 25 24.1 23.6
30 37.2 36.7 35.6 34.4 33.3 32.2 31.1 30 28.9 28.3
32 39.7 39.1 37.9 36.7 35.6 34.4 33.2 32 30.8 30.2
35 43.4 42.8 41.5 40.2 38.9 37.6 36.3 35 33.7 33.1
40 49.6 48.9 47.4 45.9 44.4 43.0 41.5 40 38.5 37.8
50 62.0 61.1 59.3 57.4 55.6 53.7 51.9 50 48.2 47.2
60 74.4 73.3 71.1 68.9 66.7 64.4 62.2 60 57.8 56.7
63 78.2 77.0 74.7 72.3 70.0 67.7 65.3 63 60.7 59.5
Current
Rating [A]
Ambient temperature (°C)
Reference temperature = 30 °C
Temperature Derating, IEC

Bulletin 1489-M
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1 1.0 0.9 0.9

1.6 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
2 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2 1.9 1.9 1.9
3 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3 2.9 2.8 2.8
4 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.2 4.1 4 3.9 3.8 3.7
5 5.8 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.3 5.2 5 4.9 4.7 4.6
6 7.0 6.9 6.7 6.5 6.4 6.2 6 5.8 5.6 5.6
7 8.2 8.1 7.8 7.6 7.4 7.2 7 6.8 6.6 6.5
8 9.3 9.2 9.0 8.7 8.5 8.2 8 7.8 7.5 7.4
10 11.7 11.5 11.2 10.9 10.6 10.3 10 9.7 9.4 9.3
13 15.1 15.0 14.6 14.2 13.8 13.4 13 12.6 12.2 12.0
15 17.5 17.3 16.8 16.4 15.9 15.5 15 14.6 14.1 13.9
16 18.6 18.4 17.9 17.4 17.0 16.5 16 15.5 15.0 14.8
20 23.3 23.0 22.4 21.8 21.2 20.6 20 19.4 18.8 18.5
25 29.1 28.8 28.0 27.3 26.5 25.8 25 24.3 23.5 23.1
30 35.0 34.5 33.6 32.7 31.8 30.9 30 29.1 28.2 27.8
32 37.3 36.8 35.8 34.9 33.9 33.0 32 31.0 30.1 29.6
35 40.8 40.3 39.2 38.2 37.1 36.1 35 34.0 32.9 32.4
40 46.6 46.0 44.8 43.6 42.4 41.2 40 38.8 37.6 37.0
50 58.3 57.5 56.0 54.5 53.0 51.5 50 48.5 47.0 46.3
60 69.9 69.0 67.2 65.4 63.6 61.8 60 58.2 56.4 55.5
63 73.4 72.5 70.6 68.7 66.8 64.9 63 61.1 59.2 58.3
Current
Rating [A]
Ambient temperature (°C)
Note: Application below 0º C is for non-condensing atmosphere. Care should be taken for applications below 0 °C. These devices are not certified to operate correctly in the presence of ice.

The Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers are rated in RMS
amperes at a 40 °C (104 °F) ambient temperature per UL
489/CSA C22.2 No. 5. This temperature is used as the
ambient temperature external to an industrial enclosure. If a circuit breaker is applied in a temperature that exceeds the 40 °C (104 °F) ambient rating, then the circuit breaker should be derated using the table below. For IEC 60947-2 standard, the products carry an ambient rating of 30 °C. Follow
standard IEC application considerations for temperature rating in different ambient temperatures.

1489-M Circuit Breakers
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG123D-EN-P — March 2014 15 Tripping Characteristics
C Curve D Curve
s
10000
6000
4000
2000
1000
600
400
200
<1> 100
:§ 60
g> 40
"ii a. j!: 20
10 6
4 2
1 0.6

0.4 0.2

0.1 0.06

0.04 0.02

0.01 I, I, 11 = 1.05 X 10 12 =1 .3xl0 a"= ao•c
G) = Tripping curve
from cold state
<v
1 "
' ~
'"
-[ID
.... ......
"
-
t
,, ...
' '"~
...............
......... _. .........................

AC
'v
'-- \..
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 20 30 40
5 10
Multiple of rated current I / In _____.
s
10000
6000
4000
2000
1000
600
400
200
<1> 100
:§ 60
g> 40
'ii a. j!: 20
10 6
4 2
1 0.6

0.4 0.2

0.1 0.06

0.04 0.02

0.01 I, I, 11 = 1.05 X 10 12 = 1.3 X 10 &a= 30°C
G) = Tripping curve
from cold state
(,p
1 ' ~
\
-...
[e] ......
'
l
,,
""
-
' '"~
.... ,....,
""~i,,,
.
'v
\. \..
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 20 30 40
10 20
Multiple of rated current I / In _____.

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: PN-D165239
Product: 1489-M1C100
Description: Bulletin 1489 Miniature Circuit Breaker, Standard Configuration, AC, 1 Pole Configuration, Trip C, 10.0 Amps
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Bulletin Number 1489 Miniature Circuit Breaker
Voltage Type Standard Configuration, AC
Number of Poles 1 Poles Configuration
Trip Curve Trip Curve C
Rated Current (A) 10.0 Amps

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL
CSA
EN IEC
CE
VDE
CCC
RoHS
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

I I
M 1 C 100

5...10 In
Cat. No.

Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive

10...20 In
Cat. No.
277V AC,
48V DC
230V AC

0.5 1489-M1C005 1489-M1D005
1 1489-M1C010 1489-M1D010

50...63 A 240V AC
D Curve 0.5...35 A 277V AC

40...63 A 240V AC
2-, 3-pole
C Curve 0.5...40 A 480Y/277V AC

50...63 A 240V AC
D Curve 0.5...35 A 480Y/277V AC

1489-M Circuit Breakers
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG123D-EN-P — March 2014 11 Note: Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Approximate Dimensions
Power Loss Due to Current
Rated Current [A]
Power Loss Per
Pole [W] Rated Current [A]
Power Loss Per
Pole [W]

0.5 1.4 15 2.4
1 1.4 16 2.5

1.6 1.8 20 2.5
2 1.8 25 3.2
3 1.6 30 3.5
4 1.8 32 3.7
5 1.9 35 4.1
6 2.0 40 4.5
7 1.1 50 4.5
8 1.5 60 4.9
10 2.1 63 5.4
13 2.3 — —

17.5 mm
(0.69”)
67 mm
(2.6”)

84.8 mm
(3.34”)
111 mm
(4.37”)
74 mm
(2.9”)
1-Pole

35.0 mm
(1.38”)

52.5 mm
(2.06”)
69 mm
(2.7”)

No. of Adjacent Devices Factor
11 2,3 0.9
4,5 0.8
≥ 6 0.75

1489-M Circuit Breakers
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG123D-EN-P — March 201414 Ambient Temperature Derating
Reference temperature = 40 °C
Temperature Derating, UL

Bulletin 1489-M
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1 1.0 0.9

Bulletin 1489-M
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1 1.0 0.9 0.9

0.4 0.2

0.1 0.06

0.04 0.02

0.01 I, I, 11 = 1.05 X 10 12 =1 .3xl0 a"= ao•c
G) = Tripping curve
from cold state
<v
1 "
' ~
'"
-[ID
.... ......
"
-
t
,, ...
' '"~
...............
......... _. .........................

AC
'v
'-- \..
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 20 30 40
5 10
Multiple of rated current I / In _____.
s
10000
6000
4000
2000
1000
600
400
200
<1> 100
:§ 60
g> 40
'ii a. j!: 20
10 6
4 2
1 0.6

0.4 0.2

0.1 0.06

0.04 0.02

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 1492-CA1 C
Product: 1492-CA1
Description: CA1, NEMA/EEMAC White, Single Circuit Open Construction Block, Pressure Plate, Tubular Screw, #22 - #8 AWG, Pkg. Qty. of 50
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

BASE DATA
Bulletin Number 1492 Terminal Block
Electrical Standards UL
Type of Device NEMA/EEMAC Terminal Block
Base Block Type Single Circuit Open Construction Block

DETAIL DATA
ScrewType Tubular Screw
Features Pressure Plate
Wire Range #22 - #8 AWG
VoltageRating 600V AC/DC
Color White
Bulk Pack No Bulk Pack (Single Block)

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UL
For UL Certifications Directory: http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Bulletin 1492
NEMA/EEMAC Terminal Blocks
12-103
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Open Construction Blocks
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
1492-CA1 1492-CA1L
Dimensions are not intended to be
used for manufacturing purposes.

Note: Height dimension is
measured from top of rail to
top of terminal block.

1.25” (31.75 mm)

0.41”
(10.31 mm)

0.86” (21.8 mm)

0.41”
(10.31 mm)1.5” (38.1 mm)

1.44” (36.6 mm)

0.41”
(10.31 mm)1.5” (38.1 mm)

1.44” (36.6 mm)
Specifications
Terminal block, screw terminal with wire
clamp.

Terminal block, tubular screw with
pressure plate.

Terminal block, screw with large
head, pressure plate.

Certifications
Voltage Rating 300V AC/DC 600V AC/DC 600V AC/DC
Maximum Current 25 A 55 A 55 A
Wire Range (Rated Cross Section) #22…#14 AWG (0.5…2.5 mm 2) #22…#8 AWG (0.5…10 mm2) #22…#8 AWG (0.5…10 mm 2) Wire Strip Length 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) 0.38 in. (9.7 mm) 0.38 in. (9.7 mm) Recommended Tightening Torque 6…14 lb•in (0.7…1.6 N•m) 8…16 lb•in (0.9…1.8 N•m) 8…16 lb•in (0.9…1.8 N•m) Density 30 pcs/ft (98 pcs/m) 30 pcs/ft (98 pcs/m) 30 pcs/ft (98 pcs/m) Insulation Temperature Range –40…+221 °F (–40…+105 °C) –40…+221 °F (–40…+105 °C) –40…+221 °F (–40…+105 °C) Terminal Blocks Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty.

Color: White 1492-F8 50 1492-CA1 50 1492-CA1L 50
Two 3 ft Rails White 1492-F8175 (88 pcs/rail) 1 1492-CA1175 (88 pcs/rail) 1 1492-CA1L175
(88 pcs/rail) 1
Red 1492-F8RE 50 1492-CA1RE 50 1492-CA1LRE 50
Blue 1492-F8B 50 1492-CA1B 50 1492-CA1LB 50
Black 1492-F8BL 50 1492-CA1BL 50 1492-CA1LBL 50
Green 1492-F8G 50 1492-CA1G 50 1492-CA1LG 50
Yellow 1492-F8Y 50 1492-CA1Y 50 1492-CA1LY 50
Brown 1492-F8BR 50 1492-CA1BR 50 1492-CA1LBR 50
Violet 1492-F8VT 50 1492-CA1VT 50 1492-CA1LVT 50
Grey 1492-F8GY 50 1492-CA1GY 50 1492-CA1LGY 50
Orange 1492-F1OR 50 1492-CA1OR 50 1492-CA1LOR 50
Accessories (page 12-109) Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty.

Mounting Rails:

A-B Rail 1492-N1 20 1492-N1 20 1492-N1 20
3 ft Rigid A-B Rail 1492-N22 20 1492-N22 20 1492-N22 20 3 ft High-Rise A-B Rail 1492-N44 2 1492-N44 2 1492-N44 2 Standoff Brackets (use every 12
in.)
1492-N25 2 1492-N25 2 1492-N25 2
End Barrier 1492-N18 50 1492-N16 50 1492-N16 50
End Anchors:

A-B Rail 1492-N23 10 1492-N23 10 1492-N23 10
A-B Rail — Normal Duty —— 1492-N47 50 1492-N47 50
A-B Rail — Retaining Clip —
Light Duty
1492-N2 50 1492-N2 50 1492-N2 50
Jumpers:
2-pole Uninsulated 1492-N14 50 1492-N3 50 1492-N3 50
50-pole Uninsulated —— 1492-N30 50 1492-N30 50
Fanning Strip (12-pole can cut to
desired length)
—— 1492-N20 1 1492-N20 1
Marking Systems 1 1492-N5 1 1492-N45 20 1492-N45 20
1 1 sheet, 20 strips.
1492-F8 ,
)
- - -le Li
£ - --J..I
I! . ~
'
Ir
. • i#,4 - 4 v - v - A// v I I I I I I
.'iU/CSA .'iU/CSA .'iU/CSA
I
~ Allen-Bradley

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 1492-EC85 A
Product: 1492-EC85
Description: 1492 Panel Mount Block, , Pull apart, 5-Pole Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

PANEL MOUNT BLOCK DATA
Bulletin Number 1492 Panel Block
Base Block Type Pull-Apart Blocks
Number of Poles 5 Pole
Terminal Type Standard

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UR
CSA
For UL Certifications Directory: http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Bulletin 1492
NEMA/EEMAC Terminal Blocks
12-108
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Panel Mount Blocks
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
1492-EC85 1492-ED103
Dimensions are not intended to
be used for manufacturing
purposes.

3.13”
(79.5 mm)

1.25” (31.75 mm)

2.25” (57.15 mm)

3.13”
(79.5 mm)

1.25” (31.75 mm)

2.25” (57.15 mm)
Specifications
5-pole terminal block. Pulls apart to
disconnect all poles from the circuit.
3-pole terminal block. Pulls apart to
disconnect all poles from the circuit.

Certifications (See page 12-3)
Voltage Rating 600V AC/DC 600V AC/DC
Maximum Current (per pole) 25 A 60 A
Wire Range (Rated Cross Section)/snowflake #20…12 AWG (0.75…4 mm2) #14…4 AWG (2.5…25 mm2) Wire Strip Length 0.38 in. (9.7 mm) 0.38 in. (9.7 mm)
Recommended Tightening Torque 6…16 lb•in (0.7…1.8 N•m) 10…30 lb•in (1.1…3.4 N•m) Insulation Temperature Range –40…+22 °F (–40…+105 °C) –40…+221 °F (–40…+105 °C) Terminal Blocks Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty.

Terminal Block 1492-EC85 1 1492-ED103 1
Accessories (page 12-109) Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty.

Jumpers:
2-Pole Uninsulated 1492-N38 50 1492-N38 50
Anchor Unit:
(required every 12th block)
Not Required — Not Required —
End Piece Not Required — Not Required —
1 #8-32 screw.
/snowflakeBoth terminal blocks accept 1 wire per terminal. .'iU/CSA .'iU/CSA
@ Allen-Bradley

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 1492-ED103 A
Product: 1492-ED103
Description: 1492 Panel Mount Block, , Pull apart, 3-Pole Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

PANEL MOUNT BLOCK DATA
Bulletin Number 1492 Panel Block
Base Block Type Pull-Apart Blocks
Number of Poles 3 Pole
Terminal Type Standard

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UR
CSA
For UL Certifications Directory: http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Bulletin 1492
NEMA/EEMAC Terminal Blocks
12-108
www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bbold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P
Panel Mount Blocks
0 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
1492-EC85 1492-ED103
Dimensions are not intended to
be used for manufacturing
purposes.

3.13”
(79.5 mm)

1.25” (31.75 mm)

2.25” (57.15 mm)

3.13”
(79.5 mm)

1.25” (31.75 mm)

2.25” (57.15 mm)
Specifications
5-pole terminal block. Pulls apart to
disconnect all poles from the circuit.
3-pole terminal block. Pulls apart to
disconnect all poles from the circuit.

Terminal Block 1492-EC85 1 1492-ED103 1
Accessories (page 12-109) Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty.

Product Details and Certifications
Cross Reference RA Part Number: 1492-H1 B
Product: 1492-H1
Description: Finger-Safe Single Circuit High Density Block, Screw w/ Pressure Plate, #30 - #12 AWG, White, Pkg. Qty. of 80
Representative Photo Only (actual product may
vary based on configuration sections)

BASE DATA
Bulletin Number 1492 Finger Safe Terminal Block
Electrical Standards UL
Type of Devic Finger-Safe Terminal Block
Base Block Type Single Circuit High Density Block

DETAIL DATA
Features Screw w/ Pressure Plate
Wire Range #30 - #12 AWG
Color White
Bulk Pack No Bulk Pack (Single Block)

CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
UR
CSA
IEC
For UL Certifications Directory:
http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

Bulletin 1492
Finger-Safe Terminal Blocks
66 High Density
1492-H1 1492-H2
Dimensions are not intended to
be used for manufacturing
purposes.

Note: Height dimension is measured
from top of rail to top of
terminal block.

Specifications Finger-Safe terminal block, single-
circuit, screw with pressure plate.

Finger-Safe terminal block, two-circuit,
screw with pressure plate.

Approvals
Voltage Rating 600V AC/DC 600V AC/DC
Maximum Current 30 A 24 A
Wire Range (Rated Cross Section) #30… #12 AWG (0.05…4 mm 2) #30… #12 AWG (0.05…4 mm 2) Wire Strip Length 0.38" (9.7 mm) 0.38" (9.7 mm)
Recommended Tightening Torque 3… 7 lb-in. (0.3…0.8 Nm) 3… 7 lb-in. (0.3… 0.8 Nm) Density 50 pcs./ft (164/m) 50 pcs./ft (164/m)
Insulation Temperature Range –40…+221° F (–40… +105°C) –40… +221°F (–40… +105°C) Terminal Blocks Cat. No. Pcs./
Pkg. Cat. No. Pcs./
Pkg.

Color: White 1492-H1 80 1492-H2 50
Two 3' Rails White 1492-H1296 (148/Rail) 1 1492-H2148 (148/Rail) 1 Gold 1492-H1GL 80 1492-H2GL 50
Red 1492-H1RE 80 1492-H2RE 50
Blue 1492-H1B 80 1492-H2B 50
Black 1492-H1BL 80 1492-H2BL 50
Green 1492-H1G 80 1492-H2G 50
Ye l lo w 1492-H1Y 80 1492-H2Y 50
Brown 1492-H1BR 80 1492-H2BR 50
Violet 1492-H1VT 80 1492-H2VT 50
Gray 1492-H1GY 80 1492-H2GY 50
Orange 1492-H1OR 80 1492-H2OR 50
Accessories (page 0-185) Cat. No. Pcs./
Pkg. Cat. No. Pcs./
Pkg.

Mounting Rails:
3' Scored A-B Rail 1492-N1 20 1492-N1 20
3' Rigid A-B Rail 1492-N22 20 1492-N22 20
3' High Rise A-B Rail 1492-N44 2 1492-N44 2
Standoff Brackets (use every 12") 1492-N25 2 1492-N25 2 1 m Symmetrical DIN —— ——
1 m Symmetrical DIN (alumin.) —— ——
1 m Hi-Rise Symmetrical DIN —— ——
1 m Angled Hi-Rise Sym. DIN —— ——
End Barrier 1492-N36 50 1492-N40 50
End Anchors:

A-B Rail — Heavy Duty 1492-N23 10 1492-N23 10
A-B Rail — Normal Duty 1492-N47 50 ——
A-B Rail — Retaining Clip — Light
Duty 1492-N2 50 ——
DIN Rail — Normal Duty —— ——
DIN Rail — Heavy Duty —— ——
Side Jumpers:
2-pole Uninsulated 1492-N42 50 1492-N42 50
10-pole Insulated 1492-SJ6-10 10 1492-SJ6-10 10
50-pole Uninsulated 1492-N39 10 1492-N39 10
Side Jumper Insulating Sleeve 1492-SJS 10 1492-SJS 10
Marking Systems 1492-N41 50 1492-N41 50

1.56" (39.7 mm)

1.50" (38 mm)

0.24"
(6.1 mm)

2.61" (66.3 mm)

2.80" (71 mm)

0.24"
(6.1 mm)
/CSA/IEC
/CSA/IEC
~'./" -- l l f - -
,,
-~
,, • "
'
r '
•
I
,.
0 ._, 7
0 - -

I I I I
.'iU .'iU
Allen-Bradley

Eurostyle Screw Terminal Strips for Panel / Chassis
Mounting
TYPE 323 (-HDS)
10 mm spacing - 1 to 12 poles
Distributor Stock Check

RoHS WEEE Pb free
compliant

Description

standard version
Recommended mounting hardware: M3.5 pan head
screw (#6-32 pan head screw) or similar sized sheet
metal screw, self-tapping screw or rivet.

Technical Data

Center to Center Spacing: 10 mm (0.394 in.)
Nominal Cross Section:

2.5 mm
2 (3874 mils2)
Wire Stripping Length: 6 mm (0.25 in.)

Application

Dimensions: mm (in.)

Length of Connector (L)
L = No. of Poles x Center to Center Spacing - 3.5 mm

When locating connector, allow 0.5 mm clearance
around it for process-induced variations.

Approval Information

UL File No.E69841
CSA File No.LR24322

'l¥
···························································································································································································································································································••'-••··································································································· nl • •
• •
Series Download PDF 3D Mod~I Can plug with How to order

10.0 1:0,3QfnJ
Col or s pee ific atio ns
as
[0.2Gb}
Print
M ~1'~1 ._ta-+-: ....__.+++_._._-+-'J ~ ]ld:-;. ]
I
0U
[0.131
-lS
[0.10lil
Cross Reference RA Part Number 22190-002-01

The panel and chassis mounted series are ideal for
connecting electrical control panels to external power
sources, signal sources, other electrical panels and
electrical loads of many types and sizes. The electrical panel's or electrical enclosure's internal components
and circuitry are connected to their appropriate
external electrical circuitry through these terminal
blocks. The screw tightened connections result in high
contact forces thus promoting safe wire secureness
and retention, low electrical resistance and safe
reusable connections. All wire retention screws are
captive in their towers and they cannot fall out during transportation, installation and use. Wire protectors
are available to protect small gauge stranded wires
from screw damage. These terminal strips can be
completely enclosed within the enclosures or be
placed at an enclosure opening with one side
accessible for external cabling and the other for
internal wiring. They can be specially marked to your
specifications.

Rating Current(A) Voltage(V) Application
group
AWG
UL 30 300 B,D 20-10
CSA 25 300 B,D,E 26-10
Screw Tightening Torque:

UL: 4.5 lfbin
CSA: 0.51 Nm
International Approvals:

Material

Molding: Polyamide, self extinguishing to UL 94, V-2,
color off-white
Temperature limits:

Short Time: 140°C (284°F)
Continuous: RTI 105°C (221°F)
Low Limit: -40°C (-40°F)
Comparative Tracking Index: CTI > 600
Oxygen Index Rating: 25%
Terminal Body: Nickel plated copper alloy
Wire Protector: Stainless steel strip
Screw: M3, Slotted head, zinc plated blue passivated,
steel substrate

Item 323 (-HDS)

Options

CN: Consecutive Numbering (hot stamped numbers)
SM: Special Marking (please provide sketch)
BS: Copper Alloy Screw
PS: Clear Chromate Passivated, zinc plated, Steel Screws G05: Gold Plating (5 micro inches)
G30: Gold Plating (30 micro inches)
S30: Silver Plating (30 micro inches)

Note: Plated component for non HDS versions only: terminal body

Ordering Note: Series 300 Terminal Strips can be supplied in other colors. Can be supplied in polyamide UL 94 V-0. Please consult factory.

Request sample
Request quote

Quantity
Accessories
BST Marking Strips for terminal
strips.

Jumper Combs, Series 300-J.

Covers and Base Plates, Type 323.

WIRE PROTECTOR:
with: - HDS POLES:
01 to 12
323 /

2008, WECO Electrical Connectors Inc. ISO 9001 registered quality management system @®@ ~ ®®@
........................................................................................................................................................... .....

Top of page
........................................................................................................................................................... .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

How to order
Add to shopp ing cart
Eurostyle Screw Terminal Strips for Panel/Chassis Mounting i
o
6 i;c J
25 [0.1 0in]
_j
_j 16.0 [7
[0.63in)
0 28
[0.11in]
0 SO
1 ~ r10.2<>c] -----:,
.
5 [0.59in]
3in)
0 ~
[0.11m] [0.18in]
Dimensions: mm (in.) When locating connector, allow 0.5 mm clearance around it for process-induced variations.

Length of Connector (L) L = No. of Poles x Center to Center Spacing - 2 mm

DESCRIPTION
• Standard version
• Recommended mounting hardware: M2.5 pan head screw (#3-48 pan head screw).

APPLICATION
Due to high resistance to vibrations, these terminal strips serve in applications using line voltage motors or in construction vehicle. Terminal strips are also used in Heating/ventilation/air conditioning (HVAC) products.

TECHNICAL DATA
Center to Center Spacing: 8 mm (0.315 in.)
Nominal Cross Section: 1 .5 mm' (2325 mils')

APPROVAL INFORMATION
Wire Stripping length: 5 mm (0.20 in.)
Screw
Rating Current Voltage AWG Application Tightening
(A) (V) Group Torque
,;\l Fife No.: E69841 UL 20 300 20-12 B,D max. 3.5 lbfin. @ Fife No.: LR24322 CSA 20 300 26-12 B,D,E max. 0.4 Nm
UL 300V IC: if mounted on a suitable insulated surface, on standoffs, or equivalent means to maintain spacing from live parts to the mounting surface.

UL certified for multiple wiring 2 x IBAWG solid/stranded.

Version HOS is CSA certified for 26-14 AWG.

International Approvals: @@ ® ® @®

MATERIAL
MOLDING: Polyamide , self extinguishing to UL 94, V-2, off-white TEMPERATURE LIMITS: Short lime: 140°C (284 °F)
Continuous: RTI 105°C (221 °F)
Low limit: -40°C (-40°F)
Comparative Tracking Index: CTI > 600
Oxygen Index Rating: 25 %
Terminal Body: nickel plated copper alloy
Wire Protector: stainless steel strip
Screw: yellow chromate passivated, zinc plated, steel, M2.6

ACCESSORIES
• BST Marking Strips .
• Jumper Combs, Series 300-J.

OPTIONS See How to Order. If more than one opt,on 1s reqwred, please separate each option with a dash/-) M
CN: Consecutive Numbering /hot stamped Black numbers)
SM: Special Marking (please provide sketch)
BS: Copper Alloy Screws
PS: Clear chromate passivated, zinc plated, steel screws 605: Gold Plating /5 micro inches)
630: Gold Plating /30 micro inches)
530: Silver Plating /30 micro inches)
/Plated components: for non HOS versions only: terminal body)

HOW TO ORDER
302
WIRE PROTECTOR:
wilh:-HDS
I
POLES:
01 to 12
■ www.weco.ca/products/302 (-HDS)
OPTIONS:

CN, SM, BS, PS, GOS,
G30, S30

10.0 6.0
0 3.5
[0.14in]
7 10,.,r 7 r [02"c[
JUl_J gi~ 1ri::.':,1
~ ~
L21.0J~ 5 03.4 4.8
[0.83i.n] [0.lOinJ [0.13] [0.19in]
Dimensions: mm (in.) When locating connector, allow 0.5 mm clearance around it for process-induced variations.

Length of Connector (L) L = No. of Poles x Center to Center Spacing - 3.5 mm

DESCRIPTION
• Standard version
• Recommended mounting hardware: M3.5 pan head screw {#6-32 pan head screw).

TECHNICAL DATA
Center to Center Spacing: 10 mm (0.394 in.)
Nominal Cross Section: 2.5 mm' (387 4 mils')
Wire Stripping length: 6 mm (0.25 in.)

APPROVAL INFORMATION
Screw
Rating Current Voltage AWG Application Tightening
(A) (V) Group Torque
,;\l Fife No.: E69841 UL 30 300 20-10 B,D max. 4.5 lbfin. @ Fife No.: LR24322 CSA 25 300 26-10 B,D,E max. 0.51 Nm UL 300V IC: if mounted on a suitable insulated surface, on standoffs, or equivalent means to maintain spacing from live parts to the mounting surface.

International Approvals: @@@ @@@ ffl

MATERIAL
MOLDING: Polyamide , self extinguishing to UL 94, V-2, off-white TEMPERATURE LIMITS: Short time: 140°C (284 °F)
Continuous: RTI 105°C (221 °F)
Low limit: -40°C (-40°F)
Comparative Tracking Index: CTI > 600
Oxygen Index Rating: 25%
Terminal Body: nickel plated copper alloy
Wire Protector: stainless steel strip
Screw: yellow chromate passivated , zinc plated, steel, M3

ACCESSORIES
• BST Marking Strips .
• Covers and Base Plates, Type 323.
• Jumper Combs, Series 300-J.

OPTIONS See How to Order. If more than one opt,on 1s reqwred, please separate each option with a dash(-) M
CN: Consecutive Numbering /hot stamped Black numbers)
SM: Special Marking /please provide sketch)
BS: Copper Alloy Screws
PS: Clear chromate passivated, zinc plated, steel screws 605: Gold Plating /5 micro inches)
630: Gold Plating /30 micro inches)
S30: Silver Plating /30 micro inches)
/Plated components: for non HOS versions only: terminal body)

HOW TO ORDER
323
WIRE PROTECTOR:
wilh:-HDS
I
POLES: OPTIONS:
01 to 12 CN, SM, BS, PS, GOS,
G30, S30

I ' I I - I
■ www.weco.ca/products/323 (-HDS)
U.S.A. tel (518) 298-4810 fax: {518) 298-5938 CANADA tel: (514) 694-9136 fax: (514) 694-0956 BRAZIL tel: {55) 41 .3018.3530 fax: {55) 41 .3018.3530 www.weco.ca !
fl)
fl)
C
:t
() .....
.J
w z
C
D.
cc
0 IL
en a.
cc
1-
(/)
.J
<C
z
:E cc w
I-
45 Recommended Spare Part List
Rockwell Automation Order Number:
6506422918
Date:
5/6/2026
Spare Parts

Page 1 ends

Carlsbad City CouncilSeptember 29, 2026

Carlsbad City Council
September 29, 2026